8-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported)

May 31, 2007

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

AFS SenSub Corp.

(Exact name of depositor as specified in its charter)

AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.

(Exact name of sponsor as specified in its charter)

Delaware	333-140931-01	26-0143302
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)	(Commission File Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

c/o AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. Attention: J. Michael May, Esq. 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900 Fort Worth, Texas (Address of Principal Executive Offices) 76102 (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number including area code - (817) 302-7000

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

AFS SenSub Corp. (“AFS SenSub”), as depositor, and AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (“AmeriCredit”), as sponsor, have caused a newly formed issuing entity, AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (the “Issuing Entity”), to issue $155,000,000 Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes, $320,000,000 Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes, $210,000,000 Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes, $186,800,000 Class A-4 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, $35,190,000 Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes, $32,680,000 Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes and $35,190,000 Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes (collectively, the “Notes”), on May 31, 2007 (the “Closing Date”). The Notes are registered under the Registration Statement. This Current Report on Form 8-K is being filed to satisfy an undertaking to file copies of certain agreements executed in connection with the issuance of the Notes, the forms of which were filed as Exhibits to the Registration Statement.

The Issuing Entity was formed, and the Certificate was issued, pursuant to the Trust Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.2, dated as of May 9, 2007, as amended and restated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Trust Agreement”), between AFS SenSub and Wilmington Trust Company (“WTC”), as Owner Trustee. The Notes were issued pursuant to the Indenture, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Indenture”), between the Issuing Entity and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent. The Notes were sold to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC (the “Underwriters”), pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1, dated as of May 23, 2007 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), among AmeriCredit, AFS SenSub and JP Morgan Securities Inc., as representative of the Underwriters (the “Representative”).

The Notes evidence indebtedness of the Issuing Entity, the assets of which consist primarily of prime automobile loan contracts (the “Receivables”) secured by new and used automobiles, light duty trucks and vans. AFS SenSub purchased the Receivables from AmeriCredit pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”), between AmeriCredit and AFS SenSub. The Issuing Entity purchased the Receivables from AFS SenSub pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.3, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”), among the Issuing Entity, AFS SenSub, AmeriCredit and Wells Fargo, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent.

AmeriCredit, as Servicer, has agreed to perform servicing duties with regard to the Receivables pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and has also agreed to serve as custodian of the Receivables pursuant to the Custodian Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 10.3, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Custodian Agreement”), between AmeriCredit and Wells Fargo. AmeriCredit Financial Services of Canada Ltd. (“AFS of Canada”) will also service a portion of the Receivables on behalf of the Issuing Entity pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 10.2, dated as of January 1, 2006, between AmeriCredit and AFS of Canada.

As of May 2, 2007 (the “Statistical Calculation Date”), the Receivables had the characteristics described in the Prospectus Supplement dated May 23, 2007 (the “Prospectus Supplement”), filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5) of the Act on May 29, 2007. As of May 24, 2007 ( the “Cutoff Date”), the Receivables had the characteristics set forth in Exhibit 99.1.

The Issuing Entity entered into a Swap Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 10.4, on the Closing Date with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association in order to hedge against the interest rate risk that results from the fixed rate Receivables producing the income stream that will support the variable rate Class A-4 Notes.

Item 9.01. Financial Statements, Pro Forma Financial Information and Exhibits.

(a) Not applicable.

(b) Not applicable.

(c) Not applicable.

(d) Exhibits:

1.1 Underwriting Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2007, among AmeriCredit, as Sponsor, AFS SenSub, as Seller, and the Representative (see Exhibit 1.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2007, in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-140931, which is incorporated by reference herein).

4.1 Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2007, between the Issuing Entity and Wells Fargo, as Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent.

4.2 Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AFS SenSub and WTC, as Owner Trustee.

4.3 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, among the Issuing Entity, AmeriCredit, as Servicer, AFS SenSub and Wells Fargo, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent.

5.1 Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP with respect to validity (see Exhibit 5.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2007, in connection with Registration Statement Nos. 333-140931 and 333-140931-01, which is incorporated by reference herein).

8.1 Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP with respect to tax matters (see Exhibit 8.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2007, in connection with Registration Statement Nos. 333-140931 and 333-140931-01, which is incorporated by reference herein).

10.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AmeriCredit, as Seller, and AFS SenSub, as Purchaser.

10.2 Second Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2006, between AmeriCredit and AFS of Canada (see Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2006, in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-121120-06, which is incorporated by reference herein).

3

10.3 Custodian Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AmeriCredit, as Custodian, and Wells Fargo.

10.4 ISDA Master Agreement, including the Schedule thereto, Credit Support Annex and Confirmation, each dated as of May 31, 2007, between the Issuing Entity and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association.

99.1 Statistical information for the receivables as of the Cutoff Date.

4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

	AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
	By:	AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer
		By:	/s/ J. Michael May
		Name:	J. Michael May
		Title:	Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Dated: June 5, 2007

5

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
1.1	Underwriting Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2007, among AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Sponsor, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Underwriters (the “Representative”) (see Exhibit 1.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2007, in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-140931, which is incorporated by reference herein).
4.1	Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (the “Issuing Entity”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent.
4.2	Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee.
4.3	Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, among the Issuing Entity, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent.
5.1	Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP with respect to validity (see Exhibit 5.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2007, in connection with Registration Statement Nos. 333-140931 and 333-140931-01, which is incorporated by reference herein).
8.1	Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP with respect to tax matters (see Exhibit 8.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2007, in connection with Registration Statement Nos. 333-140931 and 333-140931-01, which is incorporated by reference herein).
10.1	Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Seller, and AFS SenSub Corp., as Purchaser.
10.2	Second Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2006 between AmeriCredit Financial Services of Canada Ltd. and AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (see Exhibit 4.4 to Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2006, in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-121120-06, which is incorporated by reference herein).
10.3	Custodian Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Custodian, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent.
10.4	ISDA Master Agreement, including the Schedule thereto, Credit Support Annex and Confirmation, each dated as of May 31, 2007, between the Issuing Entity and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association.
99.1	Statistical information for the receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date.

6

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Copy

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-4 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes

Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes

Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes

Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes

Class E 6.96% Asset Backed Notes

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 24, 2007

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference			3
	SECTION 1.1	Definitions	3
	SECTION 1.2	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	12
	SECTION 1.3	Rules of Construction	12
ARTICLE II The Notes			13
	SECTION 2.1	Form	13
	SECTION 2.2	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	13
	SECTION 2.3	Temporary Notes	14
	SECTION 2.4	Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange	14
	SECTION 2.5	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	16
	SECTION 2.6	Persons Deemed Owner	17
	SECTION 2.7	Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.	17
	SECTION 2.8	Cancellation	18
	SECTION 2.9	Release of Collateral	18
	SECTION 2.10	Book-Entry Notes	18
	SECTION 2.11	Notices to Clearing Agency	19
	SECTION 2.12	Definitive Notes	19
ARTICLE III Covenants			20
	SECTION 3.1	Payment of Principal and Interest	20
	SECTION 3.2	Maintenance of Office or Agency	20
	SECTION 3.3	Money for Payments to be Held in Trust	20
	SECTION 3.4	Existence	21
	SECTION 3.5	Protection of Trust Estate	22
	SECTION 3.6	Opinions as to Trust Estate.	22
	SECTION 3.7	Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.	23
	SECTION 3.8	Negative Covenants	24
	SECTION 3.9	Annual Statement as to Compliance	24
	SECTION 3.10	Issuer May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms.	25
	SECTION 3.11	Successor or Transferee.	27
	SECTION 3.12	No Other Business	27
	SECTION 3.13	No Borrowing	27
	SECTION 3.14	Servicer’s Obligations	27
	SECTION 3.15	Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities	27
	SECTION 3.16	Capital Expenditures	27
	SECTION 3.17	Compliance with Laws	27
	SECTION 3.18	Restricted Payments	28
	SECTION 3.19	Notice of Events of Default	28
	SECTION 3.20	Further Instruments and Acts	28
	SECTION 3.21	Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement	28
	SECTION 3.22	Income Tax Characterization	28

i

ARTICLE IV Satisfaction and Discharge			28
	SECTION 4.1	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	28
	SECTION 4.2	Application of Trust Money	29
	SECTION 4.3	Repayment of Moneys Held by Note Paying Agent	30
ARTICLE V Remedies			30
	SECTION 5.1	Events of Default	30
	SECTION 5.2	Rights Upon Event of Default.	31
	SECTION 5.3	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.	32
	SECTION 5.4	Remedies.	34
	SECTION 5.5	Optional Preservation of the Receivables	35
	SECTION 5.6	Priorities.	35
	SECTION 5.7	Limitation of Suits	37
	SECTION 5.8	Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest	38
	SECTION 5.9	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	38
	SECTION 5.10	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	38
	SECTION 5.11	Delay or Omission Not a Waiver	38
	SECTION 5.12	Control by Noteholders	39
	SECTION 5.13	Waiver of Past Defaults	39
	SECTION 5.14	Undertaking for Costs	39
	SECTION 5.15	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	40
	SECTION 5.16	Action on Notes	40
	SECTION 5.17	Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.	40
ARTICLE VI The Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent			41
	SECTION 6.1	Duties of Trustee.	41
	SECTION 6.2	Rights of Trustee.	42
	SECTION 6.3	Individual Rights of Trustee	43
	SECTION 6.4	Trustee’s Disclaimer	43
	SECTION 6.5	Notice of Defaults	44
	SECTION 6.6	Reports by Trustee to Holders	44
	SECTION 6.7	Compensation and Indemnity.	44
	SECTION 6.8	Replacement of Trustee	45
	SECTION 6.9	Successor Trustee by Merger	46
	SECTION 6.10	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.	46
	SECTION 6.11	Eligibility: Disqualification	48
	SECTION 6.12	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	48
	SECTION 6.13	Appointment and Powers	48
	SECTION 6.14	Performance of Duties	49
	SECTION 6.15	Limitation on Liability	49
	SECTION 6.16	Reliance Upon Documents	50
	SECTION 6.17	Successor Trust Collateral Agent.	50
	SECTION 6.18	Compensation	51

ii

	SECTION 6.19	Representations and Warranties of the Trust Collateral Agent and the Issuer	51
	SECTION 6.20	Waiver of Setoffs	52
ARTICLE VII Noteholders’ Lists and Reports			52
	SECTION 7.1	Issuer to Furnish to Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders	52
	SECTION 7.2	Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.	53
	SECTION 7.3	Reports by Issuer.	53
	SECTION 7.4	Reports by Trustee	54
ARTICLE VIII Accounts, Disbursements and Releases			54
	SECTION 8.1	Collection of Money	54
	SECTION 8.2	Release of Trust Estate.	54
	SECTION 8.3	Opinion of Counsel	54
ARTICLE IX Supplemental Indentures			55
	SECTION 9.1	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.	55
	SECTION 9.2	Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders	56
	SECTION 9.3	Execution of Supplemental Indentures	57
	SECTION 9.4	Effect of Supplemental Indenture	58
	SECTION 9.5	Conformity With Trust Indenture Act	58
	SECTION 9.6	Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures	58
ARTICLE X Redemption of Notes			58
	SECTION 10.1	Redemption.	58
	SECTION 10.2	Form of Redemption.	59
	SECTION 10.3	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	59
ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous			60
	SECTION 11.1	Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.	60
	SECTION 11.2	Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee	61
	SECTION 11.3	Acts of Noteholders.	62
	SECTION 11.4	Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies	63
	SECTION 11.5	Notices to Noteholders; Waiver	63
	SECTION 11.6	[Reserved]	64
	SECTION 11.7	Conflict with Trust Indenture Act	64
	SECTION 11.8	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	64
	SECTION 11.9	Successors and Assigns	64
	SECTION 11.10	Separability	64
	SECTION 11.11	Benefits of Indenture	64
	SECTION 11.12	Legal Holidays	64
	SECTION 11.13	GOVERNING LAW	65
	SECTION 11.14	Counterparts	65
	SECTION 11.15	Recording of Indenture	65

iii

	SECTION 11.16	Trust Obligation	65
	SECTION 11.17	No Petition	65
	SECTION 11.18	Inspection	66
EXHIBITS
	EXHIBIT A-1	Form of Class A-1 Note
	EXHIBIT A-2	Form of Class A-2 Note
	EXHIBIT A-3	Form of Class A-3 Note
	EXHIBIT A-4	Form of Class A-4 Note
	EXHIBIT B	Form of Class B Note
	EXHIBIT C	Form of Class C Note
	EXHIBIT D	Form of Class D Note
	EXHIBIT E	Form of Class E Note
SCHEDULES
	SCHEDULE A	Representations and Warranties of the Issuer

iv

INDENTURE dated as of May 24, 2007, between AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Trust Collateral Agent (as defined below).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer’s Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class A-1 Notes”), the Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class A-2 Notes”), the Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class A-3 Notes”), the Class A-4 LIBOR + 0.03% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class A-4 Notes”, and together with the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes, the “Class A Notes”), the Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class B Notes”), the Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class C Notes”), the Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class D Notes”) and the Class E 6.96% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class E Notes”, and together with the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, the “Notes”).

As security for the payment and performance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer has agreed to assign the Collateral (as defined below) as collateral to the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

GRANTING CLAUSE

The Issuer hereby Grants to the Trust Collateral Agent at the Closing Date, for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now existing or hereafter acquired or arising (a) the Initial Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Initial Cutoff Date and any Subsequent Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Subsequent Cutoff Date; (b) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Initial Receivables and any Subsequent Receivables and any other interest of the Issuer in the Financed Vehicles; (c) any proceeds with respect to the Initial Receivables and the Subsequent Receivables repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or repurchased by a Third-Party Lender, pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement; (d) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles; (e) any proceeds with respect to the Initial Receivables and the Subsequent Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Receivables; (f) the Trust Accounts and all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts, and in all investments and proceeds thereof and all rights of the Issuer therein (including all income thereon); (g) the Issuer’s rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement, including the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of the related Originator under the Purchase Agreement; (h) all items contained in the Receivable Files and any and all other documents that AmeriCredit keeps on file in accordance with its customary procedures relating to the Receivables, the Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, (i) the Issuer’s rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (including all rights of the Seller under the Purchase Agreement, any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and any Subsequent Transfer Agreement assigned to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement); (j) the Issuer’s rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens under the Swap Agreement (the “Swap Collateral”); (k) all of the Issuer’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relative to the property described in (a) through (j); and (l) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses of action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”).

The foregoing Grant is made in trust to the Trust Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and for the benefit of the Swap Provider. The Trust Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture to the end that the interests of such parties, recognizing the priorities of their respective interests may be adequately and effectively protected.

2

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.1 Definitions. Except as otherwise specified herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture.

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. A Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of any person solely because such other Person has the contractual right or obligation to manage such Person unless such other Person controls such Person through equity ownership or otherwise.

“Authorized Officer” means, with respect to the Issuer and the Servicer, any officer or agent acting pursuant to a power of attorney of the Owner Trustee or the Servicer, as applicable, who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee or the Servicer, as applicable, in matters relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by each of the Owner Trustee and the Servicer to the Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter).

“Basic Documents” means this Indenture, the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, as amended, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Swap Agreement and other documents and certificates delivered in connection therewith.

“Benefit Plan Entity” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

“Book Entry Notes” means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.10.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banking institutions located in Wilmington, Delaware, Fort Worth, Texas, New York, New York, Minneapolis, Minnesota or any other location of any successor Servicer, successor Owner Trustee or successor Trust Collateral Agent are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

“Certificate” means a trust certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of a Certificateholder in the Trust.

“Certificateholder” means the Person in whose name a Certificate is registered on the Certificate Register.

3

“Certificate of Trust” means the certificate of trust of the Issuer substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement.

“Class A-1 Interest Rate” means 5.32233% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in the related Interest Period).

“Class A-1 Notes” means the Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

“Class A-1 Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class A-1 Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

“Class A-2 Interest Rate” means 5.34% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Class A-2 Notes” means the Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“Class A-2 Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class A-2 Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

“Class A-3 Interest Rate” means 5.27% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Class A-3 Notes” means the Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

“Class A-3 Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class A-3 Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

“Class A-4 Interest Rate” means LIBOR + 0.03% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in the related Interest Period).

“Class A-4 Notes” means the Class A-4 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4.

“Class A-4 Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class A-4 Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

4

“Class B Interest Rate” means 5.35% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Class B Notes” means the Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Class B Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class B Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

“Class C Interest Rate” means 5.43% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Class C Notes” means the Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“Class C Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class C Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

“Class D Interest Rate” means 5.62% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Class D Notes” means the Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Class D Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class D Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

“Class E Interest Rate” means 6.96% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Class E Notes” means the Class E 6.96% Asset Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

“Class E Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Class E Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

5

“Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

“Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

“Closing Date” means May 31, 2007.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this Indenture.

“Controlling Party” means the Trust Collateral Agent, acting on behalf of the Noteholders.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which office at date of the execution of this Indenture is located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 (facsimile number (612) 667-3464), Attention: Corporate Trust Office, or at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders, the Servicer and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will notify the Noteholders and the Issuer).

“Default” means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.

“Distribution Date” has the meaning specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“ERISA” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Executive Officer” means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner thereof.

6

“Final Scheduled Distribution Date” means with respect to (i) the Class A-1 Notes, the June 9, 2008 Distribution Date, (ii) the Class A-2 Notes, the August 9, 2010 Distribution Date, (iii) the Class A-3 Notes, the November 8, 2011 Distribution Date, (iv) the Class A-4 Notes, the April 8, 2013 Distribution Date, (v) the Class B Notes, the September 9, 2013 Distribution Date, (vi) the Class C Notes, the February 10, 2014 Distribution Date, (vii) the Class D Notes, the September 8, 2014 Distribution Date and (viii) the Class E Notes, the March 8, 2016 Distribution Date.

“Grant” means mortgage, pledge, bargain, warrant, alienate, remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, grant a lien upon and a security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and generally to do and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note Register.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any time, (a) indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (b) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (d) obligations issued for or liabilities incurred on the account of such Person; (e) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance facilities; (f) obligations of such Person under any guarantees, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (g) obligations of such Person secured by any lien on property or assets of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such Person; or (h) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Independent” means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the Person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions.

7

“Independent Certificate” means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1, prepared by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved by the Trust Collateral Agent in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.

“Interest Rate” means, with respect to the (i) Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-1 Interest Rate, (ii) Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-2 Interest Rate, (iii) Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-3 Interest Rate, (iv) Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-4 Interest Rate, (v) Class B Notes, the Class B Interest Rate, (vi) Class C Notes, the Class C Interest Rate, (vii) Class D Notes, the Class D Interest Rate and (viii) Class E Notes, the Class E Interest Rate.

“Issuer” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Notes.

“Issuer Order” and “Issuer Request” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to the Trustee.

“Issuer Secured Obligations” means the Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations and the Swap Provider Issuer Secured Obligations.

“Issuer Secured Parties” means the Trustee in respect of the Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations and the Swap Provider in respect of the Swap Provider Issuer Secured Obligations.

“Majority Noteholders” means the Holders of Notes representing a majority of the principal balance of the most senior Class of Notes then outstanding; provided, that neither Holders of Notes who are employees or Affiliates of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer or AmeriCredit Corp. nor the Notes held by such Holders shall be counted when calculating such majority of the related principal balance.

“Note” means a Class A-1 Note, a Class A-2 Note, a Class A-3 Note, a Class A-4 Note, a Class B Note, a Class C Note, a Class D Note or a Class E Note.

“Note Owner” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

“Note Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 and is authorized by the Issuer to make the payments to and distributions from the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

8

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.4.

“Notice of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 and TIA § 314, and delivered to the Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this Indenture to an Officer’s Certificate shall be to an Officer’s Certificate of any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

“Opinion of Counsel” means one or more written opinions of counsel who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees of or counsel to the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee, and which shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.1, and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee.

“Originators” means AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. and Bay View Acceptance Corporation.

“Outstanding” means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

(i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

(ii) Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Note Paying Agent in trust for the Noteholders (provided, however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor, satisfactory to the Trustee); and

(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee either actually knows to be so owned or has received written notice thereof shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons.

9

“Outstanding Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes, or class of Notes, as applicable, Outstanding at the date of determination.

“Predecessor Note” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

“Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

“Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption” means U.S. Department of Labor prohibited transaction class exemption 84-14, 90-1, 91-38, 95-60 or 96-23, or any similar prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor.

“Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s so long as such Persons maintain a rating on the Notes; and if any of Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s no longer maintains a rating on the Notes, such other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Seller.

“Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any action, that each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s shall have been given 10 days (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s) prior notice thereof and that each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Issuer in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Notes.

“Record Date” means, with respect to a Distribution Date or Redemption Date, the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date or Redemption Date.

“Redemption Date” means in the case of a redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.1(b), the Distribution Date specified by the Servicer or the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(b) as applicable.

“Redemption Price” means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1(a), an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the then outstanding principal amount of each class of Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the Redemption Date, or (b) in the case of a payment made to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.1(b), the amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account, but not in excess of the amount specified in clause (a) above.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any Executive

10

Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary, or any other officer of the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” means the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, among the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“State” means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

“Statutory Exemption” means the statutory exemption under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code.

“Swap Agreement” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated May 31, 2007, between the Issuer and the Swap Provider, including the Schedule thereto, the Credit Support Annex thereto, the Confirmation relating to the Class A-4 Notes, together with any replacement swap agreement; provided, that no additional swap agreement shall be a “Swap Agreement” under the Basic Documents for so long as the Swap Agreement is outstanding without the prior, written consent of the Swap Provider unless the Swap Agreement has terminated.

“Swap Provider” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, with respect to the Class A-4 Notes, together with any replacement Swap Provider.

“Swap Provider Issuer Secured Obligations” means all amounts and obligations which the Issuer may at any time owe to or on behalf of the Swap Provider under this Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Swap Agreement or any other Basic Document.

“Termination Date” means the date on which the Trustee shall have received payment and performance of all Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations.

“Trust Collateral Agent” means, initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent on behalf of the Issuer Secured Parties, including its successors-in-interest, until and unless a successor Person shall have become the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6.17 hereof, and thereafter “Trust Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor Person.

“Trust Estate” means all money, instruments, rights and other property that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of this Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including all property and interests Granted to the Trust Collateral Agent), including all proceeds thereof.

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

11

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but as trustee under this Indenture, or any successor trustee under this Indenture.

“Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations” means all amounts and obligations which the Issuer may at any time owe to or on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this Indenture, the Notes or any Basic Document.

“UCC” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from time to time.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.3 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time;

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) “including” means including without limitation; and

(v) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.

12

ARTICLE II

The Notes

SECTION 2.1 Form. The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes, in each case together with the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, B, C, D and E, respectively, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, B, C, D and E are part of the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

The Trustee shall, upon receipt of the Issuer Order, authenticate and deliver Class A-1 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $155,000,000, Class A-2 Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of $320,000,000, Class A-3 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $210,000,000, Class A-4 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $186,800,000, Class B Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $35,190,000, Class C Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $32,680,000, Class D Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $35,190,000, and Class E Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $25,140,000. The Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D Notes and Class E Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amounts except as provided in Section 2.5.

The Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class B, Class C and Class D Notes shall be issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $1,000 and in integral multiples thereof (except for one Note of each class which may be issued in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000). The Class E Notes shall be issuable as

13

registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $100,000 and in integral multiples of $10,000 (except for one Note of each class which may be issued in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $10,000).

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, without charge to the Noteholder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Trustee shall be “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the Trustee shall have the right to conclusively rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

Subject to Sections 2.10 and 2.12 hereof, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, if the requirements of Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute and upon

14

its request the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same class and a like aggregate principal amount.

At the option of the Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any authorized denominations, of the same class and a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, subject to Sections 2.10 and 2.12 hereof, if the requirements of Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in the form attached to Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, B, C, D and E duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any sale or other transfer of a Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class B, Class C or Class D Definitive Note, the transferor of such Definitive Note shall be required to represent and warrant in writing that the prospective transferee either (a) is not (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)), which is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan (as defined in section 4975(e)(1) of the Code), which is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) an entity whose underlying assets are deemed to be assets of a plan described in (i) or (ii) above by reason of such plan’s investment in the entity (any such entity described in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Benefit Plan Entity”) or (b) is a Benefit Plan Entity and the acquisition and holding of the Definitive Note by such prospective transferee is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption. Each transferee of a Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class B, Class C or Class D Book Entry Note that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of the Book Entry Note is covered by a Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any sale or other transfer of a Class E Definitive Note, the transferee of such Definitive Note shall be required to represent and warrant in writing to the Note Registrar that it is not a Benefit Plan Entity. Each transferee of a Class E Book Entry Note shall be deemed to represent that it is not a Benefit Plan Entity.

15

No service charge shall be made to a Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.3 or 9.6 not involving any transfer.

The preceding provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar shall not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.

SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and provided that the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may direct the Trustee, in writing, to pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date, without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

16

SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the Record Date) as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.

(a) The Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the forms of the Class A-1 Note, the Class A-2 Note, the Class A-3 Note, the Class A-4 Note, the Class B Note, the Class C Note, the Class D Note and the Class E Note set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, B, C, D and E, respectively, and such interest shall be due and payable on each Distribution Date, as specified therein. Any installment of interest or principal, if any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12, with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee and except for the final installment of principal payable with respect to such Note on a Distribution Date or on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date (and except for the Redemption Price for any Note called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)) which shall be payable as provided below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3.

(b) The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments on each Distribution Date, as applicable, as provided in the forms of the Class A-1 Note, the Class A-2 Note, the Class A-3 Note, the Class A-4 Note, the Class B Note, the Class C Note, the Class D Note and the Class E Note set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, B, C, D and E, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if the Trustee or the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2. All principal payments on each class of Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders of such class entitled thereto. Upon written notice from the Issuer, the Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Distribution Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such final Distribution Date and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment. Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2.

17

(c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, and such default is waived by the Controlling Party, acting at the direction of the Majority Noteholders, the Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) at the applicable Interest Rate in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on the immediately following Distribution Date, and, if such amount is not paid on such following Distribution Date, then on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.8 Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Notes may be held or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall timely direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it; provided that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.9 Release of Collateral. The Trust Collateral Agent shall, on the earlier of (i) the Termination Date and (ii) the Redemption Date (if the Notes are redeemed in full on such date), release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate from the lien created by this Indenture and deposit in the Collection Account any funds then on deposit in any other Trust Account.

SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D and Class E Notes, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company, the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer. Such Notes shall initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner will receive a Definitive Note representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes (the “Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:

(i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;

(ii) the Note Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

18

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section shall control;

(iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.12, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants;

(v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes and has delivered such instructions to the Trustee; and

(vi) Note Owners may receive copies of any reports sent to Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture, upon written request, together with a certification that they are Note Owners and payment of reproduction and postage expenses associated with the distribution of such reports, from the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to the Noteholders to the Clearing Agency, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners.

SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes. If (i) the Servicer advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Notes, and the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor or (ii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Majority Noteholders advise the Trustee through the Clearing Agency in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Note Owners, then the Clearing Agency shall notify all Note Owners and the Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders.

19

ARTICLE III

Covenants

SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing, the Issuer will cause to be distributed all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account on a Distribution Date deposited therein pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (i) for the benefit of the Class A-l Notes, to Class A-1 Noteholders, (ii) for the benefit of the Class A-2 Notes, to Class A-2 Noteholders, (iii) for the benefit of the Class A-3 Notes, to Class A-3 Noteholders, (iv) for the benefit of the Class A-4 Notes, to Class A-4 Noteholders, (v) for the benefit of the Class B Notes, to the Class B Noteholders, (vi) for the benefit of the Class C Notes, to the Class C Noteholders, (vii) for the benefit of the Class D Notes, to the Class D Noteholders and (viii) for the benefit of the Class E Notes, to the Class E Noteholders. Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain in New York, New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments to be Held in Trust. On or before each Distribution Date and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account from the Collection Account or retained in the Collection Account an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due under the Notes, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the Note Paying Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Issuer will cause each Note Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Note Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Note Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Note Paying Agent will:

(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

20

(ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Note Paying Agent;

(iv) immediately resign as a Note Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Note Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

(v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Note Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Note Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Note Paying Agent; and upon such a payment by any Note Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Note Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Subject to applicable laws with respect to the escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or any Note Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request and shall be deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Trustee or such Note Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Note Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including, but not limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Trustee or of any Note Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder).

SECTION 3.4 Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 3.10, the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory

21

trust under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States of America, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate.

SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate. The Issuer intends the security interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Issuer Secured Parties to be prior to all other liens in respect of the Trust Estate, and the Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties, a first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the Trust Estate. The Issuer will from time to time prepare (or shall cause to be prepared), execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:

(i) Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust Estate;

(ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties created by this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

(iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

(iv) enforce any of the Collateral;

(v) preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights of the Trust Collateral Agent in such Trust Estate against the claims of all persons and parties; and

(vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the Trust Estate when due.

The Issuer hereby designates the Trust Collateral Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required by the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section.

SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate.

(a) On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Swap Provider an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to perfect and make effective the first priority lien and security interest in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties, created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such lien and security interest effective.

22

(b) Within 120 days after the beginning of each calendar year, beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than six months after the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent, the Swap Provider and the Backup Servicer an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the lien and security interest of this Indenture until January 31 in the following calendar year.

SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.

(a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as ordered by any bankruptcy or other court or as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Basic Documents or such other instrument or agreement.

(b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

(c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Basic Documents and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including, but not limited to, preparing (or causing to prepared) and filing (or causing to be filed) all UCC financing statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided therein, the Issuer shall not waive, amend, modify, supplement or terminate any Basic Document or any provision thereof without the consent of the Trustee or the Majority Noteholders.

(d) If a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee shall have actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Rating Agencies thereof in accordance with

23

Section 11.4, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking in respect of such default. If a Servicer Termination Event shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

(e) The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or observance by the Servicer or the Seller of their respective duties under the Basic Documents if the effect thereof would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall not:

(i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or the Basic Documents, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Controlling Party;

(ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate; or

(iii)(A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent created by this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a Financed Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an action or omission of the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such tax, mechanics’ or other lien) security interest in the Trust Estate, or (D) amend, modify or fail to comply with the provisions of the Basic Documents without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party.

SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007), and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of TIA Section 314(a)(4) an Officer’s Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer’s Certificate, that

(i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officer’s supervision; and

24

(ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and the other Basic Documents throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.

SECTION 3.10 Issuer May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms.

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, unless

(i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Swap Provider, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction;

(iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Trustee and the Swap Provider) to the effect that such transaction will not for federal income tax purposes, cause the Issuer to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation, create a reissuance of the Notes or cause the Notes that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance to fail to qualify as debt;

(v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

(vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Swap Provider an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act); and

(vii) the Issuer or the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger has a net worth, immediately after such consolidation or merger, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

25

(b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to any Person, unless

(i) the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Issuer the conveyance or transfer of which is hereby restricted shall (A) be a United States citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Swap Provider, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture and each of the Basic Documents on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of Holders of the Notes, (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer against and from any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and (E) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that such Person (or if a group of persons, then one specified Person) shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and make all filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction;

(iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Trustee and the Swap Provider) to the effect that such transaction will not for federal income tax purposes, cause the Issuer to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation, create a reissuance of the Notes or cause the Notes that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance to fail to qualify as debt;

(v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

(vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Swap Provider an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act); and

(vii) the Issuer or the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such conveyance or transfer has a net worth, immediately after such conveyance or transfer, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such conveyance or transfer.

26

SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee.

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

(b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10 (b), AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery of written notice to the Trustee stating that AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 is to be so released.

SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Receivables in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the Basic Documents and activities incidental thereto. After the Funding Period, the Issuer shall not fund the purchase of any additional Receivables.

SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted by or arising under the Basic Documents. The proceeds of the Notes shall be used exclusively to fund the Issuer’s purchase of the Receivables and the other assets specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to fund the Reserve Account and to pay the Issuer’s organizational, transactional and start-up expenses.

SECTION 3.14 Servicer’s Obligations. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to comply with Sections 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreement or this Indenture, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.

SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures. The Issuer shall not make any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets (either realty or personalty).

SECTION 3.17 Compliance with Laws. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, the non-compliance with which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any Basic Document.

27

SECTION 3.18 Restricted Payments. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Certificateholders as permitted by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement. The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the Basic Documents.

SECTION 3.19 Notice of Events of Default. Upon a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee having actual knowledge thereof, the Issuer agrees to give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Servicer or the Seller of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 3.20 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.21 Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement. The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 12.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Section 10.1 of the Trust Agreement to eliminate the requirements thereunder that the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes consent to amendments thereto as provided therein.

SECTION 3.22 Income Tax Characterization. For purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes, the Issuer will treat the Notes as indebtedness and hereby instructs the Trustee, and each Noteholder (or beneficial Note Owner) shall be deemed, by virtue of acquisition of an interest in such Note, to have agreed, to treat the Notes as indebtedness for all applicable tax reporting purposes.

ARTICLE IV

Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.20, 3.21 and 3.22, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Trustee under Section 6.7 and the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2) and (vi) the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the

Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when

28

(A) either

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable,

(ii) will become due and payable at their respective Final Scheduled Distribution Dates within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer,

and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trust Collateral Agent cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation when due to the Final Scheduled Distribution Date or Redemption Date (if Notes shall have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)) as the case may be; and

(B) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations and all Swap Provider Issuer Secured Obligations.

SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, this Indenture and the other Basic Documents, to the payment, either directly or through any Note Paying Agent, as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

29

SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Note Paying Agent. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any Note Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied according to Section 3.3 and thereupon such Note Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

ARTICLE V

Remedies

SECTION 5.1 Events of Default. “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(i) default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of five days; or

(ii) default in the payment of the Outstanding Amount of any Note on the applicable Final Scheduled Distribution Date; or

(iii) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture, in any Basic Document or in any certificate or any other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, and such default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a period of 30 days (or for such longer period, not in excess of 90 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 90 days or less and the Servicer on behalf of the Owner Trustee delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Issuer has commenced, or will promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such default) after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(iv) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,

30

custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(v) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuer of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(vi) the Issuer becoming taxable as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal or state income tax purposes.

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (iii), its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.2 Rights Upon Event of Default.

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee in its discretion may, or if so requested in writing by the Majority Noteholders shall, declare by written notice to the Issuer that the Notes become, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued interest thereon.

(b) At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Majority Noteholders, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all payments of principal of and interest on all Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon such Notes and under the Swap Agreement if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and

(B) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

31

(ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable, the Issuer will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Interest Rate and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b) Each Issuer Secured Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Controlling Party as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such Issuer Secured Party for so long as such Issuer Secured Party is not the Controlling Party, with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any notice, document, certificate, paper, pleading or instrument and to do in the name of the Controlling Party as well as in the name, place and stead of such Issuer Secured Party such acts, things and deeds for or on behalf of and in the name of such Issuer Secured Party under this Indenture (including specifically under Section 5.4) and under the Basic Documents which such Issuer Secured Party could or might do or which may be necessary, desirable or convenient in such Controlling Party’s sole discretion to effect the purposes contemplated hereunder and under the Basic Documents and, without limitation, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, exercise full right, power and authority to take, or defer from taking, any and all acts with respect to the administration, maintenance or disposition of the Trust Estate.

(c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion, as more particularly provided in Section 5.4, and shall, at the direction of the Majority Noteholders, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee or the Trustee at the direction of such Majority Noteholders shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 5.4(a), 5.12, 5.13 and 5.17), if the Issuer fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.1(b) hereof when and as due, the Trustee shall, at the written

32

direction of the Majority Noteholders, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee or the Majority Noteholders shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for specific performance of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

(e) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Trust Estate, proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

(ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Noteholders in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

(iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and

(iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee or the Noteholders allowed in any Proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

33

(f) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such Proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar person.

(g) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(h) In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such proceedings.

SECTION 5.4 Remedies.

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may do one or more of the following (subject to Section 5.5):

(i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such moneys adjudged due;

(ii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;

(iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes; and

(iv) direct the Trust Collateral Agent to sell the Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided, however, that, the Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Trust Estate following an Event of Default unless

(I) such Event of Default is of the type described in Section 5.1(i) or (ii), or

34

(II) either

(x) the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes consent thereto and sufficient funds exist to discharge amounts due to the Swap Provider, or

(y) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes for principal and interest and amounts due to the Swap Provider, or

(z) the Trustee determines that the Trust Estate will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Trustee provides prior written notice to the Rating Agencies and obtains the consent of Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and sufficient funds exist to discharge amounts due to the Swap Provider.

In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clauses (x), (y) and (z), the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and conclusively rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Receivables. If the Notes have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee may, but need not, elect to direct the Trust Collateral Agent to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Trustee shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to direct the Trust Collateral Agent to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. In determining whether to direct the Trust Collateral Agent to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and conclusively rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

SECTION 5.6 Priorities.

(a) Following (1) the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 or (2) the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(i), 5.1(ii), 5.1(iv), 5.1(v) or 5.1(vi) of this Indenture or (3) the receipt of Insolvency Proceeds pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Available Funds, plus any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account, including any money or property collected pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Indenture and any such Insolvency Proceeds, shall be applied by the Trust Collateral Agent on the related Distribution Date in the following order of priority:

35

FIRST: amounts due and owing and required to be distributed to the Servicer (provided there is no Servicer Termination Event), the Swap Provider (other than any Swap Termination Payments due under the Swap Agreement), the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer, respectively, pursuant to priorities (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5.7(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not previously distributed, in the order of such priorities and without preference or priority of any kind without regard to any caps set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 5.7(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

SECOND: pari passu (i) to the Class A Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes in respect of interest (including any premium), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class A Notes in respect of interest (including any premium) and (ii) to the Swap Provider, Swap Termination Payments (so long as the Swap Provider is not a defaulting party or the sole affected party with respect to the termination of the Swap Agreement);

THIRD: to Holders of the Class A Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes in respect of principal, first, to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes, until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero, and second, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind according to the amounts due and payable, to the Holders of the Class A-2, Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes, until the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2, Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero;

FOURTH: to the Class B Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class B Notes in respect of interest (including any premium), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class B Notes in respect of interest (including any premium);

FIFTH: to Holders of the Class B Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class B Notes in respect of principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class B Notes in respect of principal, until the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes is reduced to zero;

SIXTH: to the Class C Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class C Notes in respect of interest (including any premium), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class C Notes in respect of interest (including any premium);

SEVENTH: to Holders of the Class C Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class C Notes in respect of principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class C Notes in respect of principal, until the Outstanding Amount of the Class C Notes is reduced to zero;

EIGHTH: to the Class D Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class D Notes in respect of interest (including any premium), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class D Notes in respect of interest (including any premium);

36

NINTH: to Holders of the Class D Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class D Notes in respect of principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class D Notes in respect of principal, until the Outstanding Amount of the Class D Notes is reduced to zero;

TENTH: to the Class E Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class E Notes in respect of interest (including any premium), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class E Notes in respect of interest (including any premium);

ELEVENTH: to Holders of the Class E Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Class E Notes in respect of principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class E Notes in respect of principal, until the Outstanding Amount of the Class E Notes is reduced to zero;

TWELFTH: to the Swap Provider, any unpaid Swap Termination Payments; and

THIRTEENTH: any excess amounts remaining after making the payments described in clauses FIRST through ELEVENTH above, to be applied pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(xxiv) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent that any amounts payable thereunder have not been previously paid pursuant to clauses FIRST through TWELFTH above.

provided that any amounts collected from the Pre-Funding Account or the Capitalized Interest Account shall be paid, first, for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal for distribution to Noteholders in accordance with Section 10.1(b) and, second, in accordance with priorities FIRST through THIRTEENTH above.

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to 5.1(iii) (unless the Notes have been accelerated), payments on the Notes shall be made in the order and priority set forth in Section 5.7 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 5.6. At least 15 days before such record date the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

SECTION 5.7 Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

37

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

(iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such Proceedings; and

(v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Majority Noteholders;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Noteholders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

SECTION 5.8 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 5.9 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Controlling Party or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Controlling Party or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Controlling Party or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

38

SECTION 5.12 Control by Noteholders. The Majority Noteholders shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Trust Collateral Agent, as Controlling Party, or the Trustee, as applicable, with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Controlling Party or the Trustee, as applicable; provided that

(i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture;

(ii) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any direction to the Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be by the Noteholders representing not less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes;

(iii) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.5 have been satisfied and the Trustee elects to retain the Trust Estate pursuant to such Section, then any direction to the Trustee by Noteholders representing less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be of no force and effect; and

(iv) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction;

provided, however, that, subject to Article VI, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability, financial or otherwise, without receiving indemnity satisfactory to it, or might materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes as provided in Section 5.4, the Majority Noteholders may waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a Default (a) in payment of principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 5.14 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or

39

omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

SECTION 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 5.16 Action on Notes. The Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.

SECTION 5.17 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.

(a) Promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Servicer’s expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the Seller and the Servicer, as applicable, of each of their obligations to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default on the part of the Seller or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions or Proceedings to compel or secure performance by the Seller or the Servicer of each of their obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Controlling Party may, and, at the written direction of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall, subject to Article VI, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Seller or the Servicer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by the Seller or the Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

40

ARTICLE VI

The Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent

SECTION 6.1 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and the Basic Documents to which it is a Party and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

41

(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.1 and to the provisions of the TIA.

(h) The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of the obligations and duties required of it under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(i) [Reserved].

(j) Without limiting the generality of this Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement evidencing a security interest in the Financed Vehicles, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any recording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any insurance of the Financed Vehicles or Obligors or to effect or maintain any such insurance, (iii) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any Lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against any part of the Trust, (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, or (v) to inspect the Financed Vehicles at any time or ascertain or inquire as to the performance of observance of any of the Issuer’s, the Seller’s or the Servicer’s representations, warranties or covenants or the Servicer’s duties and obligations as Servicer and as custodian of the Receivable Files under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(k) In no event shall Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in any of its capacities hereunder, be deemed to have assumed any duties of the Owner Trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, common law, or the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 6.2 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., or any other such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

42

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Indenture or in relation to this Indenture, at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby; provided, however, that the Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured), exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture with reasonable care and skill.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Noteholders evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount thereof; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Person making such request, or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Person making such request upon demand.

(h) The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses on investments except for losses resulting from the failure of the Trustee to make an investment in accordance with instructions given in accordance hereunder. If the Trustee acts as the Note Paying Agent or Note Registrar, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee shall be afforded to the Note Paying Agent and Note Registrar.

SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Note Paying Agent, Note Registrar, co-registrar or co-Note Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

SECTION 6.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Trust Estate or

43

the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is either known by, or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after such knowledge or notice occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice to the Noteholder if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

SECTION 6.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders. At the end of each calendar year, the Trustee shall deliver to each person who at any time during the calendar year was a Noteholder a statement as to the aggregate amounts of interest and principal paid to the Noteholder to the extent required by the Code, and any other information as may be reasonably required to enable such Holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) Pursuant to Section 5.7(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall, or shall cause the Servicer to, pay to the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer (subject to any applicable caps) from time to time compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to reimburse the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer (subject to any applicable caps) for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s, the Trust Collateral Agent’s and the Backup Servicer’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to indemnify the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or the administration of this Trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer shall notify the Issuer and the Servicer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer to so notify the Issuer and the Servicer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder or the Servicer of its obligations under Article XI of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to defend the claim, and the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall cause the Servicer to pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor the Servicer need to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer through the Trustee’s, the Trust Collateral Agent’s or the Backup Servicer’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

44

(b) The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer. When the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.1(iv) or (v) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Indenture or the Basic Documents, the Trustee agrees that the obligations of the Issuer (but not the Servicer) to the Trustee hereunder and under the Basic Documents shall be recourse to the Trust Estate only and specifically shall not be recourse to the assets of the Certificateholder or any Noteholder. In addition, the Trustee agrees that its recourse to the Issuer, the Trust Estate and the Seller shall be limited to the right to receive the distributions referred to in Section 5.7(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Issuer may and shall, remove the Trustee, if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

(ii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Trustee in an involuntary case or proceeding under federal or State banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, shall have entered a decree or order granting relief or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, conservator, sequestrator (or similar official) for the Trustee or for any substantial part of the Trustee’s property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Trustee’s affairs;

(iii) an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or another present or future federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law is commenced with respect to the Trustee and such case is not dismissed within 60 days;

(iv) the Trustee commences a voluntary case under any federal or state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, conservator, sequestrator (or other similar official) for the Trustee or for any substantial part of the Trustee’s property, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due or takes any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(v) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

45

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee, the Swap Provider and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Trustee under this Indenture subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Majority Noteholders may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to Section 6.8 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s and the Servicer’s obligations under Section 6.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 6.9 Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association, without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. The Trustee shall provide the Rating Agencies prior written notice of any such transaction.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person or

46

Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.8 hereof.

(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, including acts or omissions of predecessor or successor trustees; and

(iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.

(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, dissolve, become insolvent, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall invest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

47

(e) Any and all amounts relating to the fees and expenses of the co-trustee or separate trustee will be borne by the Trust Estate.

SECTION 6.11 Eligibility: Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and it shall have a long-term debt rating of BBB-, or an equivalent rating, or better by the Rating Agencies. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA § 310(b)(9); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

Within 90 days after ascertaining the occurrence of an Event of Default which shall not have been cured or waived, unless authorized by the Commission, the Trustee shall resign with respect to the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and/or the Class E Notes in accordance with Section 6.8 of this Indenture, and the Issuer shall appoint a successor Trustee for each of such Classes, as applicable, so that there will be separate Trustees for the the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes. In the event the Trustee fails to comply with the terms of the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall comply with clauses (ii) and (iii) of TIA Section 310(b).

In the case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to any Class of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.11, the Issuer, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee with respect to such Class of Notes shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, the successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Notes of the Class to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Classes of Notes, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Notes of each Class as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the Trustee and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be a trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided herein.

SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

SECTION 6.13 Appointment and Powers. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each of the Issuer Secured Parties hereby appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Trust Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral, and Wells Fargo Bank,

48

National Association hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act as Trust Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral for the Issuer Secured Parties, to maintain custody and possession of such Collateral (except as otherwise provided hereunder) and to perform the other duties of the Trust Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the other Basic Documents. Each Issuer Secured Party hereby authorizes the Trust Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf, and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and privileges hereunder, as the Trustee may direct and as are specifically authorized to be exercised by the Trust Collateral Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions, rights, remedies, powers and privileges as are reasonably incidental thereto, including, but not limited to, the execution of any powers of attorney. The Trust Collateral Agent shall act upon and in compliance with the written instructions of the Controlling Party delivered pursuant to this Indenture promptly following receipt of such written instructions; provided that neither the Trustee nor the Trust Collateral Agent shall act upon its own accord or in accordance with any instructions (i) if such actions are not authorized by, or in violation of the provisions of, this Indenture, (ii) if such actions are in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation or (iii) with respect to actions for which the Trustee has been directed to act but for which the Trustee has not received reasonable indemnity. Receipt of such instructions shall not be a condition to the exercise by the Trust Collateral Agent of its express duties hereunder, except where this Indenture provides that the Trust Collateral Agent is permitted to act only following and in accordance with such instructions.

SECTION 6.14 Performance of Duties. The Trust Collateral Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which the Trust Collateral Agent is a party or as directed by the Controlling Party in accordance with this Indenture. The Trust Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any discretionary actions hereunder except at the written direction and with reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trust Collateral Agent. The Trust Collateral Agent shall, and hereby agrees that it will, subject to this Article, perform all of the duties and obligations required of it under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 6.15 Limitation on Liability. Neither the Trust Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith, except that the Trust Collateral Agent shall be liable for its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; nor shall the Trust Collateral Agent be responsible for the validity, effectiveness, value, sufficiency or enforceability against the Issuer of this Indenture or any of the Collateral (or any part thereof). Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Indenture, the Trust Collateral Agent shall incur no liability to the Issuer or the Issuer Secured Parties for any action taken or omitted by the Trust Collateral Agent in connection with the Collateral, except for the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trust Collateral Agent, and, further, shall incur no liability to the Issuer Secured Parties except for negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties to the Issuer Secured Parties. The Trust Collateral Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability to any such party in relying upon the accuracy, acting in reliance upon the contents, and assuming the genuineness of any notice, demand, certificate, signature, instrument or other document reasonably believed by the Trust Collateral Agent to be genuine and to have been duly executed by the appropriate signatory, and (absent actual knowledge to the contrary by a Responsible Officer of the Trust Collateral Agent) the Trust Collateral Agent shall not be

49

required to make any independent investigation with respect thereto. The Trust Collateral Agent shall at all times be free independently to establish to its reasonable satisfaction, but shall have no duty to independently verify, the existence or nonexistence of facts that are a condition to the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy hereunder or under any of the Basic Documents. The Trust Collateral Agent may consult with counsel, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice of such counsel. The Trust Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the remedial rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or to follow any direction from the Trustee or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder unless it shall have received reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trust Collateral Agent against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it.

SECTION 6.16 Reliance Upon Documents. In the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trust Collateral Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any communication, instrument, paper or other document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons and shall have no liability in acting, or omitting to act, where such action or omission to act is in reasonable reliance upon any statement or opinion contained in any such document or instrument.

SECTION 6.17 Successor Trust Collateral Agent.

(a) Merger. Any Person into which the Trust Collateral Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer its trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any Person resulting from any such conversion, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Trust Collateral Agent is a party, shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve as the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder) be and become a successor Trust Collateral Agent hereunder and be vested with all of the title to and interest in the Collateral and all of the trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and other matters as was its predecessor without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent, if any, that any such action is necessary to perfect, or continue the perfection of, the security interest of the Issuer Secured Parties in the Collateral; provided that any such successor shall also be the successor Trustee under Section 6.9.

(b) Resignation. The Trust Collateral Agent and any successor Trust Collateral Agent may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer; provided that the Trust Collateral Agent shall not so resign unless it shall also resign as Trustee hereunder.

(c) Removal. The Trust Collateral Agent may be removed by the Trustee at any time (and should be removed at any time that the Trustee has been removed), with or without cause, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent, the other Issuer Secured Party and the Issuer. A temporary successor may be removed at any time to allow a successor Trust Collateral Agent to be appointed pursuant to subsection (d) below. Any removal pursuant to the provisions of this subsection (c) shall take effect only upon the date which is the latest of (i) the effective date of the appointment of a successor Trust Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by such successor Trust Collateral Agent of such

50

appointment and of its obligation to perform its duties hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, and (ii) receipt by the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect described in Section 3.6.

(d) Acceptance by Successor. The Trustee shall have the sole right to appoint each successor Trust Collateral Agent. Every temporary or permanent successor Trust Collateral Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and to the Trustee, each Issuer Secured Party and the Issuer an instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder and the relevant predecessor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such other documents and instruments as will effectuate the delivery of all Collateral to the successor Trust Collateral Agent, whereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. Such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of either Issuer Secured Party or the Issuer, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the estates, properties, rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder. In the event that any instrument in writing from the Issuer or an Issuer Secured Party is reasonably required by a successor Trust Collateral Agent to more fully and certainly vest in such successor the estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations vested or intended to be vested hereunder in the Trust Collateral Agent, any and all such written instruments shall, at the request of the temporary or permanent successor Trust Collateral Agent, be forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Trustee or the Issuer, as the case may be. The designation of any successor Trust Collateral Agent and the instrument or instruments removing any Trust Collateral Agent and appointing a successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for herein, shall be maintained with the records relating to the Collateral and, to the extent required by applicable law, filed or recorded by the successor Trust Collateral Agent in each place where such filing or recording is necessary to effect the transfer of the Collateral to the successor Trust Collateral Agent or to protect or continue the perfection of the security interests granted hereunder.

SECTION 6.18 Compensation. The Trust Collateral Agent shall not be entitled to any compensation for the performance of its duties hereunder other than the compensation it is entitled to receive in its capacity as Trustee.

SECTION 6.19 Representations and Warranties of the Trust Collateral Agent and the Issuer. (A) The Trust Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Issuer and to each Issuer Secured Party as follows:

(a) Due Organization. The Trust Collateral Agent is a national banking association and is duly authorized and licensed under applicable law to conduct its business as presently conducted.

(b) Corporate Power. The Trust Collateral Agent has all requisite right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Indenture and to perform all of its duties as Trust Collateral Agent hereunder.

(c) Due Authorization. The execution and delivery by the Trust Collateral Agent of this Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the

51

performance by the Trust Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings and no further approvals or filings, including any governmental approvals, are required for the valid execution and delivery by the Trust Collateral Agent, or the performance by the Trust Collateral Agent, of this Indenture and such other Basic Documents.

(d) Valid and Binding Indenture. The Trust Collateral Agent has duly executed and delivered this Indenture and each other Basic Document to which it is a party, and each of this Indenture and each such other Basic Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust Collateral Agent, enforceable against the Trust Collateral Agent in accordance with its terms, except as (i) such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.

(e) No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of each Basic Document to which it is a party by the Trust Collateral Agent and the performance by the Trust Collateral Agent of its obligations thereunder, in its capacity as Trust Collateral Agent or otherwise, do not conflict with or result in any violation of (i) any law or regulation of the United States of America governing the banking or trust powers of the Trust Collateral Agent or (ii) the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Trust Collateral Agent.

(f) No Actions. To the best of the Trust Collateral Agent’s knowledge, there are no actions, proceedings or investigations known to the Trust Collateral Agent, either pending or threatened in writing, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality which would, if adversely determined, affect in any material respect the consummation, validity or enforceability against the Trust Collateral Agent, in its capacity as Trust Collateral Agent or otherwise, of any Basic Document.

(B) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule A is true and correct. Such representations and warranties speak as of the execution and delivery of this Indenture and as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the pledge of the Receivables to the Trust Collateral Agent and shall not be waived.

SECTION 6.20 Waiver of Setoffs. The Trust Collateral Agent hereby expressly waives any and all rights of setoff that the Trust Collateral Agent may otherwise at any time have under applicable law with respect to any Trust Account and agrees that amounts in the Trust Accounts shall at all times be held and applied solely in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

Noteholders’ Lists and Reports

SECTION 7.1 Issuer to Furnish to Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) not more than

52

five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.

SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes.

(c) The Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer.

(a) The Issuer shall:

(i) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(ii) file with the Trustee and the Commission in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(iii) supply to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA § 313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.3(a) as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

(b) Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

53

SECTION 7.4 Reports by Trustee. If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after each May 31, beginning with May 31, 2008, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA § 313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE VIII

Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee shall apply all such money received by it, or cause the Trust Collateral Agent to apply all money received by it as provided in this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the Trust Estate, the Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

SECTION 8.2 Release of Trust Estate.

(a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses and other amounts pursuant to Section 6.7, the Trust Collateral Agent may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Trust Collateral Agent as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Trust Collateral Agent’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys.

(b) The Trust Collateral Agent shall, at such time as there are no Notes outstanding and all sums due the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 have been paid, release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts.

SECTION 8.3 Opinion of Counsel. The Trust Collateral Agent shall receive at least seven days’ notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.2(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Trustee shall also require as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the

54

Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Trustee in connection with any such action.

ARTICLE IX

Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

(a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with the consent of the Swap Provider (unless such indenture supplemental hereto could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider) and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, as evidenced to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Trust Collateral Agent any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this Indenture additional property;

(ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of another person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes contained;

(iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

(iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trust Collateral Agent;

(v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes;

(vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or

55

(vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained.

(b) The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer and with the written consent of the Swap Provider (unless such indenture supplemental hereto could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider), as evidenced to the Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder.

SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, with the written consent of the Swap Provider (unless such indenture supplemental hereto could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider) and with the consent of the Majority Noteholders, by Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

(i) change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect thereto, change the provision of this Indenture relating to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable;

(ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

(iii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

56

(iv) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the definition of the term “Outstanding” or the term “Majority Noteholders”;

(v) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes required to direct the Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4;

(vi) modify any provision of this Section except to increase any percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional provisions of this Indenture or the Basic Documents cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby;

(vii) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Distribution Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or to affect the rights of the Noteholders to the benefit of any provisions for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein; or

(viii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein or in any of the Basic Documents, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any property at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture.

The Trustee may determine whether or not any Notes would be affected by any supplemental indenture and any such determination shall be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the amendments or modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

57

SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.5 Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE X

Redemption of Notes

SECTION 10.1 Redemption.

(a) The Notes shall be redeemed in whole, but not in part, on any Distribution Date on which the Servicer or Seller exercises its option to purchase the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 10.1(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, for a purchase price equal to the Redemption Price; provided, however, that no such redemption may be effected unless the Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus all amounts due and payable to the Swap Provider under the Swap Agreement on such Distribution Date. The Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish the Rating Agencies notice of such redemption. If the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 10.1(a), the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish notice of such election to the Trustee not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption Date and the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee in the Collection Account the amount required to be so deposited pursuant to Section 10.1(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, whereupon all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date subject to the furnishing of a notice complying with Section 10.2 to each Holder of Notes.

(b) In the event that on the Distribution Date on which the Funding Period ends (or on the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, if the Funding Period does not end on a Distribution Date), the portion of the Pre-Funded Amount, if any, remaining after giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables, including any such purchase on such Redemption Date, will be used to redeem the Notes in part,

58

on a pro rata basis, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Class A-1 Prepayment Amount, the Class A-2 Prepayment Amount, the Class A-3 Prepayment Amount, the Class A-4 Prepayment Amount, the Class B Prepayment Amount, the Class C Prepayment Amount, the Class D Prepayment Amount and the Class E Prepayment Amount, provided, that if such amount is $100,000 or less, it will be applied exclusively to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the class of Notes then entitled to receive distributions of principal.

(c) In the event that the assets of the Trust are distributed pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Trust Agreement, all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account shall be paid to the Noteholders up to the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. If amounts are to be paid to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.1(c), the Servicer or the Issuer shall, to the extent practicable, furnish notice of such event to the Trustee not later than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date whereupon all such amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date.

SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption. (a) Notice of redemption under Section 10.1(a) shall be given by the Trustee by facsimile or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, transmitted or mailed prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes, as of the close of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price;

(iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Redemption Date is not applicable and that payments shall be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Notes and the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price (which shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2); and

(iv) that interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on the Redemption Date.

Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

(b) Prior notice of redemption under Section 10.1(b) is not required to be given to Noteholders.

SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes to be redeemed shall, following notice of redemption, as required by Section 10.2 (in the case of redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)), on the Redemption Date become due and payable at the Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price for any period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

59

ARTICLE XI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

(a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent, as the case may be, (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory such condition or covenant has been complied with.

(b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or securities with the Trust Collateral Agent that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Trust Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited.

(ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trust Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of

60

the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than 1% percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

(iii) Other than with respect to the release of any Purchased Receivables, Sold Receivables or Liquidated Receivables, whenever any property or securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trust Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof.

(iv) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trust Collateral Agent an Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property other than Purchased Receivables, Sold Receivables and Defaulted Receivables, or securities released from the lien of this Indenture since the commencement of the then current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than 1 percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

(v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provision of this Section, the Issuer may (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents and (B) make cash payments out of the Trust Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents.

SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her

61

certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.

SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section. In the event the Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Noteholders, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or the Majority Noteholders, the Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any customary manner of the Trustee.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the

62

registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

(a) The Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

(b) The Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested and shall deemed to have been duly given upon receipt to the Issuer addressed to: AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, in care of Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by Issuer. The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders to the Trustee.

(c) Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered, electronically delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested to (i) in the case of Moody’s, at the following address: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007; and (ii) in the case of Standard & Poor’s, via electronic delivery to Servicer_reports@sandp.com; for any information not available in electronic format, send hard copies to: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, 55 Water Street, 41st floor, New York, New York 10041, Attention: ABS Surveillance Group; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner here in provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

63

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of Default.

SECTION 11.6 [Reserved]

SECTION 11.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control.

The provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trust Collateral Agent in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.10 Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture. The Swap Provider shall be a third-party beneficiary to the provisions of this Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Swap Provider and the Noteholders, and any other party secured hereunder, and any other person with an Ownership interest in any part of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

64

SECTION 11.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THIS INDENTURE AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE, GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

SECTION 11.14 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which may be counsel to the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent under this Indenture.

SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligation. No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture, any other Basic Document or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Article VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 11.17 No Petition. The Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Seller, or the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Seller, or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,

65

insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or State bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any of the Basic Documents.

SECTION 11.18 Inspection. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers, employees, and independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit (i) disclosure of any and all information that is or becomes publicly known, (ii) disclosure of any and all information (A) if required to do so by any applicable statute, law, rule or regulation, (B) to any government agency or regulatory body having or claiming authority to regulate or oversee any respects of the Trustee’s business or that of its affiliates, (C) pursuant to any subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar demand or request of any court, regulatory authority, arbitrator or arbitration to which the Trustee or an affiliate or an officer, director, employer or shareholder thereof is a party, (D) in any preliminary or final offering circular, registration statement or contract or other document pertaining to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture approved in advance by the Servicer or the Issuer or (E) to any independent or internal auditor, agent, employee or attorney of the Trustee having a need to know the same, provided that the Trustee advises such recipient of the confidential nature of the information being disclosed, or (iii) any other disclosure authorized by the Servicer or the Issuer.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

66

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1,
By:	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
By:	/s/ Robert J. Perkins
Name:	Robert J. Perkins
Title:	Sr. Financial Services Officer
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
Name:	Marianna C. Stershic
Title:	Vice President

EXHIBIT A-1

REGISTERED $ 155,000,000

No. RB A-1

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AA 6

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS A-1 5.32233% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $155,000,000 and the denominator of which is $155,000,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the June 9, 2008 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in the related Interest Period. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-1-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its

individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under Trust Agreement

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	by
	Authorized Signer

A-1-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class A-1 Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-1 Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-1 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

A-1-4

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-1 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller,

A-1-5

the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-1-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

A-1-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated	1
		Signature Guaranteed:

1 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-1-8

EXHIBIT A-2

REGISTERED $320,000,000

No. RB A-2

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AB 4

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS A-2 5.34% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of THREE HUNDRED TWENTY MILLION DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $320,000,000 and the denominator of which is $320,000,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class A-2 Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the August 9, 2010 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-2-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreementby

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	by
	Authorized Signer

A-2-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class A-2 Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-2 Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

A-2-4

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-2 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller,

A-2-5

the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-2-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

A-2-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated	1
		Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-2-8

EXHIBIT A-3

REGISTERED $ 210,000,000

No. RB A-3

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AC 2

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS A-3 5.27% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of TWO HUNDRED TEN MILLION DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $210,000,000 and the denominator of which is $210,000,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class A-3 Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the November 8, 2011 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and

private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	by
	Authorized Signer

A-3-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class A-3 Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A-3 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-3 Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-3 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

A-3-4

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-3 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller,

A-3-5

the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-3-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

A-3-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated	1
		Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-3-8

EXHIBIT A-4

REGISTERED $186,800,000

No. RB A-4

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AD 0

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS A-4 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY-SIX MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $186,800,000 and the denominator of which is $186,800,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class A-4 Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the April 8, 2013 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days in the related Interest Period. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-4-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreementby

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	By
	Authorized Signer

A-4-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class A-4 LIBOR + 0.03% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class A-4 Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class A-4 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-4 Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A-4 Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any

A-4-4

one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class A-4 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the

A-4-5

Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

A-4-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

A-4-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated	1
		Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-4-8

EXHIBIT B

REGISTERED $35,190,000

No. RB B

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AE 8

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS B 5.35% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of THIRTY FIVE MILLION ONE HUNDRED NINETY THOUSAND DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $35,190,000 and the denominator of which is $35,190,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class B Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the September 9, 2013 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and

private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

B-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its

individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	By
	Authorized Signer

B-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class B Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class B Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class B Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class B Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

B-4

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class B Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller,

B-5

the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

B-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

B-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ¹   Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

B-8

EXHIBIT C

REGISTERED $32,680,000

No. RB C

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AF 5

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS C 5.43% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of THIRTY TWO MILLION SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY THOUSAND DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $32,680,000 and the denominator of which is $32,680,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class C Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the February 10, 2014 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and

private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

C-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its

individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	By
	Authorized Signer

C-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class C Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class C Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class C Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class C Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

C-4

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class C Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller,

C-5

the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

C-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

C-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ¹   Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

C-8

EXHIBIT D

REGISTERED $35,190,000

No. RB D

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AG 3

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS D 5.62% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of THIRTY FIVE MILLION ONE HUNDRED NINETY THOUSAND DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $35,190,000 and the denominator of which is $35,190,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class D Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the September 8, 2014 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and

private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

D-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	By
	Authorized Signer

D-3

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class D Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class D Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class D Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class D Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

D-4

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class D Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that either (a) it is not a Benefit Plan Entity or (b) it is a Benefit Plan Entity and its acquisition and holding of this Note is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein that is a Benefit Plan Entity shall be deemed to represent that its acquisition and holding of this Note or any beneficial interest herein is covered by a Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption or the Statutory Exemption.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller,

D-5

the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

D-6

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

D-7

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated	1
		Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

D-8

EXHIBIT E

REGISTERED $ 25,140,000

No. RB E

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP NO. 030615 AH 1

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF ANY STATE IN THE UNITED STATES OR ANY FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT TO AFS SENSUB CORP. (THE “SELLER”) AND THE OWNER TRUSTEE THAT IT (I) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (A “QIB”) AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE QIBS) TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A OR (II) IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE ACCREDITED INVESTORS) TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION D OR (III) IN CONNECTION WITH SALES OTHER THAN THE INITIAL SALE OF THIS NOTE BY AN INITIAL PURCHASER, IS OTHERWISE ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE BY ANY PERSON UNLESS (I) SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS MADE TO THE SELLER, (II) SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS MADE TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES AFTER DUE INQUIRY IS A QIB ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE QIBS) TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A OR (III) SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS MADE TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES AFTER DUE INQUIRY IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACTING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT (AND NOT FOR THE ACCOUNT OF OTHERS) OR AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS ALSO ARE ACCREDITED INVESTORS) TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE SALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE

IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION D OR (IV) SUCH SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS OTHERWISE MADE IN A TRANSFER EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN WHICH CASE (A) THE OWNER TRUSTEE SHALL REQUIRE THAT BOTH THE PROSPECTIVE TRANSFEROR AND THE PROSPECTIVE TRANSFEREE CERTIFY TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE SELLER IN WRITING THE FACTS SURROUNDING SUCH TRANSFER, WHICH CERTIFICATION SHALL BE IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE SELLER, AND (B) THE OWNER TRUSTEE SHALL REQUIRE A WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH SHALL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE SELLER OR THE OWNER TRUSTEE) SATISFACTORY TO THE SELLER AND THE OWNER TRUSTEE TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE THE SECURITIES ACT OR THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER IN CONTRAVENTION OF THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING RESTRICTIONS WILL BE VOID AB INITIO AND THE PURPORTED TRANSFEROR WILL CONTINUE TO BE TREATED AS THE OWNER OF THE NOTES FOR ALL PURPOSES.

EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF OR INVESTING THE ASSETS OF, (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B) BY REASON OF SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

E-2

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

CLASS E 6.96% ASSET BACKED NOTE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of TWENTY FIVE MILLION ONE HUNDRED FORTY THOUSAND DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $25,140,000 and the denominator of which is $25,140,000 by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution Account and Collection Account in respect of principal on the Class E Notes pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the March 8, 2016 Distribution Date (the “Final Scheduled Distribution Date”). The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet been paid, from May 31, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

E-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer as of the date set forth below.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE

RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

by

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

by

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Date: May 31, 2007	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	By
	Authorized Signer

E-4

REVERSE OF NOTE

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its Class E 6.96% Asset Backed Notes (herein called the “Class E Notes”), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture) and as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), which term includes any successor Trust Collateral Agent) to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes (together, the “Notes”) are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

Principal of the Class E Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount described on the face hereof. “Distribution Date” means the eighth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month. The term “Distribution Date,” shall be deemed to include the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to the Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Majority Noteholders have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class E Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class E Noteholders entitled thereto.

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall

E-5

be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the Class E Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

If this Note has been issued as a Definitive Note, the Note Registrar shall not register the transfer of this Note unless the prospective transferee has represented and warranted in writing that it is not a Benefit Plan Entity. If this Note has been issued as a Book Entry Note, each transferee of this Note or any beneficial interest herein shall be deemed to represent that it is not a Benefit Plan Entity.

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees (i) that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (a) the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or

E-6

beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity, and (ii) to treat the Notes as indebtedness for purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Majority Noteholders. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders under the Indenture.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally

E-7

liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

E-8

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints, attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated	1
		Signature Guaranteed:

¹ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

E-9

SCHEDULE A

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ISSUER

Representations and Warranties Regarding the Receivables:

1. Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. This Indenture creates a valid and continuing Security Interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent, which Security Interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller. The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Receivables free and clear of any Lien (other than the Lien in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent), claim or encumbrance of any Person.

2. All Filings Made. The Issuer has taken all steps necessary to perfect the Trust Collateral Agent’s security interest in the property securing the Receivables, provided that, if not done as of the Closing Date, the Issuer will cause, within ten days of the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the State of Delaware under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder.

3. No Impairment. The Issuer has not done anything to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments due under the Receivable or otherwise to impair the rights of the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Noteholders in any Receivable or the proceeds thereof. Other than the security interest granted to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder or that has been terminated. The Issuer is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against it.

4. Chattel Paper. The Receivables constitute “tangible chattel paper” or “electronic chattel paper” within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Texas, New York, Nevada and Delaware.

5. Good Title. Immediately prior to the pledge of the Receivables to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuer was the sole owner thereof and had good and indefeasible title thereto, free of any Lien and, upon execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Trust shall have good and indefeasible title to and will be the sole owner of such Receivables, free of any Lien. No Dealer or Third-Party Lender has a participation in, or other right to receive, proceeds of any Receivable. The Issuer has not taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments received under the related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, Dealer Assignments or Third-Party Lender Assignments or to payments due under such Receivables.

Sch. A-1

6. Possession of Original Copy. The Servicer, as Custodian on behalf of the Issuer, has in its possession or control the original contract (or with respect to “electronic chattel paper”, the authoritative copy) that constitutes or evidences the Receivable.

7. One Original. There is only one original executed copy (or with respect to “electronic chattel paper”, one authoritative copy) of each Contract. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, each authoritative copy (a) is unique, identifiable and unalterable (other than with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent in the case of an addition or amendment of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision), (b) has been marked with a legend to the following effect: “Authoritative Copy” and (c) has been communicated to and is maintained by or on behalf of the Custodian.

8. Not an Authoritative Copy. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the Seller has marked all copies of each such Contract other than an authoritative copy with a legend to the following effect: “This is not an authoritative copy.”

9. Revisions. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the related Receivables have been established in a manner such that (a) all copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each such Contract must be made with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent and (b) all revisions of the authoritative copy of each such Contract must be readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision.

10. Pledge or Assignment. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the authoritative copy of each Contract communicated to the Custodian has no marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Trust Collateral Agent.

Representations and Warranties Regarding the Swap Collateral:

1. This Agreement creates a valid and continuing Security Interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Swap Collateral in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent, which Security Interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

2. The Swap Collateral constitutes “general intangibles” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

3. The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Swap Collateral free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person.

4. The Issuer has received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Swap Agreement to pledge the Swap Collateral hereunder to the Trust Collateral Agent.

5. The Issuer has caused or will have caused, within ten days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Swap Collateral granted to the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder.

Sch. A-2

6. Other than the security interest granted to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Swap Collateral. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Swap Collateral other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder or that has been terminated.

Sch. A-3

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy

AMENDED AND RESTATED

TRUST AGREEMENT

between

AFS SENSUB CORP.

Seller

and

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

Owner Trustee

Dated as of May 24, 2007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS			1
	SECTION 1.1.	Capitalized Terms	1
	SECTION 1.2.	Other Definitional Provisions	3
ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATION			4
	SECTION 2.1.	Name	4
	SECTION 2.2.	Office	4
	SECTION 2.3.	Purposes and Powers	4
	SECTION 2.4.	Appointment of Owner Trustee	5
	SECTION 2.5.	Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate	5
	SECTION 2.6.	Declaration of Trust	6
	SECTION 2.7.	Title to Trust Property	6
	SECTION 2.8.	Situs of Trust	6
	SECTION 2.9.	Representations and Warranties of the Depositor	6
	SECTION 2.10.	Covenants of the Certificateholder	8
	SECTION 2.11.	Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Trust	8
	SECTION 2.12.	Derivatives Contracts	8
ARTICLE III. CERTIFICATE AND TRANSFER OF INTEREST			9
	SECTION 3.1.	Initial Ownership	9
	SECTION 3.2.	The Certificate	10
	SECTION 3.3.	Authentication of Certificate	10
	SECTION 3.4.	Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificate	10
	SECTION 3.5.	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates	11
	SECTION 3.6.	Persons Deemed Certificateholders	12
	SECTION 3.7.	Maintenance of Office or Agency	12
	SECTION 3.8.	Disposition in Whole But Not in Part	12
	SECTION 3.9.	ERISA Restrictions	12
ARTICLE IV. VOTING RIGHTS AND OTHER ACTIONS			13
	SECTION 4.1.	Prior Notice to Holder with Respect to Certain Matters	13
	SECTION 4.2.	Action by Certificateholder with Respect to Certain Matters	13
	SECTION 4.3.	Restrictions on Certificateholder’s Power	13
	SECTION 4.4.	[Reserved]	14
	SECTION 4.5.	Action with Respect to Bankruptcy Action	14
	SECTION 4.6.	Covenants and Restrictions on Conduct of Business	15
ARTICLE V. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE			16
	SECTION 5.1.	General Authority	16
	SECTION 5.2.	General Duties	17
	SECTION 5.3.	Action upon Instruction	17
	SECTION 5.4.	No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions	18

	SECTION 5.5.	No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions	18
	SECTION 5.6.	Restrictions	19
ARTICLE VI. CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE			19
	SECTION 6.1.	Acceptance of Trusts and Duties	19
	SECTION 6.2.	Furnishing of Documents	20
	SECTION 6.3.	Representations and Warranties	20
	SECTION 6.4.	Reliance; Advice of Counsel	21
	SECTION 6.5.	Not Acting in Individual Capacity	22
	SECTION 6.6.	Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificate or Receivables	22
	SECTION 6.7.	Owner Trustee May Own Notes	22
	SECTION 6.8.	Payments from Owner Trust Estate	22
	SECTION 6.9.	Doing Business in Other Jurisdictions	23
ARTICLE VII. COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE			23
	SECTION 7.1.	Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses	23
	SECTION 7.2.	Indemnification	23
	SECTION 7.3.	Payments to the Owner Trustee	24
	SECTION 7.4.	Non-recourse Obligations	24
ARTICLE VIII. TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT			24
	SECTION 8.1.	Termination of Trust Agreement	24
ARTICLE IX. SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES			25
	SECTION 9.1.	Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee	25
	SECTION 9.2.	Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee	26
	SECTION 9.3.	Successor Owner Trustee	26
	SECTION 9.4.	Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee	27
	SECTION 9.5.	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee	27
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS			28
	SECTION 10.1.	Supplements and Amendments	28
	SECTION 10.2.	No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Certificateholder	29
	SECTION 10.3.	Limitations on Rights of Others	30
	SECTION 10.4.	Notices.	30
	SECTION 10.5.	Severability	30
	SECTION 10.6.	Separate Counterparts	30
	SECTION 10.7.	Assignments; Swap Provider	30
	SECTION 10.8.	No Recourse	31
	SECTION 10.9.	Headings	31
	SECTION 10.10.	GOVERNING LAW	31
	SECTION 10.11.	Servicer	31
	SECTION 10.12.	Nonpetition Covenants	31
	SECTION 10.13.	Third Party Beneficiary	32
	SECTION 10.14.	Regulation AB	32

ii

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A	FORM OF CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT B	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

iii

This AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT dated as of May 24, 2007 between AFS SENSUB CORP., a Nevada corporation (the “Seller”), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking corporation, as Owner Trustee, amends and restates in its entirety that certain Trust Agreement dated as of May 9, 2007 between the Seller and the Owner Trustee.

ARTICLE I.

Definitions

SECTION 1.1. Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“AmeriCredit” shall mean AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.

“Agreement” shall mean this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Bankruptcy Action” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.5(a).

“Basic Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Underwriting Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Swap Agreement and the other documents and certificates delivered in connection therewith.

“Bay View” shall mean Bay View Acceptance Corporation.

“Benefit Plan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.9.

“Certificate” means a trust certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of a Certificateholder in the Trust, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

“Certificateholder” or “Holder” shall mean the person in whose name a Certificate is registered on the Certificate Register.

“Certificate of Trust” shall mean the Certificate of Trust in the form of Exhibit B to be filed for the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Statutory Trust Statute.

“Certificate Register” and “Certificate Registrar” shall mean the register mentioned and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.4.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Corporate Trust Office” shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or at such other

address as the Owner Trustee may designate by notice to the Depositor, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of which the successor owner trustee will notify the Depositor).

“Depositor” shall mean the Seller in its capacity as Depositor hereunder.

“Derivative Contract” means any ISDA Master Agreement, together with the related Schedule and Confirmation, entered into by the Trust and a Derivative Counterparty in accordance with Section 2.12.

“Derivative Contract Collection Account” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

“Derivative Counterparty” means any counterparty to a Derivative Contract as provided in Section 2.12.

“Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“ERISA” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.9.

“Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.2.

“Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.2.

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007, between the Trust and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Owner Trust Estate” shall mean all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Article II of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and all other property of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Owner Trustee” shall mean Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under this Agreement, and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.

“Record Date” shall mean with respect to any Distribution Date, the close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration office of the Owner Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the Trust and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

2

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” shall mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of May 24, 2007, among the Trust, the Seller, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Secretary of State” shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

“Statutory Trust Statute” shall mean Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq. as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Swap Agreement” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated May 31, 2007, between the Trust and the Swap Provider, including the Schedule thereto, the Credit Support Annex thereto and the Confirmation relating to the Class A-4 Notes, together with any replacement swap agreement; provided, that no additional swap agreement shall be a “Swap Agreement” under the Basic Documents for so long as the Swap Agreement is outstanding without the prior, written consent of the applicable Swap Provider unless the Swap Agreement has terminated.

“Swap Provider” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, together with any replacement Swap Provider.

“Treasury Regulations” shall mean regulations, including proposed or temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code. References herein to specific provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury Regulations.

“Trust” shall mean the trust established by this Agreement.

“Trust Collateral Agent” shall mean, initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent, including its successors in interest, until and unless a successor Person shall have become the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and thereafter “Trust Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor Person.

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions.

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture.

(b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

(c) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date

3

of this Agreement or any such certificate or other document, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” shall mean “including without limitation.”

(e) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

ARTICLE II.

Organization

SECTION 2.1. Name

There is hereby formed a trust to be known as “AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1,” in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

SECTION 2.2. Office

The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificateholder.

SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers.

The purpose of the Trust is, and the Trust shall have the power and authority, to engage in the following activities:

(i) to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Certificate pursuant to this Agreement, and to sell the Notes;

(ii) with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, to fund the Reserve Account, the Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized Interest Account and to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the Trust and to pay the balance to the Depositor pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

(iii) to acquire from time to time the Owner Trust Estate, to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the Owner Trust Estate to the Trust Collateral

4

Agent pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and to hold, manage and distribute to the Certificateholder pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement any portion of the Owner Trust Estate released from the Lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;

(iv) to enter into the Swap Agreement;

(v) at the direction of the Seller and subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.12 hereof, to enter into Derivative Contracts for the benefit of the Certificateholder;

(vi) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Basic Documents to which it is a party;

(vii) to engage in those activities, including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith (including the sale, from time to time, of Receivables at the direction of the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.3(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and the filing of state business licenses (and any renewal thereof) as prepared and instructed by the Certificateholder or Servicer, including a Sales Finance Company Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, Licensing Division, and a Financial Regulation Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Maryland Department of Labor, Licensing and Regulation; and

(viii) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the Owner Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the Certificateholder and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities. The Trust shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the Basic Documents.

SECTION 2.4. Appointment of Owner Trustee

The Depositor hereby appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein. The Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate

The Owner Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor of the sum of $1,000 which contribution shall constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate. The Seller acknowledges that such contribution has been transferred to, and is being held by, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Trust in an account established by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, on behalf of the Trust, which contribution shall constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate. The Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise.

5

SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust

The Owner Trustee hereby declares that it will hold the Owner Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Holder, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust. Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and to the extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Statutory Trust Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust. The Owner Trustee shall file the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State.

The Holder shall not have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

SECTION 2.7. Title to Trust Property.

(a) Legal title to all the Owner Trust Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

(b) The Holder shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Property. The Holder shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect to its undivided ownership interest therein only in accordance with Article VIII. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest by the Certificateholder of its ownership interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Property.

SECTION 2.8. Situs of Trust

The Trust will be located and administered in the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware or the State of New York. Payments will be received by the Trust only in Delaware or New York and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or New York. The Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than Delaware; provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or any agent of the Trust from having employees within or outside the State of Delaware. The only office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office located in Delaware.

SECTION 2.9. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor

The Depositor makes the following representations and warranties on which the Owner Trustee relies in accepting the Owner Trust Estate in trust and issuing the Certificate.

(a) Organization and Good Standing. The Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a Nevada corporation with power and authority to own its properties and to

6

conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted and is proposed to be conducted pursuant to this Agreement and the Basic Documents.

(b) Due Qualification. The Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its property, the conduct of its business and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Basic Documents requires such qualification.

(c) Power and Authority. The Depositor has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Depositor has full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust and the Depositor has duly authorized such sale and assignment and deposit to the Trust by all necessary action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Depositor by all necessary action.

(d) No Consent Required. No consent, license, approval or authorization or registration or declaration with, any Person or with any governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Basic Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

(e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Depositor, or any material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Depositor is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate any law or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties.

(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to its knowledge threatened against it before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over it or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificate or the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect its performance of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Certificate.

7

SECTION 2.10. Covenants of the Certificateholder

The Certificateholder agrees:

(a) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Certificate of which the Holder is the beneficial owner and of this Agreement, including any supplements or amendments hereto and to perform the obligations of a Holder as set forth therein or herein, in all respects as if it were a signatory hereto. This undertaking is made for the benefit of the Trust and the Owner Trustee; and

(b) until the completion of the events specified in Section 8.1(d), not to, for any reason, institute proceedings for the Trust to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial part of its property, or cause or permit the Trust to make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or declare or effect a moratorium on its debt or take any action in furtherance of any such action.

SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Trust.

(a) For so long as the Trust has a single owner for federal income tax purposes, it will, pursuant to Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 7701 of the Code, be disregarded as an entity distinct from the Certificateholder for all federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, for federal income tax purposes, the Certificateholder will be treated as (i) owning all assets owned by the Trust and (ii) having incurred all liabilities incurred by the Trust, and all transactions between the Trust and the Certificateholder will be disregarded.

(b) Neither the Owner Trustee nor any Certificateholder will, under any circumstances, and at any time, make an election on IRS Form 8832 or otherwise, to classify the Trust as an association taxable as a corporation for federal, state or any other applicable tax purpose.

(c) In the event that the Trust has two or more equity owners for federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be treated as a partnership. At any such time that the Trust has two or more equity owners, this Agreement will be amended, in accordance with Section 10.1 herein, and appropriate provisions will be added so as to provide for treatment of the Trust as a partnership.

SECTION 2.12. Derivatives Contracts.

(a) The Trust, at the direction of the Seller, shall execute and deliver Derivative Contracts in such form as the Seller shall approve, as evidenced conclusively by the Trust’s execution thereof, such Derivative Contracts being solely for the benefit of the Certificateholder; provided, however, that neither the execution and delivery of any such Derivative Contract nor the consummation of any transaction contemplated thereunder shall give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction described in Section 406

8

of ERISA or 4975(c)(1) of the Code. Any such Derivative Contract shall constitute a fully prepaid agreement. Any acquisition of a Derivative Contract shall be accompanied by (i) an Opinion of Counsel provided by, and at the expense of, the Seller to the effect that the existence of the Derivative Contract will not cause the Trust to be characterized as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, and (ii) confirmation from the Rating Agencies that the then-current rating of the Notes will not be qualified, reduced or withdrawn as a result of the acquisition of such Derivative Contract. Prior to the acquisition of any Derivative Contracts by the Trust, the Trust at the direction and expense of the Seller, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Derivative Contract Collection Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust on behalf of the Certificateholder. All collections, proceeds and other amounts in respect of the Derivative Contracts payable by the Derivative Counterparty shall be deposited into the Derivative Contract Collection Account for distribution to the Certificateholder on the Distribution Date following receipt thereof by the Trust.

(b) No Derivative Contract shall provide for any payment obligation on the part of the Trust. Each Derivative Contract must (i) contain a non-petition covenant provision from the Derivative Counterparty, (ii) limit payment dates thereunder to Payment Dates and (iii) contain a provision limiting any cash payments due to the Derivative Counterparty on any day under such Derivative Contract solely to funds available therefore in the Collection Account to make payments to the Certificateholder on such Payment Date.

(c) Each Derivative Contract must (i) provide for the direct payment of any amounts by the Derivative Counterparty thereunder to the Collection Account at least one Business Day prior to the related Payment Date, (ii) provide that in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Derivative Contract shall terminate upon the direction of a majority percentage interest of the Certificateholders, (iii) prohibit the Derivative Counterparty from “setting-off” or “netting” other obligations of the Trust and its Affiliates against such Derivative Counterparty’s payment obligations thereunder and (iv) satisfy the Rating Agency Condition.

ARTICLE III.

Certificate and Transfer of Interest

SECTION 3.1. Initial Ownership

Upon the formation of the Trust by the contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the issuance of the Certificate to the initial Certificateholder, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

9

SECTION 3.2. The Certificate

The Certificate shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee. A Certificate bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefit of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificate or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such Certificate. A transferee of a Certificate shall become a Certificateholder, and shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Certificateholder hereunder, upon due registration of such Certificate in such transferee’s name pursuant to Section 3.4.

SECTION 3.3. Authentication of Certificate

Concurrently with the sale of the Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Certificate to be executed on behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to or upon the written order of the Depositor, signed by its chairman of the board, its president or any vice president, its treasurer or any assistant treasurer without further corporate action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations. Notwithstanding the foregoing and without any additional action, the Depositor hereby directs that the Certificate be issued in the name of, and delivered to, AFS SenSub Corp., as initial Certificateholder. No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement, or shall be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by the Owner Trustee or Wilmington Trust Company as the Owner Trustee’s authentication agent, by manual signature; such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Certificate shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 3.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificate

The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.7, a Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Owner Trustee shall provide for the registration of the Certificate and of transfers and exchanges of the Certificate as herein provided. Wilmington Trust Company shall be the initial Certificate Registrar.

The Certificate Registrar shall provide the Trust Collateral Agent with the name and address of the Certificateholder on the Closing Date. Upon any transfers of the Certificate, the Certificate Registrar shall notify the Trust Collateral Agent of the name and address of the transferee in writing, by facsimile, on the day of such transfer.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of the Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.7, the Owner Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause Wilmington Trust Company as its authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated transferee, a new Certificate dated the date of authentication by the Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent.

10

A Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the Certificateholder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Certificate Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agent’s Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Certificate Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act. Each Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be canceled and subsequently disposed of by the Owner Trustee in accordance with its customary practice.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Certificate, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of the Certificate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale or transfer of a Certificate shall be permitted (including, without limitation, by pledge or hypothecation), and no such sale or transfer shall be registered by the Certificate Registrar or be effective hereunder, if the sale or transfer thereof increases to more than 99 the number of Certificateholders. For purposes of determining the total number of Certificateholders, a beneficial owner of an interest in a partnership, grantor trust, S corporation or other flow-through entity that owns, directly or through other flow-through entities, a Certificate is treated as a holder of a Certificate if (i) substantially all of the value of the beneficial owner’s interest (directly or indirectly) in the flow-through entity is attributed to the flow-through entity’s interest in the Certificate and (ii) a principal purpose of the use of the flow-through entity to hold the Certificate is to satisfy the 99 holder limitation set out above.

SECTION 3.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates

If (a) any mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, or if the Certificate Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there shall be delivered to the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee, such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee, or Wilmington Trust Company, as the Owner Trustee’s authenticating agent, shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section, the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

11

SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Certificateholders

Every Person by virtue of becoming a Certificateholder in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Prior to due presentation of the Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar, may treat the person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered in the Certificate Register as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar nor any agent of the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.7. Maintenance of Office or Agency

The Owner Trustee shall maintain an office or offices or agency or agencies where the Certificate may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect of the Certificate and the Basic Documents may be served. The Owner Trustee initially designates the Corporate Trust Office for such purposes. The Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor and the Certificateholder of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

SECTION 3.8. Disposition in Whole But Not in Part

The Certificate may be transferred in whole but not in part. Any attempted transfer of the Certificate that would divide the ownership of the Owner Trust Estate shall be void. The Owner Trustee shall cause any Certificate issued to contain a legend stating “THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE, EXCEPT UNDER THE LIMITED CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT.”

SECTION 3.9. ERISA Restrictions

The Certificate may not be acquired by or for the account of (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include assets of a plan described in (i) or (ii) above by reason of such plan’s investment in the entity (each, a “Benefit Plan”). By accepting and holding its beneficial ownership interest in its Certificate, the Holder thereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

12

ARTICLE IV.

Voting Rights and Other Actions

SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Holder with Respect to Certain Matters

With respect to the following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action unless at least 30 days before the taking of such action, the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholder in writing of the proposed action and the Certificateholder shall not have notified the Owner Trustee in writing prior to the 30th day after such notice is given that the Certificateholder has withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

(a) the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the Statutory Trust Statute or unless such amendment would not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holder);

(b) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

(c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required and such amendment materially adversely affects the interest of the Certificateholder; or

(d) the amendment, change or modification of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or defect or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner that would not materially adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholder.

The Owner Trustee shall notify the Certificateholder in writing of any appointment of a successor Note Registrar or Trust Collateral Agent within five Business Days after receipt of notice thereof.

SECTION 4.2. Action by Certificateholder with Respect to Certain Matters

The Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the Certificateholder in accordance with the Basic Documents, to (a) remove the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2 thereof or (b) except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, sell the Receivables after the termination of the Indenture. The Owner Trustee shall take the actions referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the Certificateholder and the furnishing of indemnification satisfactory to the Owner Trustee by the Certificateholder.

SECTION 4.3. Restrictions on Certificateholder’s Power.

(a) The Certificateholder shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.3 nor shall the Owner Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

13

(b) The Certificateholder shall not have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action, or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement or any Basic Document, unless the Certificateholder previously shall have given to the Owner Trustee a written notice of default and of the continuance thereof, as provided in this Agreement, and also unless the Certificateholder shall have made written request upon the Owner Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Owner Trustee under this Agreement and shall have offered to the Owner Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Owner Trustee, for 30 days after its receipt of such notice, request, and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit, or proceeding, and during such 30-day period no request or waiver inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Owner Trustee pursuant to and in compliance with this Section or Section 5.3. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, the Certificateholder and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

SECTION 4.4. [Reserved]

SECTION 4.5. Action with Respect to Bankruptcy Action

(a) The Trust shall not, without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, (a) institute any proceedings to adjudicate the Trust a bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, (c) file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy with respect to the Trust, (d) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial part of its property, (e) make any assignment for the benefit of the Trust’s creditors; (f) cause the Trust to admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or (g) take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing (any of the above foregoing actions, a “Bankruptcy Action”). In considering whether to give or withhold written consent to a Bankruptcy Action by the Trust, the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Certificateholders (hereby given, which consent the Certificateholders believe to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders and the Trust), shall consider the interest of the Noteholders in addition to the interests of the Trust and whether the Trust is insolvent; provided, however, that the Owner Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Noteholders. The Owner Trustee shall have no duty to give such written consent to a Bankruptcy Action by the Trust if the Owner Trustee shall not have been furnished (at the expense of the Trust) or the Person that requested that such letter be furnished to the Owner Trustee) a letter from an independent accounting firm of national reputation stating that in the opinion of such firm the Trust is then insolvent. The Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) shall not be personally liable to any Person on account of the Owner Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Section or in connection with the Owner Trustee’s giving prior written consent to a Bankruptcy Action by the Trust in accordance herewith, or withholding such consent, in good faith, and neither the Trust nor any Certificateholder shall have any claim for breach of fiduciary duty or otherwise against the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) for giving or withholding its consent to any such Bankruptcy Action.

14

(b) The parties hereto stipulate and agree that no Certificateholder has power to commence any Bankruptcy Action on the part of the Trust or to direct the Owner Trustee to take any Bankruptcy Action on the part of the Trust except as provided in Section 4.5(a). To the extent permitted by applicable law, the consent of the Trust Collateral Agent shall be obtained prior to taking any Bankruptcy Action by the Trust.

(c) The provisions of this Section do not constitute an acknowledgement or admission by the Trust, the Owner Trustee, any Certificateholder or any creditor of the Trust that the Trust is eligible to be a debtor, under the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq., as amended.

SECTION 4.6. Covenants and Restrictions on Conduct of Business.

(a) The Trust agrees to abide by the following restrictions:

(i) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, the Trust shall not incur any indebtedness;

(ii) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, the Trust shall not engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger or sale of assets;

(iii) the Trust shall not engage in any business activity in which it is not currently engaged other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation; and

(iv) the Trust shall not form, or cause to be formed, any subsidiaries and shall not own or acquire any asset other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation.

(b) The Trust shall:

(i) maintain books and records separate from any other person or entity;

(ii) maintain its office and bank accounts separate from any other person or entity;

(iii) not commingle its assets with those of any other person or entity;

(iv) conduct its own business in its own name and use stationery or other business forms under its own name and not that of any Certificateholder or any Affiliate;

(v) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, pay its own liabilities and expenses only out of its own funds;

(vi) observe all formalities required under the Statutory Trust Statute;

15

(vii) not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other person or entity;

(viii) not hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligation of any other person or entity;

(ix) not acquire the obligations or securities of its Certificateholders or its Affiliates;

(x) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, not make loans to any other person or entity or buy or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by any other person or entity;

(xi) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other person or entity;

(xii) hold itself out as a separate entity from each Certificateholder and not conduct any business in the name of any Certificateholder;

(xiii) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

(xiv) not identify itself as a division of any other person or entity; and

(xv) except as required or specifically provided in the Trust Agreement, the Trust will conduct business with the Certificateholders or any Affiliate thereof on an arm’s length basis.

(c) So long as the Notes or any other amounts owed under the Indenture remain outstanding, the Trust shall not amend this Section 4.6 unless the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

ARTICLE V.

Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee

SECTION 5.1. General Authority.

(a) The Owner Trustee is authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents to which the Trust is named as a party, each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is named as a party and any amendment thereto and on behalf of the Trust, each state business license (and any renewal thereof) prepared by the Certificateholder or Servicer, including a Sales Finance Company Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, Licensing Division, and a Financial Regulation Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Maryland Department of Labor, Licensing and Regulation, in each case, in such form as the Depositor shall approve as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee’s execution thereof, and on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture Trustee to authenticate and deliver Class A-1 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $155,000,000, Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate principal

16

amount of $320,000,000, Class A-3 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $210,000,000, Class A-4 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $186,800,000, Class B Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $35,190,000, Class C Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $32,680,000, Class D Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $35,190,000 and Class E Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $25,140,000. In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The Owner Trustee is further authorized from time to time to take such action as the Certificateholder recommends with respect to the Basic Documents so long as such activities are consistent with the terms of the Basic Documents.

(b) The Owner Trustee shall sign on behalf of the Trust any applicable tax returns of the Trust, unless applicable law requires a Certificateholder to sign such documents.

SECTION 5.2. General Duties

It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and to administer the Trust in the interest of the Holder, subject to the Basic Documents and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Basic Documents to the extent the Servicer has agreed in the Sale and Servicing Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Trust or the Owner Trustee hereunder or under any Basic Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or failure of the Servicer to carry out its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 5.3. Action upon Instruction.

(a) Subject to Article IV, the Certificateholder shall have the exclusive right to direct the actions of the Owner Trustee in the management of the Trust, so long as such instructions are not inconsistent with the express terms set forth herein or in any Basic Document. The Certificateholder shall not instruct the Owner Trustee in a manner inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents.

(b) The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

(c) Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or any Basic Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Certificateholder requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written instruction of the Certificateholder received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction

17

within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholder, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

(d) In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document or any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Certificateholder requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or inaction, to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholder, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

SECTION 5.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions

The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or otherwise deal with the Owner Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.3; and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Basic Document against the Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing (including any filings required pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder) for the Trust or to record this Agreement or any Basic Document. The Owner Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens on any part of the Owner Trust Estate that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee (solely in its individual capacity) and that are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Owner Trust Estate.

SECTION 5.5. No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions

The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Owner Trust Estate except (i) in accordance with the powers granted to

18

and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Basic Documents and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.3.

SECTION 5.6. Restrictions

The Owner Trustee shall not take any action (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would result in the Trust’s becoming taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Certificateholder shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take action that would violate the provisions of this Section.

ARTICLE VI.

Concerning the Owner Trustee

SECTION 6.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties

The Owner Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the Owner Trust Estate upon the terms of the Basic Documents and this Agreement. The Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder or under any Basic Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence, (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 6.3 expressly made by the Owner Trustee, (iii) for liabilities arising from the failure of the Owner Trustee to perform obligations expressly undertaken by it in the last sentence of Section 5.4 hereof, (iv) for any investments issued by the Owner Trustee or any branch or affiliate thereof in its commercial capacity or (v) for taxes, fees or other charges on, based on or measured by, any fees, commissions or compensation received by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

(a) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made by a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee (except in the case of willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence);

(b) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the instructions of the Servicer or the Certificateholder;

(c) no provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

19

(d) under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes;

(e) the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by the Depositor or for the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Owner Trust Estate or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Basic Documents, other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificate, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any liability, duty or obligation to the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Noteholder or to any Certificateholder, other than as expressly provided for herein and in the Basic Documents;

(f) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Servicer under any of the Basic Documents or otherwise and the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform the obligations under this Agreement or the Basic Documents that are required to be performed by the Trustee under the Indenture or the Trust Collateral Agent or the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

(g) the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any Basic Document, at the request, order or direction of the Certificateholder, unless the Certificateholder has offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or thereby. The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the performance of any such act.

SECTION 6.2. Furnishing of Documents

The Owner Trustee shall furnish to the Certificateholder promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents.

SECTION 6.3. Representations and Warranties

The Owner Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Depositor and the Holder, that:

(a) It is a Delaware banking corporation, duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. It has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

20

(b) It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

(c) Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene any federal or Delaware state law, governmental rule or regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any judgment or order binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound.

(d) The Agreement has been, or, when executed and delivered will have been, duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Owner Trustee and constitutes, a valid and binding agreement of the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Owner Trustee in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may (A) be subject to insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws, regulations or procedures of general applicability now or hereinafter in effect relating to or affecting creditor’s rights generally and (B) be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

SECTION 6.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel.

(a) The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or by the treasurer, secretary or other authorized officers of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

(b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants or other such persons and according to such opinion not contrary to this Agreement or any Basic Document.

21

SECTION 6.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity

Except as provided in this Article VI, in accepting the trust hereby created Wilmington Trust Company acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Basic Document shall look only to the Owner Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

SECTION 6.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificate or Receivables

The recitals contained herein and in the Certificate (other than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificate) shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor and the Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, of any Basic Document or of the Certificate (other than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificate) or the Notes, or of any Receivable or related documents. The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any Receivable, or the perfection and priority of any security interest created by any Receivable in any Financed Vehicle or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Owner Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to Certificateholder under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture, including, without limitation: the existence, condition and ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon; the existence and contents of any Receivable on any computer or other record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Receivable to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of any Receivable; the performance or enforcement of any Receivable; the compliance by the Depositor, the Servicer or any other Person with any warranty or representation made under any Basic Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action of the Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

SECTION 6.7. Owner Trustee May Own Notes

The Owner Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer in banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.

SECTION 6.8. Payments from Owner Trust Estate

All payments to be made by the Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which the Trust or the Owner Trustee is a party shall be made only from the income and proceeds of the Owner Trust Estate and only to the extent that the Owner Trustee shall have received income or proceeds from the Owner Trust Estate to make such payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Wilmington Trust Company or any successor thereto, in its individual capacity, shall not be liable for any amounts payable under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which the Trust or the Owner Trustee is a party.

22

SECTION 6.9. Doing Business in Other Jurisdictions

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither Wilmington Trust Company or any successor thereto, nor the Owner Trustee shall be required to take any action in any jurisdiction other than in the State of Delaware if the taking of such action will, even after the appointment of a co-trustee or separate trustee in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof, (i) require the consent or approval or authorization or order of or the giving of notice to, or the registration with or the taking of any other action in respect of, any state or other governmental authority or agency of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware; (ii) result in any fee, tax or other governmental charge under the laws of the State of Delaware becoming payable by Wilmington Trust Company (or any successor thereto); or (iii) subject Wilmington Trust Company (or any successor thereto) to personal jurisdiction in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware for causes of action arising from acts unrelated to the consummation of the transactions by Wilmington Trust Company (or any successor thereto) or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE VII.

Compensation of Owner Trustee

SECTION 7.1. Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses. The Owner Trustee shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof between AmeriCredit and the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Depositor for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder and under the Basic Documents. AmeriCredit Corp. shall be jointly and severally liable for the fees and expenses owing to the Owner Trustee under this Section 7.1.

SECTION 7.2. Indemnification

The Depositor shall be liable as primary obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its officers, directors, successors, assigns, agents and servants (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever (collectively, “Expenses”) which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Basic Documents, the Owner Trust Estate, the administration of the Owner Trust Estate or the action or inaction of the Owner Trustee hereunder, except only that the Depositor shall not be liable for or required to indemnify the Owner Trustee from and against Expenses arising or resulting from any of the matters described in the third sentence of Section 6.1. The indemnities contained in this Section and the rights under Section 7.1 shall survive the resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. In any event of any claim, action or proceeding for which indemnity will be sought pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee’s choice of legal counsel shall be subject to the approval of the Depositor which

23

approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. AmeriCredit Corp. shall be jointly and severally liable for the indemnification duties and obligations of the Depositor which are described in this Section 7.2.

SECTION 7.3. Payments to the Owner Trustee

Any amounts paid to the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed not to be a part of the Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

SECTION 7.4. Non-recourse Obligations

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Basic Document, the Owner Trustee agrees in its individual capacity and in its capacity as Owner Trustee for the Trust that all obligations of the Trust to the Owner Trustee individually or as Owner Trustee for the Trust shall be with recourse to the Owner Trust Estate only and specifically shall be without recourse to the assets of the Holder.

ARTICLE VIII.

Termination of Trust Agreement

SECTION 8.1. Termination of Trust Agreement.

(a) This Agreement and the Trust shall terminate in accordance with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Statute and be of no further force or effect upon the latest of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last Receivable (including the purchase by the Servicer at its option or by the Seller at its option of the corpus of the Trust as described in Section 10.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and the subsequent distribution of amounts in respect of such Receivables as provided in the Basic Documents, or (ii) the payment to the Certificateholder of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to this Agreement and the payment to the Swap Provider of all amounts payable to it pursuant to the Swap Agreement; provided, however, that the rights to indemnification under Section 7.2 and the rights under Section 7.1 shall survive the termination of the Trust. The Seller or the Servicer shall promptly notify the Owner Trustee of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of the Certificateholder, shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle the Certificateholder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Owner Trust Estate nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

(b) Neither the Depositor nor the Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

(c) Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Certificateholder shall surrender the Certificate to the Trust Collateral Agent for payment of the final distribution and cancellation, shall be given by the Owner Trustee by letter to the Certificateholder mailed within five Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from the Servicer given pursuant to Section 10.1(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, stating

24

(i) the Distribution Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the Certificate shall be made upon presentation and surrender of the Certificate at the office of the Trust Collateral Agent therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment, (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Certificate at the office of the Trust Collateral Agent therein specified and (iv) interest will cease to accrue on the Certificate. The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the Trust Collateral Agent at the time such notice is given to the Certificateholder. Upon presentation and surrender of the Certificate, the Trust Collateral Agent shall cause to be distributed to the Certificateholder amounts distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

In the event that the Certificateholder shall not surrender the Certificate for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a second written notice to the Certificateholder to surrender the Certificate for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the second notice the Certificate shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the Certificateholder concerning surrender of its Certificate, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement. Any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed, subject to applicable escheat laws, by the Owner Trustee to the Holder.

(d) Upon the completion of the winding up of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Statute and its termination, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Statutory Trust Statute.

ARTICLE IX.

Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees

SECTION 9.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee

The Owner Trustee shall at all times be a corporation (i) satisfying the provisions of Section 3807(a) of the Statutory Trust Statute; (ii) authorized to exercise corporate trust powers; and (iii) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. If such corporation shall publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 9.2.

25

SECTION 9.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee

The Owner Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor and the Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee. If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee or the Certificateholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Depositor, or if at any time the Owner Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Depositor may remove the Owner Trustee. If the Depositor shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed, one copy to the successor Owner Trustee and payment of all fees owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 9.3 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee. The Depositor shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 9.3. Successor Owner Trustee

Any successor Owner Trustee appointed pursuant to Section 9.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Depositor, the Servicer and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Depositor and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

26

No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.1.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Servicer shall mail notice of the successor of such Owner Trustee to the Certificateholder, the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating Agencies. If the Servicer shall fail to mail such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer.

SECTION 9.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee

Any corporation into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.1, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, further, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 9.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Owner Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Owner Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Servicer and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Servicer shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request to do so, the Owner Trustee shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 9.3.

Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any

27

particular act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

(ii) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and

(iii) the Servicer and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer.

Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

ARTICLE X.

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.1. Supplements and Amendments.

(a) This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, and with the consent of the Swap Provider (unless such amendment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider) and with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder, (i) to cure any ambiguity or defect or (ii) to correct, supplement or modify any provisions in this Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Owner Trustee which may be based upon a certificate of the Servicer, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

(b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time, with the written consent of the Swap Provider (unless, such amendment could not reasonably be expected to have

28

a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider) by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, to the extent such amendment materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, with the consent of the Noteholders evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, and the consent of the Certificateholder (which consent of any Holder of a Certificate or Note given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Certificateholder or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all the outstanding Notes and the Certificateholder.

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Certificateholder, the Trustee, the Swap Provider and each of the Rating Agencies.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholder, the Noteholders or the Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of the Certificateholder provided for in this Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholder shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe. Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary of State.

Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied. The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

SECTION 10.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Certificateholder

The Certificateholder shall not have legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate. The Certificateholder shall be entitled to receive distributions in accordance with Article VIII. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of the Certificateholder to and in its ownership interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trust hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate.

29

SECTION 10.3. Limitations on Rights of Others

The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Depositor, the Certificateholder, the Servicer and, to the extent expressly provided herein, the Swap Provider, the Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

SECTION 10.4. Notices.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier or mailed first class mail or certified mail, in each case return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt, if to the Owner Trustee, addressed to the Corporate Trust Office; if to the Depositor, addressed to AFS SenSub Corp., 2265 B Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to AFS SenSub Corp., c/o AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Administrator, 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

(b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to a Certificateholder shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of the Holder. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

SECTION 10.5. Severability

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.6. Separate Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 10.7. Assignments; Swap Provider

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and the Swap Provider and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

30

SECTION 10.8. No Recourse

The Certificateholder by accepting a Certificate acknowledges that the Certificate represents a beneficial interest in the Trust only and does not represent interests in or obligations of the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Swap Provider or any Affiliate thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Certificate or the Basic Documents.

SECTION 10.9. Headings

The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 10.10. GOVERNING LAW

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

SECTION 10.11. Servicer

The Servicer is authorized to prepare, or cause to be prepared, execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust the Swap Agreement and all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust or Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Basic Documents. Upon written request, the Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Servicer a limited power of attorney appointing the Servicer the Trust’s agent and attorney-in-fact to prepare, or cause to be prepared, execute and deliver all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions.

SECTION 10.12. Nonpetition Covenants

(a) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Certificateholder shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Trust, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust.

(b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, but subject to the provisions of Section 4.5, the Owner Trustee shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement, with respect to the Trust, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining an involuntary case against the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust.

31

SECTION 10.13. Third Party Beneficiary

The Swap Provider shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement, entitled to enforce the provisions hereof as if a party hereto.

SECTION 10.14. Regulation AB.

The Owner Trustee acknowledges and agrees that the purpose of this Section 10.14 is to facilitate compliance by the Trust with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. The Owner Trustee acknowledges that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees hereby to comply with reasonable requests made by the Servicer in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB. The Owner Trustee shall cooperate fully with the Servicer and the Trust to deliver to the Servicer and the Trust any and all statements, reports, certifications, records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Servicer to permit the Servicer and the Trust to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Owner Trustee reasonably believed by the Servicer to be necessary in order to effect such compliance.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

32

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Owner Trustee
By:	/s/ Robert J. Perkins
Name:	Robert J. Perkins
Title:	Sr. Financial Services Officer
AFS SENSUB CORP.,
as Depositor
By:	/s/ Sheli Fitzgerald
Name:	Sheli Fitzgerald
Title:	Vice President, Structured Finance

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

AMERICREDIT CORP.,
Solely with respect to Sections 7.1 and 7.2
By:	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Senior Vice President, Structured Finance

[Amended and Restated Trust Agreement]

EXHIBIT A

NUMBER

R-1

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE,

EXCEPT UNDER THE LIMITED CONDITIONS

SPECIFIED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT

ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in certain distributions of the Trust, as defined below, the property of which includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts secured by new or used automobiles, vans or light duty trucks and sold to the Trust by AFS SenSub Corp.

(This Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of AFS SenSub Corp. or any of its Affiliates, except to the extent described below.)

THIS CERTIFIES THAT AFS SenSub Corp. is the registered owner of a nonassessable, fully-paid, beneficial ownership interest in certain distributions of AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (the “Trust”) formed by AFS SenSub Corp., a Nevada corporation (the “Seller”).

OWNER TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is the Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee

by:

Authenticating Agent

by:

The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of May 9, 2007, as amended and restated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Trust Agreement”), between the Seller and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement.

This is the duly authorized Certificate designated as “Asset Backed Certificate” (herein called the “Certificate”). Also issued under the Indenture, dated as of May 24, 2007, between the Trust and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and indenture collateral agent, are eight classes of Notes designated as “Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-1 Notes”), “Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-2 Notes”), “Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-3 Notes”), “Class A-4 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-4 Notes”), “Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class B Notes”), “Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class C Notes”), “Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class D Notes”) and “Class E 6.96% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class E Notes” and together with the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, the “Notes”). This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound. The property of the Trust includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts secured by new and used automobiles, vans or light duty trucks (the “Receivables”), all monies due thereunder on or after the Initial Cutoff Date, in the case of the Initial Receivables, and the Subsequent Cutoff Date, in the case of the Subsequent Receivables, security interests in the vehicles financed thereby, certain bank accounts and the proceeds thereof, proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies and certain other rights under the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all right, to and interest of the Seller in and to the Purchase Agreement dated as of May 24, 2007 between AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. and the Seller and all proceeds of the foregoing.

The holder of this Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to receive distributions in respect of this Certificate are subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders as described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, as applicable.

Distributions on this Certificate will be made as provided in the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document by wire transfer or check mailed to the Certificateholder without the presentation or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any notation hereon. Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Certificate will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency maintained for the purpose by the Owner Trustee in the Corporate Trust Office.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

A-2

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

	AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
	By:	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
		not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee
Dated: May 31, 2007	By:

A-4

(Reverse of Certificate)

The Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or any Affiliates of any of them and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated herein or in the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Basic Documents. In addition, this Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections with respect to the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth herein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. A copy of each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement may be examined during normal business hours at the principal office of the Seller, and at such other places, if any, designated by the Seller, by any Certificateholder upon written request.

The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Seller under the Trust Agreement at any time by the Seller and the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Note Majority and the Certificateholder. Any such consent by the Holder of this Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of this Certificate and of any Certificate issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Certificate. The Trust Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without the consent of the Certificateholder.

As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Certificate is registrable in the Certificate Register upon surrender of this Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar maintained by the Owner Trustee in the Corporate Trust Office, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new Certificate evidencing the same aggregate interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated transferee. The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the Trust Agreement is Wilmington Trust Company. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

No sale or transfer of a Trust Certificate shall be permitted (including, without limitation, by pledge or hypothecation), and no such sale or transfer shall be registered by the Certificate Registrar or be effective hereunder, if the sale or transfer thereof increases to more than 99 the sum of the number of Certificateholders.

The Owner Trustee and any agent of the Owner Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Owner Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to the Certificateholder of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the

A-5

disposition of all property held as part of the Trust. The Seller or the Servicer of the Receivables may at its option purchase the corpus of the Trust at a price specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of the Receivables and other property of the Trust will effect early retirement of the Certificate; however, such right of purchase is exercisable, subject to certain restrictions, only as of the last day of any Collection Period as of which the Pool Balance is 10% or less of the Original Pool Balance.

The Certificate may not be acquired by (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 or (c) any entity whose underlying assets include assets of a plan described in (a) or (b) above by reason of such plan’s investment in the entity (each, a “Benefit Plan”). By accepting and holding this Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor or the Servicer, as the case may be, and the Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Certificate or of any Receivable or related document.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

A-6

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY

OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

OF ASSIGNEE

(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

                                                                  Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:	*
	Signature
Guaranteed:	*

* NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Certificate Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Certificate Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-7

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

OF

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1

THIS Certificate of Trust of AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1 (the “Trust”) is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as trustee, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. § 3801 et seq.) (the “Act”).

1. Name. The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is “AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1.”

2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust in the State of Delaware is Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001.

3. Effective Date. This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its

individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Trust

By:

Name:

Title:

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Copy

SALE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

among

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1,

Issuer,

AFS SENSUB CORP.,

Seller,

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,

Servicer,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent

Dated as of May 24, 2007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
ARTICLE I Definitions			1
	SECTION 1.1.	Definitions	1
	SECTION 1.2.	Other Definitional Provisions	22
ARTICLE II Conveyance of Receivables			22
	SECTION 2.1.	Conveyance of Initial Receivables	22
	SECTION 2.2.	Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables	23
	SECTION 2.3.	Further Encumbrance of Trust Property	27
	SECTION 2.4.	Intention of the Parties	27
ARTICLE III The Receivables			28
	SECTION 3.1.	Representations and Warranties of Seller	28
	SECTION 3.2.	Repurchase upon Breach	29
	SECTION 3.3.	Custody of Receivable Files	30
ARTICLE IV Administration and Servicing of Receivables			31
	SECTION 4.1.	Duties of the Servicer	31
	SECTION 4.2.	Collection of Receivable Payments; Modifications of Receivables	32
	SECTION 4.3.	Realization upon Receivables	34
	SECTION 4.4.	Insurance	36
	SECTION 4.5.	Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles	37
	SECTION 4.6.	Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of Servicer	38
	SECTION 4.7.	Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant	38
	SECTION 4.8.	Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Certain Expenses by Servicer	39
	SECTION 4.9.	Servicer’s Certificate	40
	SECTION 4.10.	Annual Statement as to Compliance, Notice of Servicer Termination Event	40
	SECTION 4.11.	Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Reports	41
	SECTION 4.12.	Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables	42
	SECTION 4.13.	Monthly Tape	42
ARTICLE V Trust Accounts; Distributions; Statements to Noteholders			43
	SECTION 5.1.	Establishment of Trust Accounts	43
	SECTION 5.2.	Capitalized Interest Account	46
	SECTION 5.3.	Certain Reimbursements to the Servicer	47
	SECTION 5.4.	Application of Collections	47
	SECTION 5.5.	[Reserved]	47
	SECTION 5.6.	Additional Deposits	47
	SECTION 5.7.	Distributions	47

i

	SECTION 5.8.	Reserve Account	52
	SECTION 5.9.	Pre-Funding Account	53
	SECTION 5.10.	Statements to Noteholders	53
	SECTION 5.11.	Determination of LIBOR	54
ARTICLE VI [Reserved]			55
ARTICLE VII The Seller			55
	SECTION 7.1.	Representations of Seller	55
	SECTION 7.2.	Corporate Existence	57
	SECTION 7.3.	Liability of Seller; Indemnities	58
	SECTION 7.4.	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller	59
	SECTION 7.5.	Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others	59
	SECTION 7.6.	Ownership of the Certificates or Notes	59
ARTICLE VIII The Servicer			60
	SECTION 8.1.	Representations of Servicer	60
	SECTION 8.2.	Liability of Servicer; Indemnities	61
	SECTION 8.3.	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of the Servicer or Backup Servicer	63
	SECTION 8.4.	Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer and Others	64
	SECTION 8.5.	Delegation of Duties	65
	SECTION 8.6.	Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign	65
ARTICLE IX Default			65
	SECTION 9.1.	Servicer Termination Event	65
	SECTION 9.2.	Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event	67
	SECTION 9.3.	Appointment of Successor	67
	SECTION 9.4.	Notification to Noteholders	69
	SECTION 9.5.	Waiver of Past Defaults	69
ARTICLE X Termination			69
	SECTION 10.1.	Optional Purchase of All Receivables	69
ARTICLE XI Administrative Duties of the Servicer			70
	SECTION 11.1.	Administrative Duties	70
	SECTION 11.2.	Records	72
	SECTION 11.3.	Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer	72
ARTICLE XII Miscellaneous Provisions			72
	SECTION 12.1.	Amendment	72
	SECTION 12.2.	Protection of Title to Trust	73
	SECTION 12.3.	Notices	75

ii

SECTION 12.4.	Assignment	76
SECTION 12.5.	Limitations on Rights of Others	76
SECTION 12.6.	Severability	76
SECTION 12.7.	Separate Counterparts	76
SECTION 12.8.	Headings	76
SECTION 12.9.	Governing Law	76
SECTION 12.10.	Assignment to Trustee	77
SECTION 12.11.	Nonpetition Covenants	77
SECTION 12.12.	Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Trustee	77
SECTION 12.13.	Independence of the Servicer	78
SECTION 12.14.	No Joint Venture	78
SECTION 12.15.	State Business Licenses	78

SCHEDULES
Schedule A	Schedule of Receivables
Schedule B	Representations and Warranties of the Seller and the Servicer
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A	Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement
Exhibit B	Form of Servicer’s Certificate

iii

SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of May 24, 2007, among AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), AFS SENSUB CORP., a Nevada corporation (the “Seller”), AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Servicer”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacity as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent.

WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase a portfolio of receivables arising in connection with motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts made by the Originators or acquired by the Originators through motor vehicle dealers and third party lenders;

WHEREAS Bay View Acceptance Corporation has sold its interest in certain automobile loan contracts to AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.;

WHEREAS the Seller has purchased such receivables from AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. and is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer;

WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase additional receivables arising in connection with motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts to be acquired by the Originators;

WHEREAS the Seller has an agreement to purchase such additional receivables from AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. and is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer;

WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service all such receivables;

WHEREAS the Backup Servicer is willing to provide backup servicing for all such receivables;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

“Accountants’ Report” means the report of a firm of nationally recognized Independent Accountants described in Section 4.11.

“Accounting Date” means, with respect to any Collection Period the last day of such Collection Period.

“Addition Notice” means, with respect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement, notice of the Seller’s election to transfer Subsequent Receivables to the Trust, such notice to designate the related Subsequent Cutoff Date and Subsequent Transfer Date and the approximate principal amount of Subsequent Receivables to be transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Aggregate Principal Balance” means, with respect to any date of determination, the sum of the Principal Balances for all Receivables (other than (i) any Receivable that became a Liquidated Receivable prior to the end of the related Collection Period and (ii) any Receivable that became a Purchased Receivable prior to the end of the related Collection Period) as of the date of determination.

“Aggregate Principal Parity Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of the Class A Principal Parity Amount, the Class B Principal Parity Amount, the Class C Principal Parity Amount, the Class D Principal Parity Amount and the Class E Principal Parity Amount on that Distribution Date.

“Agreement” means this Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“AmeriCredit” means AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.

“Amount Financed” means, with respect to a Receivable, the aggregate amount advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle and any related costs, including amounts advanced in respect of accessories, insurance premiums, service contracts, car club and warranty contracts, other items customarily financed as part of motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts or promissory notes, and related costs.

“Annual Percentage Rate” or “APR” of a Receivable means the annual percentage rate of finance charges or service charges, as stated in the related Contract.

“Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement” means any agreement between a Third-Party Lender and the related Originator relating to the acquisition of Receivables from a Third-Party Lender by the related Originator.

“Available Funds” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the Collected Funds for the related Collection Period, (ii) all Purchase Amounts deposited in the Collection Account during the related Collection Period, plus Investment Earnings with respect to the Trust Accounts for the related Collection Period, (iii) the Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount with respect to such Distribution Date, (iv) following the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the amount of money or property collected pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture since the preceding Distribution Date by the Trust Collateral Agent or the Majority Noteholders for distribution pursuant to Section 5.6 and Section 5.8 of the Indenture, (v) the proceeds of any purchase or sale of the assets of the Trust described in Section

2

10.1, and (vi) any amounts received by the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Swap Agreement with respect to the Class A-4 Notes (less any amounts used to enter into a replacement swap agreement).

“Backup Servicer” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

“Base Servicing Fee” means, with respect to any Collection Period, the fee payable to the Servicer for services rendered during such Collection Period, which shall be equal to the sum of (A) the product of (i) the Servicing Fee Rate times (ii) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the opening of business on the first day of such Collection Period (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Initial Cutoff Date) multiplied by (iii) one twelfth (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, the actual number of days during the Collection Period divided by 360) plus (B) the product of (i) the Servicing Fee Rate times (ii) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Subsequent Receivables sold to the Issuer during such Collection Period multiplied by (iii) the number of days during that Collection Period that the Subsequent Receivables were owned by the Issuer, divided by 360.

“Basic Documents” means this Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Custodian Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Swap Agreement and other documents and certificates delivered in connection therewith.

“Bay View” means Bay View Acceptance Corporation, a Nevada corporation.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banking institutions located in Wilmington, Delaware, Fort Worth, Texas, New York, New York, Minneapolis, Minnesota or any other location of any successor Servicer, successor Owner Trustee or successor Trust Collateral Agent are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

“Capitalized Interest Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.2.

“Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit” means $496,044.66 deposited on the Closing Date.

“Certificate” means the trust certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of the Certificateholder in the Trust.

“Certificateholder” means the Person in whose name the Certificate is registered.

“Class” means the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes or the Class E Notes, as the context requires.

“Class A Principal Parity Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (I) the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate remaining principal balance of the Class A Notes immediately prior to such Distribution Date over (y) the Pool Balance as of the end of the

3

immediately preceding Collection Period and (II) the amount of Total Available Funds remaining on deposit in the Collection Account after the funding of the items described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 5.7(b) on such Distribution Date.

“Class A-1 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class A-2 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class A-3 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class A-4 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class B Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class B Principal Parity Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (I) the excess of (A) the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate remaining principal balance of the Class A Notes and of the Class B Notes, in each case immediately prior to such Distribution Date over (y) the Pool Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period over (B) the Class A Principal Parity Amount for such Distribution Date and (II) the amount of Total Available Funds remaining on deposit in the Collection Account after the funding of the items described in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 5.7(b) on such Distribution Date.

“Class C Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class C Principal Parity Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (I) the excess of (A) the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate remaining principal balance of the Class A Notes, of the Class B Notes and of the Class C Notes, in each case immediately prior to such Distribution Date over (y) the Pool Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period over (B) the sum of the Class A Principal Parity Amount and the Class B Principal Parity Amount for such Distribution Date and (II) the amount of Total Available Funds remaining on deposit in the Collection Account after the funding of the items described in clauses (i) through (x) of Section 5.7(b) on such Distribution Date.

“Class D Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

“Class D Principal Parity Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (I) the excess of (A) the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate remaining principal balance of the Class A Notes, of the Class B Notes, of the Class C Notes and of the Class D Notes, in each case immediately prior to such Distribution Date over (y) the Pool Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period over (B) the sum of the Class A Principal Parity Amount, the Class B Principal Parity Amount and the Class C Parity Amount for such Distribution Date and (II) the amount of Total Available Funds remaining on deposit in the Collection Account after the funding of the items described in clauses (i) through (xiii) of Section 5.7(b) on such Distribution Date.

“Class E Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

4

“Class E Principal Parity Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (I) the excess of (A) the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate remaining principal balance of the Class A Notes, of the Class B Notes, of the Class C Notes, of the Class D Notes and of the Class E Notes, in each case immediately prior to such Distribution Date over (y) the Pool Balance as of the end of the immediately preceding Collection Period over (B) the sum of the Class A Principal Parity Amount, the Class B Principal Parity Amount, the Class C Principal Parity Amount and the Class D Principal Parity Amount for such Distribution Date and (II) the amount of Total Available Funds remaining on deposit in the Collection Account after the funding of the items described in clauses (i) through (xvi) of Section 5.7(b) on such Distribution Date.

“Closing Date” means May 31, 2007.

“Collateral Insurance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

“Collected Funds” means, with respect to any Collection Period, the amount of funds in the Collection Account representing collections on the Receivables during such Collection Period, including all Net Liquidation Proceeds collected during such Collection Period (but excluding any Purchase Amounts).

“Collection Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.

“Collection Period” means, with respect to the first Distribution Date, the period beginning on the close of business on May 24, 2007 and ending on the close of business on June 30, 2007. With respect to each subsequent Distribution Date, “Collection Period” means the period beginning on the close of business on the last day of the second preceding calendar month and ending on the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month. Any amount stated “as of the close of business of the last day of a Collection Period” shall give effect to the following calculations as determined as of the end of the day on such last day: (i) all applications of collections and (ii) all distributions.

“Collection Records” means all manually prepared or computer generated records relating to collection efforts or payment histories with respect to the Receivables.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Computer Tape” means the computer tapes or other electronic media furnished by the Servicer to the Issuer and its assigns describing certain characteristics of the Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, as appropriate.

“Contract” means a motor vehicle retail installment sale contract or promissory note.

“Controlling Party” means the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders.

“Corporate Trust Office” means (i) with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, which at the time of execution of this agreement is 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust

5

Administration, and (ii) with respect to the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer, the principal office thereof at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which at the time of execution of this agreement is Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Office.

“Cram Down Loss” means, with respect to a Receivable that has not become a Liquidated Receivable, if a court of appropriate jurisdiction in a proceeding related to an Insolvency Event shall have issued an order reducing the amount owed on a Receivable or otherwise modifying or restructuring the Scheduled Receivables Payments to be made on a Receivable, an amount equal to (i) the excess of the Principal Balance of such Receivable immediately prior to such order over the Principal Balance of such Receivable as so reduced and/or (ii) if such court shall have issued an order reducing the effective rate of interest on such Receivable, the excess of the Principal Balance of such Receivable immediately prior to such order over the net present value (using as the discount rate the higher of the APR on such Receivable or the rate of interest, if any, specified by the court in such order) of the Scheduled Receivables Payments as so modified or restructured. A Cram Down Loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance of such order.

“Custodian” means AmeriCredit and any other Person named from time to time as custodian in any Custodian Agreement acting as agent for the Trust Collateral Agent, which Person must be acceptable to the Controlling Party.

“Custodian Agreement” means any Custodian Agreement from time to time in effect between the Custodian named therein and the Trust Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, which Custodian Agreement and any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto shall be acceptable to the Controlling Party.

“Dealer” means a dealer who sold a Financed Vehicle and who originated and assigned the respective Receivable to the related Originator under a Dealer Agreement or pursuant to a Dealer Assignment.

“Dealer Agreement” means any agreement between a Dealer and the related Originator relating to the acquisition of Receivables from a Dealer by the related Originator.

“Dealer Assignment” means, with respect to a Receivable, the executed assignment executed by a Dealer conveying such Receivable to the related Originator.

“Delivery” when used with respect to Trust Account Property means:

(a) with respect to bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit and other obligations that constitute “instruments” within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC and are susceptible of physical delivery, transfer thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent by physical delivery to the Trust Collateral Agent endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Trust Collateral Agent or endorsed in blank, and, with respect to a certificated security (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC), transfer thereof (i) by delivery thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent of such certificated security endorsed to, or registered in the name of,

6

the Trust Collateral Agent or (ii) by delivery thereof to a “clearing corporation” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC) and the making by such clearing corporation of appropriate entries on its books reducing the appropriate securities account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate securities account of the Trust Collateral Agent by the amount of such certificated security and the identification by the clearing corporation of the certificated securities for the sole and exclusive account of the Trust Collateral Agent (all of the foregoing, “Physical Property”), and, in any event, any such Physical Property in registered form shall be in the name of the Trust Collateral Agent or its nominee; and such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete transfer of ownership of any such Trust Account Property to the Trust Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian, consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof;

(b) with respect to any security issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal National Mortgage Association that is a book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to federal book-entry regulations, the following procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable Federal regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: book-entry registration of such Trust Account Property to an appropriate book-entry account maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank by a securities intermediary that is also a “depository” pursuant to applicable federal regulations; the making by such securities intermediary of entries in its books and records crediting such Trust Account Property to the Trust Collateral Agent’s securities account at the securities intermediary and identifying such book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to federal book-entry regulations as belonging to the Trust Collateral Agent; and such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect complete transfer of ownership of any such Trust Account Property to the Trust Collateral Agent, consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof;

(c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is an uncertificated security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause (b) above, registration on the books and records of the issuer thereof in the name of the Trust Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian who either (i) becomes the registered owner on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent or (ii) having previously become the registered owner, acknowledges that it holds for the Trust Collateral Agent; and

(d) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is a financial asset under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause (b) above, causing the securities intermediary to indicate on its books and records that such financial asset has been credited to a securities account of the Trust Collateral Agent.

“Determination Date” means, for any calendar month, the second Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date.

“Distribution Date” means, with respect to each Collection Period, the eighth day of the following calendar month, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing July 9, 2007. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the distribution date may be a different day of the month.

7

“Electronic Ledger” means the electronic master record of the retail installment sales contracts or installment loans of the Servicer.

“Eligible Deposit Account” means a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as (i) any of the securities of such depository institution have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade and (ii) such depository institutions’ deposits are insured by the FDIC.

“Eligible Investments” mean book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence:

(a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States of America;

(b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to in clause (a) above or portion of such obligation for the benefit of the holders of such depository receipts); provided, however, that at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or other short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Standard & Poor’s of A-1+ and from Moody’s of Prime-1;

(c) commercial paper and demand notes investing solely in commercial paper having, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Standard & Poor’s of A-1+ and from Moody’s of Prime-1;

(d) investments in money market funds (including funds for which the Trust Collateral Agent or the Owner Trustee in each of their individual capacities or any of their respective Affiliates is investment manager, controlling party or advisor) having a rating from Standard & Poor’s of AAA-m or AAAm-G and from Moody’s of Aaa;

(e) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in clause (b) above;

(f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above;

8

(g) any other investment which would satisfy the Rating Agency Condition and is consistent with the ratings of the Securities or any other investment that by its terms converts to cash within a finite period, if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect thereto; and

(h) cash denominated in United States dollars.

Any of the foregoing Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Owner Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent or any of their respective Affiliates.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

“Final Scheduled Distribution Date” means with respect to (i) the Class A-1 Notes, the June 9, 2008 Distribution Date, (ii) the Class A-2 Notes, the August 9, 2010 Distribution Date, (iii) the Class A-3 Notes, the November 8, 2011 Distribution Date, (iv) the Class A-4 Notes, the April 8, 2013 Distribution Date, (v) the Class B Notes, the September 9, 2013 Distribution Date, (vi) the Class C Notes, the February 10, 2014 Distribution Date, (vii) the Class D Notes, the September 8, 2014 Distribution Date and (viii) the Class E Notes, the March 8, 2016 Distribution Date.

“Financed Vehicle” means an automobile or light-duty truck van or minivan, together with all accessions thereto, securing an Obligor’s indebtedness under the respective Receivable.

“Force-Placed Insurance” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.4 hereof.

“Funding Period” means the period beginning on and including the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of (a) the first date on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (after giving effect to any transfers therefrom in connection with the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Issuer on such date) is less than $100,000, (b) the date on which an Event of Default or a Servicer Termination Event occurs and (c) August 31, 2007.

“Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007, between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Accountants” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).

“Initial Cutoff Date” means May 24, 2007.

“Initial Other Conveyed Property” means all property conveyed by the Seller to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1(b) through (i) of this Agreement.

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as initial purchasers of the Class E Notes pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

“Initial Receivables” means the Receivables conveyed to the Trust on the Closing Date.

9

“Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing of a petition against such Person or the entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation or such Person’s affairs, and such petition, decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by, a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

“Insurance Add-On Amount” means the premium charged to the Obligor in the event that the Servicer obtains Force-Placed Insurance pursuant to Section 4.4.

“Insurance Policy” means, with respect to a Receivable, any insurance policy (including the insurance policies described in Section 4.4 hereof) benefiting the holder of the Receivable providing loss or physical damage, credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar coverage with respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the period from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid (or in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date) to, but excluding, the following Distribution Date. In the case of the first Distribution Date, the Interest Period shall be 39 days for the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-4 Notes and 38 days for all other Classes of Notes.

“Interest Rate” means, with respect to (i) the Class A-1 Notes, 5.32233% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period), (ii) the Class A-2 Notes, 5.34% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), (iii) the Class A-3 Notes, 5.27% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), (iv) the Class A-4 Notes, LIBOR + 0.03% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period), (v) the Class B Notes, 5.35% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), (vi) the Class C Notes, 5.43% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), (vii) the Class D Notes, 5.62% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) and (viii) the Class E Notes, 6.96% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

“Investment Earnings” means, with respect to any date of determination and Trust Accounts, the investment earnings on amounts on deposit in such Trust Accounts on such date.

10

“Issuer” means AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1.

“Issuer Secured Parties” means each of the Trustee in respect of the Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations and the Swap Provider in respect of the Swap Provider Issuer Secured Obligations.

“LIBOR” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11 hereof.

“Lien” means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity, or encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and any liens that attach to the respective Receivable by operation of law as a result of any act or omission by the related Obligor.

“Lien Certificate” means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, an original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued by the Registrar of Titles of the applicable state to a secured party which indicates that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is recorded on the original certificate of title. In any jurisdiction in which the original certificate of title is required to be given to the Obligor, the term “Lien Certificate” shall mean only a certificate or notification issued to a secured party. For Financed Vehicles registered in states which issue confirmation of the lienholder’s interest electronically, the “Lien Certificate” may consist of notification of an electronic recordation by either a third party service provider or the relevant Registrar of Titles of the applicable state, which indicates that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is recorded on the original certificate of title on the electronic lien and title system of the applicable state.

“Liquidated Receivable” means, with respect to any Collection Period, a Receivable for which, as of the last day of the Collection Period (i) 90 days have elapsed since the Servicer repossessed the Financed Vehicle; provided, however, that in no case shall 10% or more of a Scheduled Receivables Payment have become 210 or more days delinquent in the case of a repossessed Financed Vehicle, (ii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that all amounts it expects to recover have been received, (iii) 10% or more of a Scheduled Receivables Payment shall have become 120 or more days delinquent, except in the case of a repossessed Financed Vehicle, or (iv) that is, without duplication, a Sold Receivable.

“Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, all amounts realized with respect to such Receivable and, with respect to a Sold Receivable, the related Sale Amount.

“Lockbox Account” means an account maintained by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.2.

“Lockbox Bank” means a depository institution named by the Servicer and acceptable to the Controlling Party.

“Majority Noteholders” means the Holders of Notes representing a majority of the principal balance of the most senior Class of Notes then outstanding.

11

“Mandatory Redemption Date” means the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date in the month following the month in which the last day of the Funding Period occurs or (ii) the Distribution Date on September 10, 2007.

“Matured Principal Shortfall” means, with respect to any Distribution Date and for any Class of Notes which would have a remaining principal balance greater than zero on such Distribution Date, after taking into account the payment of all other principal amounts to such Class on such Distribution Date, and as to which such Distribution Date is either the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for such Class, or a Distribution Date subsequent to such Final Scheduled Distribution Date, the remaining principal balance of such Class on such Distribution Date, after taking into account the payment of all other principal amounts to such Class on such Distribution Date.

“Minimum Sale Price” means (i) with respect to a Receivable (x) that has become 30 to 210 days delinquent or (y) that has become greater than 210 days delinquent and with respect to which the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed by the Servicer and has not yet been sold at auction, the product of the three month rolling average recovery rate (expressed as a percentage) for the Servicer in its liquidation of all receivables for which it acts as servicer, either pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Receivable or (ii) with respect to a Receivable (x) with respect to which the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed by the Servicer and has been sold at auction and the Net Liquidation Proceeds for which have been deposited in the Collection Account, or (y) that has become greater than 210 days delinquent and with respect to which the related Financed Vehicle has not been repossessed by the Servicer despite the Servicer’s diligent efforts, consistent with its servicing obligations, to repossess the Financed Vehicle, $1.

“Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount” means in the case of the Distribution Dates occurring in July 2007, August 2007 and September 2007, an amount equal to the difference between (i) the product of (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days elapsed in the related Interest Period or in the case of the final Subsequent Transfer Date, the number of days from and including the previous Distribution Date to, but excluding the final Subsequent Transfer Date and the denominator of which is 360, (y) the weighted average of each Interest Rate (and with respect to the Class A-4 Notes, 5.2312% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)) and (z) the Pre-Funded Amount as of the prior Distribution Date, or in the case of the July 2007 Distribution Date as of the Closing Date and (ii) the sum of the Pre-Funding Earnings and Investment Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account for such Distribution Date.

“Monthly Records” means all records and data maintained by the Servicer with respect to the Receivables, including the following with respect to each Receivable: the account number; the originating Dealer; Obligor name; Obligor address; Obligor home phone number; Obligor business phone number; original Principal Balance; original term; Annual Percentage Rate; current Principal Balance; current remaining term; origination date; first payment date; final scheduled payment date; next payment due date; date of most recent payment; new/used classification; collateral description; days currently delinquent; number of contract extensions (months) to date; amount of Scheduled Receivables Payment; and past due late charges.

12

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, or its successor.

“Net Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, Liquidation Proceeds net of (i) reasonable expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with the collection of such Receivable and the repossession and disposition of the Financed Vehicle and (ii) amounts that are required to be refunded to the Obligor on such Receivable; provided, however, that the Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any Receivable shall in no event be less than zero.

“Note Distribution Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.

“Note Pool Factor” for each Class of Notes as of the close of business on any date of determination means a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes divided by the original outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes.

“Note Prepayment Amount” means, as of the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the Noteholders’ pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding principal amount of each Class of Notes) of the Prepayment Amount; provided, that if the aggregate remaining amount in the Pre-Funding Account is $100,000 or less, such Prepayment Amount will be applied exclusively to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class of Notes then entitled to receive distributions of principal.

“Note Purchase Agreement” means the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 23, 2007, among the Initial Purchasers, the Seller and the Servicer.

“Noteholders’ Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount and the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount.

“Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount” means, with respect to any Class of Notes and any date of determination, all or any portion of the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class of Notes for the immediately preceding Distribution Date which remains unpaid as of such date of determination, plus interest on such unpaid amount, to the extent permitted by law, at the respective Interest Rate borne by the applicable Class of Notes from such immediately preceding Distribution Date to but excluding such date of determination.

“Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date and Class of Notes, the sum of the Noteholders’ Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and each Class of Notes and the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount, if any for such Distribution Date and each such Class. Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-4 Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period; interest on all other Classes of Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months except with respect to the first Interest Period.

13

“Noteholders’ Monthly Interest Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date and any Class of Notes, interest accrued at the respective Interest Rate during the applicable Interest Period on the principal amount of the Notes of such Class outstanding as of the end of the prior Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, as of the Closing Date), calculated (x) for the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period and (y) for all other Classes of Notes on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months (without adjustment for the actual number of business days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period) except with respect to the first Interest Period.

“Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, (other than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for any Class of Notes), an amount equal to (a) aggregate principal balance of the Notes after all payments have been made on the immediately preceding Distribution Date, minus (b) the Required Pro Forma Note Balance as of that Distribution Date plus any amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

“Noteholders’ Regular Principal Distributable Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, an amount equal to (a) the Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date, minus (b) the sum of all amounts distributed to Noteholders pursuant to clauses (v), (vi), (viii), (ix), (xi), (xii), (xiv), (xv), (xvii) and (xviii) under Section 5.7(b) hereof.

“Obligor” on a Receivable means the purchaser or co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle and any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, the president, any executive vice president, any senior vice president, any vice president, any assistant vice president, any treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any secretary or any assistant secretary of the Seller or the Servicer, as appropriate.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel satisfactory in form and substance to the Trust Collateral Agent.

“Original Pool Balance” means the sum, as of any date, of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date, plus the aggregate Principal Balance of the Subsequent Receivables, if any, sold to the Trust, as of their respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates.

“Originating Affiliate” means an Affiliate of AmeriCredit that has originated Receivables and assigned its full interest therein to AmeriCredit.

“Originator” means any of AmeriCredit and/or Bay View Acceptance Corporation.

“Other Conveyed Property” means the Initial Other Conveyed Property and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property.

14

“Overfunded Capitalized Interest Amount” means:

With respect to the July 2007 Distribution Date, the excess of (a) the amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account on such Distribution Date (after giving effect to the transfer of the Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount to the Collection Account on such date) over (b) the product of (i) 1/360, (ii) the difference between the weighted average of each Interest Rate (and with respect to the Class A-4 Notes, 5.2312% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)) and the lesser of (x) 1.75% and (y) the actual interest rate on Eligible Investments, (iii) 60 and (iv) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (excluding Pre-Funding Earnings) at the close of business on June 30, 2007.

With respect to the August 2007 Distribution Date, the excess of (a) the amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account on such Distribution Date (after giving effect to the transfer of the Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount to the Collection Account on such date) over (b) the product of (i) 1/360, (ii) the difference between the weighted average of each Interest Rate (and with respect to the Class A-4 Notes, 5.2312% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)) and the lesser of (x) 1.75% and (y) the actual interest rate on Eligible Investments, (iii) 30 and (iv) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (excluding Pre-Funding Earnings) at the close of business on July 31, 2007.

With respect to the September 2007 Distribution Date, the amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account on such Distribution Date (after giving effect to the transfer of the Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount to the Collection Account on such date).]

“Owner Trust Estate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

“Owner Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest or any successor Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Physical Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Delivery” above.

“Pool Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables (excluding Purchased Receivables and Liquidated Receivables) at the end of the preceding calendar month plus (b) any amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

“Pre-Funded Amount” means, with respect to any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, (exclusive of Pre-Funding Earnings) which initially shall be $54,774,376.39.

15

“Pre-Funding Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

“Pre-Funding Earnings” means any Investment Earnings on amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

“Prepayment Amount” means the amount deposited in the Note Distribution Account from the Pre-Funding Account on the Mandatory Redemption Date pursuant to Section 5.9(c) hereof.

“Principal Balance” means, with respect to any Receivable, as of any date, the sum of (x) the Amount Financed minus (i) that portion of all amounts received on or prior to such date and allocable to principal in accordance with the terms of the Receivable and (ii) any Cram Down Loss in respect of such Receivable plus (y) the accrued and unpaid interest on such Receivable.

“Prospectus Supplement” means the prospectus supplement, dated May 23, 2007, relating to the offering of the Notes, as filed with the Commission.

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement between the Seller and AmeriCredit, dated as of May 24, 2007, pursuant to which the Seller acquires the Receivables, as such Agreement may be amended from time to time.

“Purchase Amount” means, with respect to a Purchased Receivable, the Principal Balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Receivable, after giving effect to the receipt of any moneys collected (from whatever source) on such Receivable, if any.

“Purchased Receivable” means a Receivable purchased as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period by the Servicer pursuant to Sections 4.2, 4.4(c), or 4.7 or repurchased by the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.2 or Section 10.1(a).

“Rating Agency” means Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. If no such organization or successor maintains a rating on the Securities, “Rating Agency” shall be a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated by the Seller, notice of which designation shall be given to the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer.

“Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any action, that each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s shall have been given 10 days’ (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s) prior notice thereof and that each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of any Class of Notes.

“Realized Losses” means, with respect to any Receivable that becomes a Liquidated Receivable, the excess of the Principal Balance of such Liquidated Receivable over Net Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

16

“Receivables” means the Initial Receivables listed on Schedule A attached hereto and the Subsequent Receivables listed on Schedule A to each Subsequent Transfer Agreement (which Schedules may be in the form of microfiche or a disk).

“Receivable Files” means the documents specified in Section 3.3.

“Record Date” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture.

“Registrar of Titles” means, with respect to any state, the governmental agency or body responsible for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon.

“Regulation AB” means Subpart 229.1100- Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1123, as such may be amended from time to time and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting release (Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518.70 Fed. Reg. 1,506,1,531 (January 7, 2005)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time.

“Required Pro Forma Note Balance” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, a dollar amount equal to the lesser of (I) (1) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables, excluding all Liquidated Receivables and Purchased Receivables, as of the end of the prior calendar month minus (2) the lesser of (A) the sum of (a) 4.50% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables, excluding all Liquidated Receivables and all Purchased Receivables at the end of the prior calendar month plus (b) the aggregate, cumulative amount of principal paid to the holders of the Class E Notes pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(xxi) hereof on all prior Distribution Dates minus (c) the Specified Reserve Balance, or (B) 10.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables, excluding all Liquidated Receivables and all Purchased Receivables, at the end of the prior calendar month or (II) (1) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables, excluding all Liquidated Receivables and all Purchased Receivables, at the end of the prior calendar month minus (2) 0.75% of the Original Pool Balance.

“Reserve Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) hereof.

“Reserve Account Deposit Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (x) the excess of (i) the Specified Reserve Balance over (ii) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date, after taking into account the amount of any Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount on such Distribution Date and (y) the amount remaining in the Collection Account after taking into account the distributions therefrom described in clauses (i) through (xviii) of Section 5.7(b).

“Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (x) any shortfall in the amount of Available Funds available to pay the amounts specified in clauses (i) through (xviii) of Section 5.7(b) (taking into account application of Available Funds to the priority of payments specified in Section 5.7(b) and ignoring any provision hereof which otherwise limits the amounts described in such clauses to the amount of

17

funds available) and (y) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date prior to application of amounts on deposit therein pursuant to Section 5.8 plus, on any Distribution Date that the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account together with Available Funds, is sufficient to pay all amounts due pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(i) through 5.7(b)(xviii) and the outstanding principal balance of each Class of Notes, the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to any Person, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or any other officer of such Person customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Sale Amount” means, with respect to any Sold Receivable, the amount received from the related third-party purchaser as payment for such Sold Receivable.

“Schedule of Receivables” means the schedule of all motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and promissory notes originally held as part of the Trust which is attached as Schedule A, as shall be amended to reflect the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche or a disk).

“Schedule of Representations” means the Schedule of Representations and Warranties attached hereto as Schedule B.

“Scheduled Receivables Payment” means, with respect to any Collection Period for any Receivable, the amount set forth in such Receivable as required to be paid by the Obligor in such Collection Period. If after the Closing Date, the Obligor’s obligation under a Receivable with respect to a Collection Period has been modified so as to differ from the amount specified in such Receivable as a result of (i) the order of a court in an insolvency proceeding involving the Obligor, (ii) pursuant to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act or (iii) modifications or extensions of the Receivable permitted by Section 4.2(b), the Scheduled Receivables Payment with respect to such Collection Period shall refer to the Obligor’s payment obligation with respect to such Collection Period as so modified.

“Seller” means AFS SenSub Corp., a Nevada corporation, and its successors in interest to the extent permitted hereunder.

“Service Contract” means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, the agreement, if any, financed under the related Receivable that provides for the repair of such Financed Vehicle.

“Servicer” means AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as the servicer of the Receivables, and each successor servicer pursuant to Section 9.3.

“Servicer Termination Event” means an event specified in Section 9.1.

“Servicer’s Certificate” means an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer delivered pursuant to Section 4.9, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

18

“Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

“Servicing Fee Rate” means 1.25% per annum.

“Simple Interest Method” means the method of allocating a fixed level payment on an obligation between principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such payment that is allocated to interest is equal to the product of the fixed rate of interest on such obligation multiplied by the period of time (expressed as a fraction of a year, based on the actual number of days in the calendar month and 365 days in the calendar year) elapsed since the preceding payment under the obligation was made.

“Sold Receivable” means a Receivable that was more than 30 days delinquent and was sold to an unaffiliated third party by the Issuer, at the Servicer’s direction, as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period and in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3(c) hereof.

“Specified Reserve Balance” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, 1% of the Original Pool Balance; provided, that the Specified Reserve Balance will in no event exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Notes on such Distribution Date after giving effect to distributions pursuant to clauses (i) through (xxi) of Section 5.7(b) hereof.

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., or its successor.

“Subsequent Cutoff Date” means the date specified in the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement; provided, however, that such date shall be on or before the related Subsequent Transfer Date.

“Subsequent Other Conveyed Property” means all property conveyed by the Seller to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(ii) through (a)(ix) of this Agreement and the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

“Subsequent Purchase Agreement” means an agreement by and between the Seller and AmeriCredit pursuant to which the Seller will acquire Receivables to be transferred by the Seller to the Issuer as Subsequent Receivables.

“Subsequent Receivables” means the Receivables transferred to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.2, which shall be listed on Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

“Subsequent Reserve Account Deposit Amount” means, with respect to each Subsequent Transfer Date, an amount equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal balance of Subsequent Receivables as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

“Subsequent Transfer Agreement” means the agreement among the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

“Subsequent Transfer Date” means, with respect to Subsequent Receivables, any date, occurring not more frequently than once a month, during the Funding Period on which Subsequent Receivables are to be transferred to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, and a Subsequent Transfer Agreement is executed and delivered to the Trust.

19

“Supplemental Servicing Fee” means, with respect to any Collection Period, all administrative fees, expenses and charges paid by or on behalf of Obligors, including late fees, prepayment fees and liquidation fees collected on the Receivables during such Collection Period but excluding any fees or expenses related to extensions.

“Swap Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(h).

“Swap Agreement” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated May 31, 2007, between the Issuer and the Swap Provider, including the Schedule thereto, the Credit Support Annex thereto, the Confirmation relating to the Class A-4 Notes, together with any replacement swap agreement; provided, that no additional swap agreement shall be a “Swap Agreement” under the Basic Documents for so long as the Swap Agreement is outstanding without the prior, written consent of the Swap Provider, unless the Swap Agreement has terminated.

“Swap Provider” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, together with any replacement Swap Provider.

“Swap Termination Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(a)(v).

“Swap Termination Payment” means payments due to the applicable Swap Provider by the Issuer, including interest that may accrue thereon, under the applicable Swap Agreement due to a termination of the applicable Swap Agreement due to the occurrence of an “event of default” or a “termination event” under the applicable Swap Agreement.

“Targeted Class E Note Principal Balance” means (i) prior to the first Distribution Date on which the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables declines to 10% or less of its Original Pool Balance, 3.25% of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period; and (ii) on and after such Distribution Date, $0.

“Third-Party Lender” means an entity that originated a loan to a consumer for the purchase of a motor vehicle and sold the loan to the Originators pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement.

“Third-Party Lender Assignment” means, with respect to a Receivable, the executed assignment executed by a Third-Party Lender conveying such Receivable to the Originators.

“Titled Third-Party Lender” means a Third-Party Lender that has agreed to assist AmeriCredit or any successor servicer, to the extent necessary, with any repossession or legal action in respect of Financed Vehicles with respect to which such Third-Party Lender has assigned its full interest therein to the related Originator and is listed as first lienholder or secured party on the Lien Certificate relating to such Financed Vehicle.

“Total Available Funds means the sum of (x) the Available Funds (after withdrawing amounts deposited in error and depositing Liquidation Proceeds relating to Purchased Receivables) for the related Collection Period and (y) the Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount for such Distribution Date.

20

“Trust” means the Issuer.

“Trust Account Property” means the Trust Accounts, all amounts and investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of deposit accounts, Physical Property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the foregoing.

“Trust Accounts” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.1.

“Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement dated as of May 9, 2007, between the Seller and the Owner Trustee, as amended and restated as of May 24, 2007, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

“Trust Collateral Agent” means the Person acting as Trust Collateral Agent hereunder, its successors in interest and any successor Trust Collateral Agent hereunder.

“Trust Officer” means, (i) in the case of the Trust Collateral Agent, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, any managing director, the chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, assistant vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trust Collateral Agent customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and (ii) in the case of the Owner Trustee, any officer in the corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee or any agent of the Owner Trustee under a power of attorney with direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

“Trust Property” means the property and proceeds conveyed pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2, together with certain monies paid after the Initial Cutoff Date in the case of the Initial Receivables and related Subsequent Cutoff Date, in the case of the Subsequent Receivables, the Swap Agreement, the Collection Account (including all Eligible Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom), the Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest Account, the Reserve Account (including all Eligible Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom), the Note Distribution Account (including all Eligible Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom), and certain other rights under this Agreement.

“Trustee” means the Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction on the date of the Agreement.

21

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions.

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have meanings assigned to them in the Indenture, or, if not defined therein, in the Trust Agreement.

(b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

(c) As used in this Agreement, in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement or any such instrument, certificate or other document, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document shall control.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” shall mean “including without limitation.”

(e) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

(f) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein; references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

ARTICLE II

Conveyance of Receivables

SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Initial Receivables. In consideration of the Issuer’s delivery to or upon the order of the Seller on the Closing Date of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes and the other amounts to be distributed from time to time to the Seller in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (but without limitation of the Seller’s obligations in this Agreement), all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(a) the Initial Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Initial Cutoff Date;

22

(b) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Initial Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

(c) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Initial Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Initial Receivables;

(d) any proceeds from any Initial Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(e) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

(f) the related Receivable Files;

(g) all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreement, including the Seller’s rights under the Purchase Agreement, and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of AmeriCredit under the Purchase Agreement;

(h) all of the Seller’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (a) through (g); and

(i) all proceeds and investments with respect to items (a) through (h).

SECTION 2.2. Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables.

(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, in consideration of the Issuer’s delivery on each related Subsequent Transfer Date to or upon the order of the Seller of the amount described in Section 5.9(b) to be delivered to the Seller, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer without recourse (subject to the obligations set forth herein), all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to whether now owned or existing or hereinafter acquired:

(i) the Subsequent Receivables listed on Schedule A to the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement and all moneys received thereon after the Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(ii) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to such Subsequent Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

23

(iii) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to such Subsequent Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies covering the related Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of such Subsequent Receivables;

(iv) any proceeds from any Subsequent Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(v) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles:

(vi) the related Receivable Files;

(vii) all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under each of the Subsequent Purchase Agreements, including the Seller’s rights under each of the Subsequent Purchase Agreements, and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of AmeriCredit under each of the Subsequent Purchase Agreements, on or after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(viii) all of the Seller’s (a) Accounts, (b) Chattel Paper, (c) Documents, (d) Instruments and (e) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (i) through (vii); and

(ix) all proceeds and investments with respect to items (i) through (viii).

(b) The Seller shall transfer to the Issuer the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property only upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

(i) the Seller shall have provided the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee and the Rating Agencies with an Addition Notice not later than five days prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date and shall have provided any information reasonably requested by any of the foregoing with respect to the Subsequent Receivables;

(ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent a duly executed Subsequent Transfer Agreement and Subsequent Purchase Agreement which shall include supplements to Schedule A, listing the Subsequent Receivables;

(iii) the Seller shall, to the extent required by Section 4.2, have deposited in the Collection Account all collections in respect of the Subsequent Receivables;

(iv) as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, (A) neither AmeriCredit nor the Seller shall be insolvent and shall not become insolvent as a result of the transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such Subsequent Transfer Date, (B) neither AmeriCredit nor the Seller shall intend to incur or believe that it shall incur debts that would be beyond

24

its ability to pay as such debts mature, (C) such transfer shall not have been made with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any Person and (D) the assets of AmeriCredit or the Seller, as the case may be, shall not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted;

(v) the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

(vi) the Receivables transferred to the Trust pursuant hereto shall meet the following criteria, as such information is provided to the Trust Collateral Agent by the Servicer: (A) each Receivable is secured by a new or used vehicle; (B) each Receivable provides for level monthly payments (except for the initial down payment, which may be different from the level payments) that fully amortize the amount financed over the original term to maturity of the Receivable; (C) each Receivable is a precomputed Receivable or a simple interest Receivable; (D) the remaining term of each such Receivable shall not be more than 96 months; (E) the original term of each such Receivable shall not be more than 96 monthly payments; (F) each such Receivable shall have a remaining Principal Balance of at least $250 and not more than $150,000; (G) each such Receivable shall have an Annual Percentage Rate of at least 1% and not more than 28%; (H) no such Receivable shall be more than 30 days past due; (I) no funds shall have been advanced by the Originators, any Originating Affiliate, any Dealer, any Third-Party Lender, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to cause any such Receivable to qualify under clause (H), above; (J) the related Obligor of each such Receivable shall have had a billing address in the United States as of the date of origination of the related Receivable, shall be a natural person and shall not be an Affiliate of any party to this Agreement; (K) each such Receivable shall be denominated in, and the related Contract shall provide for payment in, United States dollars; (L) each such Receivable shall be identified on the Servicer’s master servicing records as a retail automobile installment sales contract; (M) each such Receivable shall arise under a Contract which is assignable without the consent of, or notice to, the Obligor thereunder, and does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of the Servicer to exercise its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to review the Contract; (N) each such Receivable shall arise under a Contract with respect to which the related Originator has performed all obligations required to be performed by it thereunder, and, in the event such Contract is an installment sales contract, delivery of the Financed Vehicle to the related Obligor shall have occurred. In addition, after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on a Subsequent Transfer Date, all Receivables transferred to the Trust pursuant hereto on or prior to that Subsequent Transfer Date shall meet the following criteria (based on the characteristics of the Initial Receivables on the Initial Cutoff Date and the Subsequent Receivables on the related Subsequent Cutoff Dates), as such information is provided to the Trust Collateral Agent by the Servicer: (S) the weighted average annual percentage rate of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer is not less than 10.00%; (T) the weighted average credit bureau score of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer is not less than 707; (U) the weighted average original term of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer is not more than 79 months; (V) not more than 2% of all Receivables which have been

25

transferred to the Issuer shall be “electronic chattel paper” (as such term is defined in the UCC); (W) no automobile related to a Receivable was held in repossession as of the Cutoff Date; (X) no obligor was in bankruptcy as of the Cutoff Date; (Y) neither AmeriCredit nor the Seller has selected the Receivables in a manner that either of them believes is adverse to the interests of the Noteholders; and (Z) any variation in the overall composition or characteristics of the Initial Receivables and the pool of Receivables as a whole after giving effect to the transfer of the Subsequent Receivables on such Subsequent Transfer Date shall not be material;

(vii) each of the representations and warranties made by the Seller pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to the Subsequent Receivables to be transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date shall be true and correct as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, and the Seller shall have performed all obligations to be performed by it hereunder on or prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date and each of the conditions under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein;

(viii) the Seller shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the Subsequent Transfer Date indicate in its computer files that the Subsequent Receivables identified in the Subsequent Transfer Agreement have been sold to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement;

(ix) the Seller shall have taken any action required to maintain the first priority perfected ownership interest of the Trust in the Owner Trust Estate and the first priority perfected security interest of the Trust Collateral Agent in the Collateral;

(x) no selection procedures adverse to the interests of the Noteholders shall have been utilized in selecting the Subsequent Receivables;

(xi) for federal income tax purposes, the addition of any such Subsequent Receivables shall not cause the Notes to fail to qualify as indebtedness or cause the Issuer to be characterized as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation;

(xii) AmeriCredit and the Seller shall have delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 12.2(h)(1) as well as Opinions of Counsel relating to certain security interest and UCC matters under Delaware law and certain security interest and UCC matters under Nevada law; and

(xiii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate confirming the satisfaction of each condition precedent specified in this paragraph (b).

The Seller covenants that in the event any of the foregoing conditions precedent are not satisfied with respect to any Subsequent Receivable on the date required as specified above, the Seller will immediately repurchase such Subsequent Receivable from the Trust, at a price equal to the Purchase Amount thereof, in the manner specified in Section 4.7

26

SECTION 2.3. Further Encumbrance of Trust Property.

(a) Immediately upon the conveyance to the Trust by the Seller of any item of the Trust Property pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2, all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to such item of Trust Property shall terminate, and all such right, title and interest shall vest in the Trust, in accordance with the Trust Agreement and Sections 3802 and 3805 of the Statutory Trust Statute (as defined in the Trust Agreement).

(b) Immediately upon the vesting of the Trust Property in the Trust, the Trust shall have the sole right to pledge or otherwise encumber, such Trust Property. Pursuant to the Indenture, the Trust shall grant a security interest in the Trust Property to the Trust Collateral Agent securing the repayment of the Notes. The Certificates shall represent the beneficial ownership interest in the Trust Property, and the Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect thereto as set forth herein.

(c) Following the payment in full of the Notes and the release and discharge of the Indenture, all covenants of the Issuer under Article III of the Indenture shall, until payment in full of the Certificates, remain as covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Certificateholders, enforceable by the Certificateholders to the same extent as such covenants were enforceable by the Noteholders prior to the discharge of the Indenture. Any rights of the Trustee under Article III of the Indenture, following the discharge of the Indenture, shall vest in Certificateholders.

(d) The Trust Collateral Agent shall, at such time as there are no Notes or Certificates outstanding and all sums due to (i) the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and (ii) the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, have been paid, release any remaining portion of the Trust Property to the Seller.

SECTION 2.4. Intention of the Parties.

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Subsequent Transfer Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by the Seller and the Issuer that they intend that the assignment and transfer herein or therein contemplated constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for security, of the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property, for non-tax purposes, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from the Seller to the Issuer, and that the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or with respect to the Seller. In the event that such conveyance is determined to be made as security for a loan made by the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder to the Seller, the Seller hereby grants to the Issuer a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, and this Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law (collectively, the “Sale and Servicing Agreement Collateral”):

(i) the Initial Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Initial Cutoff Date and the Subsequent Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date;

27

(ii) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

(iii) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Receivables;

(iv) any proceeds from any Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(v) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

(vi) the related Receivables Files;

(vii) all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement, including the Seller’s rights under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement, and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of AmeriCredit under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement;

(viii) all of the Seller’s (a) Accounts, (b) Chattel Paper, (c) Documents, (d) Instruments and (e) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (i) through (vii); and

(ix) all proceeds and investments with respect to items (i) through (viii).

ARTICLE III

The Receivables

SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of Seller. The Seller hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B is true and correct on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables. Such representations and warranties speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Receivables, and as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of the Subsequent Receivables, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture and shall not be waived.

28

SECTION 3.2. Repurchase upon Breach.

(a) The Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other parties to this Agreement promptly, by notice in writing, upon the discovery of any breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 3.1. As of the last day of the second (or, if the Seller so elects, the first) month following the discovery by the Seller or receipt by the Seller of notice of such breach, unless such breach is cured by such date, the Seller shall have an obligation to repurchase any Receivable in which the interests of the Noteholders are materially and adversely affected by any such breach as of such date. The “second month” shall mean the month following the month in which discovery occurs or notice is given, and the “first month” shall mean the month in which discovery occurs or notice is given. In consideration of and simultaneously with the repurchase of the Receivable, the Seller shall remit, or cause AmeriCredit to remit, to the Collection Account the Purchase Amount in the manner specified in Section 5.6 and the Issuer shall execute such assignments and other documents reasonably requested by such person in order to effect such repurchase. The sole remedy of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer or the Noteholders with respect to a breach of representations and warranties pursuant to Section 3.1 and the agreement contained in this Section shall be the repurchase of Receivables pursuant to this Section, subject to the conditions contained herein or to enforce the obligation of AmeriCredit to the Seller to repurchase such Receivables pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Neither the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall have a duty to conduct any affirmative investigation as to the occurrence of any conditions requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant to this Section.

In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the related Receivable shall have been purchased by the Seller, the Seller shall indemnify the Trust, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent and the officers, directors, agents and employees thereof, and the Noteholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach.

(b) Pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, the Seller conveyed (or will convey) to the Trust all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement including the Seller’s rights under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure or repurchase obligations of AmeriCredit thereunder. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Trust that such assignment is or will be valid, enforceable and effective to permit the Trust to enforce such obligations of AmeriCredit under the Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement. Any purchase by AmeriCredit pursuant to the Purchase Agreement shall be deemed a purchase by the Seller pursuant to this Section 3.2 and the definition of Purchased Receivable.

29

SECTION 3.3. Custody of Receivable Files.

(a) In connection with the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Trust Collateral Agent shall enter into the Custodian Agreement with the Custodian, dated as of May 24, 2007, pursuant to which the Trust Collateral Agent shall revocably appoint the Custodian, and the Custodian shall accept such appointment, to act as the agent of the Trust Collateral Agent as custodian of the following documents or instruments in its possession or control (the “Receivable Files”) which shall be delivered to the Custodian as agent of the Trust Collateral Agent on or before the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Receivables and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the Subsequent Receivables:

(i) The fully executed original (or with respect to “electronic chattel paper”, the authoritative copy) of the Contract; and

(ii) The Lien Certificate (when received), and otherwise such documents, if any, that the Originators keep on file in accordance with its customary procedures indicating that the Financed Vehicle is owned by the Obligor and subject to the interest of the Originators (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as first lienholder or secured party (including any Lien Certificate received by the Originators), or, if such Lien Certificate has not yet been received, a copy of the application therefor, showing the Originators (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as secured party.

(b) If the Trust Collateral Agent is acting as the Custodian pursuant to Section 8 of the Custodian Agreement, the Trust Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have assumed the obligations of the Custodian (except for any liabilities incurred by the predecessor Custodian) specified in the Custodian Agreement until such time as a successor Custodian has been appointed. Upon payment in full of any Receivable, the Servicer will notify the Custodian pursuant to a certificate of an officer of the Servicer (which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such payments which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.1 have been so deposited) and shall request delivery of the Receivable and Receivable File to the Servicer. Upon the sale of any Receivable pursuant to Section 4.3(c) hereof, the Servicer will notify the Custodian pursuant to a certificate of an officer of the Servicer (which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such sale which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.3(c) have been so deposited) and shall request delivery of the Receivable and Receivable File to the purchaser of such Receivable. From time to time as appropriate for servicing and enforcing any Receivable, the Custodian shall, upon written request of an officer of the Servicer and delivery to the Custodian of a receipt signed by such officer, cause the original Receivable and the related Receivable File to be released to the Servicer. The Servicer’s receipt of a Receivable and/or Receivable File shall obligate the Servicer to return the original Receivable and the related Receivable File to the Custodian when its need by the Servicer has ceased unless the Receivable is repurchased as described in Section 3.2, 4.2 or 4.7.

30

ARTICLE IV

Administration and Servicing of Receivables

SECTION 4.1. Duties of the Servicer

(a) The Servicer is hereby authorized to act as agent for the Trust and in such capacity shall manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables, and perform the other actions required by the Servicer under this Agreement. The Servicer agrees that its servicing of the Receivables shall be carried out in accordance with customary and usual procedures of institutions which service motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and, to the extent more exacting, the degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises from time to time with respect to all comparable motor vehicle receivables that it services for itself or others. The Servicer’s duties shall include, without limitation, collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting any required tax information to Obligors, monitoring the collateral, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Trustee with respect to distributions, monitoring the status of Insurance Policies (if applicable) with respect to the Financed Vehicles and performing the other duties specified herein.

The Servicer, or if AmeriCredit is no longer the Servicer, the related Originator, at the request of the Servicer, shall also administer and enforce all rights and responsibilities of the holder of the Receivables provided for in the Dealer Agreements and Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements (and shall maintain possession of the Dealer Agreements and Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, to the extent it is necessary to do so), the Dealer Assignments, the Third-Party Lender Assignments and the Insurance Policies, to the extent that such Dealer Agreements, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, Dealer Assignments, Third-Party Lender Assignments and Insurance Policies relate to the Receivables, the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors. To the extent consistent with the standards, policies and procedures otherwise required hereby, the Servicer shall follow its customary standards, policies, and procedures and shall have full power and authority, acting alone, to do any and all things in connection with such managing, servicing, administration and collection that it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered by the Trust to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and with respect to the Financed Vehicles; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not, except pursuant to an order from a court of competent jurisdiction, release an Obligor from payment of any unpaid amount under any Receivable or waive the right to collect the unpaid balance of any Receivable from the Obligor, except in accordance with the Servicer’s customary practices.

The Servicer is hereby authorized to commence, in its own name or in the name of the Trust, a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable pursuant to Section 4.3 or to commence or participate in any other legal proceeding (including, without limitation, a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or involving a Receivable, an Obligor or a Financed Vehicle. If the Servicer commences or participates in such a legal proceeding in its own name, the Trust shall thereupon

31

be deemed to have automatically assigned such Receivable to the Servicer solely for purposes of commencing or participating in any such proceeding as a party or claimant, and the Servicer is authorized and empowered by the Trust to execute and deliver in the Servicer’s name any notices, demands, claims, complaints, responses, affidavits or other documents or instruments in connection with any such proceeding. The Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee shall furnish the Servicer with any limited powers of attorney and other documents which the Servicer may reasonably request and which the Servicer deems necessary or appropriate and take any other steps which the Servicer may deem necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement.

SECTION 4.2. Collection of Receivable Payments; Modifications of Receivables.

(a) Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due, and shall follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to all comparable automobile receivables that it services for itself or others and otherwise act with respect to the Receivables, the Dealer Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, the Third-Party Lender Assignments, the Insurance Policies and the Other Conveyed Property in such manner as will, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, maximize the amount to be received by the Trust with respect thereto, including directing the Issuer to sell the Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3(c) hereof. The Servicer is authorized in its discretion to waive any prepayment charge, late payment charge or any other similar fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing any Receivable.

(b) The Servicer may (A) at any time agree to a modification or amendment of a Receivable in order to (i) not more than once per year, change the Obligor’s regular monthly due date to a date that shall in no event be later than 30 days after the original monthly due date of that Receivable or (ii) re-amortize the Scheduled Receivables Payments on the Receivable (x) following a partial prepayment of principal, in accordance with its customary procedures or (y) following the Obligor’s reinstatement based on local laws or (B) may direct the Issuer to sell the Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, if the Servicer believes in good faith that such extension, modification, amendment or sale is necessary to avoid a default on such Receivable, will maximize the amount to be received by the Trust with respect to such Receivable, and is otherwise in the best interests of the Trust.

(c) The Servicer may grant payment extensions on, or other modifications or amendments to, a receivable (in addition to those modifications permitted by Section 4.2(b) hereof), in accordance with its customary procedures if the Servicer believes in good faith that such extension, modification or amendment is necessary to avoid a default on such Receivable, will maximize the amount to be received by the Trust with respect to such Receivable, and is otherwise in the best interests of the Trust; provided, however, that:

(i) The aggregate period of all extensions on a Receivable shall not exceed eight months; and

32

(ii) In no event may a Receivable be extended beyond the Collection Period immediately preceding the latest Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

(d) The Servicer shall use its best efforts to notify or direct Obligors to make all payments on the Receivables, whether by check or by direct debit of the Obligor’s bank account, to be made directly to one or more Lockbox Banks. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to notify or direct any Lockbox Bank to deposit all payments on the Receivables in the Lockbox Account no later than the Business Day after receipt, and to cause all amounts credited to the Lockbox Account on account of such payments to be transferred to the Collection Account no later than the second Business Day after receipt of such payments. The Lockbox Account shall be a demand deposit account held by the Lockbox Bank.

Prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer shall have notified each Obligor that makes its payments on the Receivables by check to make such payments thereafter directly to the Lockbox Bank (except in the case of Obligors that have already been making such payments to the Lockbox Bank), and shall have provided each such Obligor with remittance invoices in order to enable such Obligors to make such payments directly to the Lockbox Bank for deposit into the Lockbox Account, and the Servicer will continue, not less often than every three months, to so notify those Obligors who have failed to make payments to the Lockbox Bank. If at any time, an Obligor’s bank account cannot be accessed by direct debit and if such inability is not cured within 15 days or cannot be cured by execution by the Obligor of a new authorization for automatic payment, the Servicer shall notify such Obligor that it cannot make payment by direct debit and must thereafter make payment by check.

The Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to the Trust, the Trust Collateral Agent and Noteholders for servicing and administering the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution of such obligation or liability by virtue thereof.

In the event of a termination of the Servicer, the successor Servicer shall open and maintain a new lockbox account as provided in Section 9.2. In the event that the Majority Noteholders elect to change the identity of the Lockbox Bank, the outgoing Servicer, at its expense, shall cause the Lockbox Bank to deliver, at the direction of the Majority Noteholders to the Trust Collateral Agent or a successor Lockbox Bank, all documents and records relating to the Receivables and all amounts held (or thereafter received) by the Lockbox Bank (together with an accounting of such amounts) and shall otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of the lockbox arrangements and the Servicer shall notify the Obligors to make payments to the Lockbox established by the successor.

(e) The Servicer shall remit all payments by or on behalf of the Obligors received directly by the Servicer to the Lockbox Bank as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the second Business Day after receipt thereof, and such amounts shall be deposited into the Lockbox Account and transferred from the Lockbox Account to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 4.2(d) hereof.

(f) AmeriCredit shall not cause or permit the substitution of the Financed Vehicle relating to a Receivable unless: (i) the substitution is a replacement of the Financed Vehicle

33

originally financed under the related Receivable; (ii) the Financed Vehicle originally financed under the related Receivable was either (x) insured under an Insurance Policy as required under Section 4.4(a) at the time of a casualty loss that is treated as a total loss under such Insurance Policy, (y) deemed to be a “lemon” pursuant to applicable state law and repurchased by the related Dealer or (z) the subject of an order by a court of competent jurisdiction directing AmeriCredit to substitute another vehicle under the related Receivable; (iii) the related Receivable is not more than 30 days delinquent; (iv) the Obligor is deemed to be in “good standing” by the Servicer and is not in breach of any requirement under the related Receivable; (v) the replacement Financed Vehicle has a book value (N.A.D.A.) at least equal to the book value (N.A.D.A.) of the Financed Vehicle that is being replaced, measured immediately before the casualty loss or replacement by the Dealer and (vi) as of the date of such substitution, the replacement Financed Vehicle’s mileage is no greater than the mileage on the Financed Vehicle that is being replaced; provided, however, that if the substitution is made pursuant to clause (ii)(z), above, clauses (iii) through (vi) inclusive, shall not be applicable. AmeriCredit shall not cause or permit the substitution of Financed Vehicles relating to Receivables having an original aggregate Principal Balance greater than two percent (2%) of the Original Pool Balance, (the “Substitution Limit”). In the event that the Substitution Limit is exceeded for any reason, AmeriCredit shall, on or before the next following Accounting Date, repurchase a sufficient number of such Receivables to cause the aggregate original Principal Balances of such Receivables to be less than the Substitution Limit.

SECTION 4.3. Realization upon Receivables.

(a) In addition to the Servicer’s ability to direct the Issuer to sell Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3(c) hereof, and consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer shall use its best efforts to repossess (or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of) and liquidate any Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable with respect to which the Servicer has determined that payments thereunder are not likely to be resumed, as soon as is practicable; provided, however, that the Servicer may elect not to repossess a Financed Vehicle if in its good faith judgment it determines that the proceeds ultimately recoverable with respect to such Receivable would be increased by forbearance or if it instead elects to direct the Issuer to sell the Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3(c). The Servicer is authorized to follow such customary practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or advisable, consistent with the standard of care required by Section 4.1, which practices and procedures may include reasonable efforts to realize upon any recourse to Dealers and Third-Party Lenders, the sale of the related Financed Vehicle at public or private sale, the submission of claims under an Insurance Policy and other actions by the Servicer in order to realize upon such a Receivable. The foregoing is subject to the provision that, in any case in which the Financed Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with any repair or towards the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it expects in its sole discretion, that such repair and/or repossession shall increase the proceeds of liquidation of the related Receivable by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses. All amounts received upon liquidation of a Financed Vehicle shall be remitted directly by the Servicer to the Collection Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof. The Servicer shall be entitled to recover all reasonable expenses incurred by it in the course of repossessing and liquidating a Financed Vehicle into cash proceeds, but only out of the cash proceeds of such Financed Vehicle, any deficiency obtained from the

34

Obligor or any amounts received from the related Dealer or Third-Party Lender, which amounts in reimbursement may be retained by the Servicer (and shall not be required to be deposited as provided in Section 4.2(e)) to the extent of such expenses. The Servicer shall pay on behalf of the Trust any personal property taxes assessed on repossessed Financed Vehicles. The Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement of any such tax from Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Receivable.

(b) If the Servicer, or if AmeriCredit is no longer the Servicer, AmeriCredit at the request of the Servicer, elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender Assignment, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment from the Trust to the Servicer, or to AmeriCredit at the request of the Servicer, of the rights under such Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender Assignment for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is held that the Servicer or AmeriCredit, as appropriate, may not enforce a Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender Assignment on the grounds that it is not a real party in interest or a Person entitled to enforce the Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender Assignment, the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent, at AmeriCredit’s expense, or the Seller, at the Seller’s expense, shall take such steps as the Servicer deems reasonably necessary to enforce the Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender Assignment, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Seller or of the Trust and the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders. All amounts recovered shall be remitted directly by the Servicer as provided in Section 4.2(e).

(c) Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer may use its best efforts to locate a third party purchaser that is not affiliated with the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer to purchase from the Issuer any Receivable that has become more than 30 days delinquent, and shall have the right to direct the Issuer to sell any such Receivable to the third-party purchaser; provided, that no more than 20% of the sum of the number of Initial Receivables and Subsequent Receivables may be sold by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 4.3(c) in the aggregate; provided further, that the Servicer may elect to not direct the Issuer to sell a Receivable that has become more than 30 days delinquent if in its good faith judgment the Servicer determines that the proceeds ultimately recoverable with respect to such Receivable would be increased by forbearance. In selecting Receivables to be sold to a third party purchaser pursuant to this Section 4.3(c), the Servicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to locate purchasers for the most delinquent Receivables first. In any event, the Servicer shall not use any procedure in selecting Receivables to be sold to third party purchasers which is materially adverse to the interest of the Noteholders. The Issuer shall sell each Sold Receivable for the greatest market price possible; provided, however, that aggregate Sale Amounts received by the Issuer for all Receivables sold to a single third-party purchaser on a single date must be at least equal to the sum of the Minimum Sale Prices for all such Receivables. The Servicer shall remit or cause the third-party purchaser to remit all sale proceeds from the sale of Receivables to the Collection Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof.

35

SECTION 4.4. Insurance.

(a) The Servicer shall require, in accordance with its customary servicing policies and procedures, that each Financed Vehicle be insured by the related Obligor under the Insurance Policies referred to in Paragraph 27 of the Schedule of Representations and Warranties and shall monitor the status of such physical loss and damage insurance coverage thereafter, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures. Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain such physical loss and damage insurance, naming the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) and its successors and assigns as additional insureds, and permits the holder of such Receivable to obtain physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor fails to maintain such insurance. If the Servicer shall determine that an Obligor has failed to obtain or maintain a physical loss and damage Insurance Policy covering the related Financed Vehicle which satisfies the conditions set forth in clause (i)(a) of such Paragraph 27 (including, without limitation, during the repossession of such Financed Vehicle) the Servicer may enforce the rights of the holder of the Receivable under the Receivable to require the Obligor to obtain such physical loss and damage insurance in accordance with its customary servicing policies and procedures. The Servicer may maintain a vendor’s single interest or other collateral protection insurance policy with respect to all Financed Vehicles (“Collateral Insurance”) which policy shall by its terms insure against physical loss and damage in the event any Obligor fails to maintain physical loss and damage insurance with respect to the related Financed Vehicle. The Servicer will cause itself, the Originators, an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender, and may cause the Trust Collateral Agent, to be named as named insured under all policies of Collateral Insurance. Costs incurred by the Servicer in maintaining such Collateral Insurance shall be paid by the Servicer.

(b) The Servicer may, if an Obligor fails to obtain or maintain a physical loss and damage Insurance Policy, obtain insurance with respect to the related Financed Vehicle and advance on behalf of such Obligor, as required under the terms of the insurance policy, the premiums for such insurance (such insurance being referred to herein as “Force-Placed Insurance”). All policies of Force-Placed Insurance shall be endorsed with clauses providing for loss payable to the Servicer. Any cost incurred by the Servicer in maintaining such Force-Placed Insurance shall only be recoverable out of premiums paid by the Obligors or Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the Receivable, as provided in Section 4.4(c).

(c) In connection with any Force-Placed Insurance obtained hereunder, the Servicer may, in the manner and to the extent permitted by applicable law, require the Obligors to repay the entire premium to the Servicer. In no event shall the Servicer include the amount of the premium in the Amount Financed under the Receivable. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Insurance Add-On Amount with respect to any Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance will be treated as a separate obligation of the Obligor and will not be added to the Principal Balance of such Receivable, and amounts allocable thereto will not be available for distribution on the Notes and the Certificates. The Servicer shall retain and separately administer the right to receive payments from Obligors with respect to Insurance Add-On Amounts or rebates of Forced-Placed Insurance premiums. If an Obligor makes a payment with respect to a Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance, but the Servicer is unable to determine whether the payment is allocable to the Receivable or to the Insurance Add-On Amount, the payment shall be applied first to any unpaid Scheduled Receivables Payments and then to the Insurance Add-On Amount. Net Liquidation

36

Proceeds on any Receivable will be used first to pay the Principal Balance and accrued interest on such Receivable and then to pay the related Insurance Add-On Amount. If an Obligor under a Receivable with respect to which the Servicer has placed Force-Placed Insurance fails to make scheduled payments of such Insurance Add-On Amount as due, and the Servicer has determined that eventual payment of the Insurance Add-On Amount is unlikely, the Servicer may, but shall not be required to, purchase such Receivable from the Trust for the Purchase Amount on any subsequent Determination Date. Any such Receivable, and any Receivable with respect to which the Servicer has placed Force-Placed Insurance which has been paid in full (excluding any Insurance Add-On Amounts) will be assigned to the Servicer.

(d) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Insurance Policies, in its own name, if possible, or as agent of the Trust. If the Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce an Insurance Policy, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the rights of the Trust under such Insurance Policy to the Servicer for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce an Insurance Policy on the grounds that it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Insurance Policy, the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent, at the Servicer’s expense, or the Seller, at the Seller’s expense, shall take such steps as the Servicer deems necessary to enforce such Insurance Policy, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Trust and the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders.

SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles.

(a) Consistent with the policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer shall take such steps on behalf of the Trust as are necessary to maintain perfection of the security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle, including, but not limited to, obtaining the execution by the Obligors and the recording, registering, filing, re-recording, re-filing, and re-registering of all security agreements, financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the security interest granted by the Obligors under the respective Receivables. The Trust Collateral Agent hereby authorizes the Servicer, and the Servicer agrees, to take any and all steps necessary to re-perfect such security interest on behalf of the Trust as necessary because of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle or for any other reason. In the event that the assignment of a Receivable to the Trust is insufficient, without a notation on the related Financed Vehicle’s certificate of title, or without fulfilling any additional administrative requirements under the laws of the state in which the Financed Vehicle is located, to perfect a security interest in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust, the Servicer hereby agrees that the designation of the Originators (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as the secured party on the Lien Certificate is in its capacity as Servicer as agent of the Trust.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Servicer shall take or cause to be taken such action as may, in the Opinion of Counsel to the Majority Noteholders, be necessary to perfect or re-perfect the security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables in the name of the Trust by amending the title documents of such Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means as may, in the Opinion of Counsel to the Majority Noteholders, be necessary or prudent.

37

AmeriCredit hereby agrees to pay all expenses related to such perfection or reperfection and to take all action necessary therefor. AmeriCredit hereby appoints the Trust Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact to take any and all steps required to be performed by AmeriCredit pursuant to this Section 4.5(b) (it being understood that and agreed that the Trust Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to take such steps with respect to all perfection or reperfection, except as pursuant to the Basic Documents to which it is a party and to which AmeriCredit has paid all expenses), including execution of Lien Certificates or any other documents in the name and stead of AmeriCredit, and the Trust Collateral Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

SECTION 4.6. Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of Servicer. By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Servicer makes the following representations, warranties and covenants on which the Trust Collateral Agent relies in accepting the Receivables and on which the Trustee relies in authenticating the Notes.

(a) The Servicer covenants as follows:

(i) Liens in Force. The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable shall not be released in whole or in part from the security interest granted by the Receivable, except upon payment in full of the Receivable or as otherwise contemplated herein;

(ii) No Impairment. The Servicer shall do nothing to impair the rights of the Trust or the Noteholders in the Receivables, the Dealer Agreements, the Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Third-Party Lender Assignments, the Insurance Policies or the Other Conveyed Property except as otherwise expressly provided herein;

(iii) No Amendments. The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise amend the terms of any Receivable, except in accordance with Section 4.2; and

(iv) Restrictions on Liens. The Servicer shall not (i) create, incur or suffer to exist, or agree to create, incur or suffer to exist, or consent to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) the creation, incurrence or existence of any Lien or restriction on transferability of the Receivables except for the Lien in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders and the restrictions on transferability imposed by this Agreement or (ii) sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction any financing statement which names AmeriCredit or the Servicer as a debtor, or sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, with respect to the Receivables, except in each case any such instrument solely securing the rights and preserving the Lien of the Trust Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Noteholders.

(b) The Servicer represents, warrants and covenants as of the Closing Date as to itself that the representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B are true and correct; provided that such representations and warranties contained therein and herein shall not apply to any entity other than the Originators.

SECTION 4.7. Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant. Upon discovery by any of the Servicer, a Responsible Officer of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee or

38

a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 1, 2 or 3 of the Custodian Agreement or in Sections 4.5(a) or 4.6 hereof, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the others; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect any obligation of AmeriCredit as Servicer under this Section. As of the second Accounting Date following its discovery or receipt of notice of any breach of any covenant set forth in Sections 4.5(a) or 4.6 which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders in any Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable) (or, at AmeriCredit’s election, the first Accounting Date so following) or the related Financed Vehicle, AmeriCredit shall, unless such breach shall have been cured in all material respects, purchase from the Trust the Receivable affected by such breach and, on the related Determination Date, AmeriCredit shall pay the related Purchase Amount. It is understood and agreed that the obligation of AmeriCredit to purchase any Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable) with respect to which such a breach has occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled, constitute the sole remedy against AmeriCredit for such breach available to the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer or the Trust Collateral Agent; provided, however, that AmeriCredit shall indemnify the Trust, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Noteholders from and against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, AmeriCredit will not be required to repurchase Receivables due solely to the Servicer’s not having received Lien Certificates that have been properly applied for from the Registrar of Titles in the applicable states for such Receivables unless (i) such Lien Certificates shall not have been received with respect to Receivables with Principal Balances which total more than 1.0% of the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the 180th day after the Closing Date or the Subsequent Transfer Date as applicable, in which case AmeriCredit shall be required to repurchase a sufficient number of such Receivables to cause the aggregate Principal Balances of the remaining Receivables for which no such Lien Certificate shall have been received to be no greater than 1.0% of the Aggregate Principal Balance as of such date or (ii) such Lien Certificates shall not have been received as of the 240th day after the Closing Date or the Subsequent Transfer Date as applicable. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the earlier removal or resignation of the Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent and/or the Backup Servicer.

SECTION 4.8. Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Certain Expenses by Servicer. On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive out of the Collection Account the Base Servicing Fee and any Supplemental Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period (together, the “Servicing Fee”) pursuant to Section 5.7. The Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement (including taxes imposed on the Servicer, expenses incurred in connection with distributions and reports made by the Servicer to the Noteholders and all other fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee, except taxes levied or assessed against the Trust, and claims against the Trust in respect of indemnification, which taxes and claims in respect of indemnification against the Trust are expressly stated to be for the account of AmeriCredit). The Servicer shall be liable for the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Custodian, the Lockbox Bank and the Independent Accountants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Servicer shall not be

39

AmeriCredit, a successor to AmeriCredit as Servicer including the Backup Servicer permitted by Section 9.3 shall not be liable for taxes levied or assessed against the Trust or claims against the Trust in respect of indemnification, or the fees and expenses referred to above.

SECTION 4.9. Servicer’s Certificate.

No later than noon Eastern time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver (facsimile delivery being acceptable) to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Swap Provider and each Rating Agency a Servicer’s Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer containing among other things, (i) all information necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to make the distributions required by Section 5.7(b), (ii) a listing of all Purchased Receivables and Sold Receivables purchased by the Servicer or sold by the Issuer as of the related Accounting Date, identifying the Receivables so purchased by the Servicer or sold by the Issuer, (iii) all information necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to send the statements to Noteholders required by Section 5.10, and (iv) all information necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to reconcile the aggregate cash flows, the Collection Account for the related Collection Period and Distribution Date, including the accounting required by Section 5.10. Receivables purchased by the Servicer or by the Seller on the related Accounting Date and each Receivable which became a Liquidated Receivable or which was paid in full during the related Collection Period shall be identified by account number (as set forth in the Schedule of Receivables).

SECTION 4.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance, Notice of Servicer Termination Event.

(a) To the extent required by Section 1123 of Regulation AB, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 of each year (regardless of whether the Seller has ceased filing reports under the Exchange Act), beginning on March 31, 2008, an officer’s certificate signed by any Responsible Officer of the Servicer, dated as of December 31 of the previous calendar year, stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding calendar year (or such other period as shall have elapsed from the Closing Date to the date of the first such certificate) and of its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer’s supervision, and (ii) to such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled in all material respects all its obligations under this Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, identifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status of such failure.

(b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and each Rating Agency, promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer’s certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event under Section 9.1(a). The Seller or the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Servicer or the Seller (as applicable) and each Rating Agency promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer’s certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event under any other clause of Section 9.1.

40

(c) The Servicer will deliver to the Issuer, on or before March 31 of each year, beginning on March 31, 2008, a report regarding the Servicer’s assessment of compliance with certain minimum servicing criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.

(d) To the extent required by Regulation AB, the Servicer will cause any affiliated servicer or any other party deemed to be participating in the servicing function pursuant to Item 1122 of Regulation AB to provide to the Issuer, on or before March 31 of each year, beginning on March 31, 2008, a report regarding such party’s assessment of compliance with certain minimum servicing criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.

(e) Wells Fargo Bank, National Association acknowledges, in its capacity as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent under this Agreement and in its capacity as Indenture Trustee under the Basic Documents, that to the extent it is deemed to be participating in the servicing function pursuant to Item 1122 of Regulation AB, it will take any action reasonably requested by the Servicer to ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 4.10(d) and 4.11(b) hereof and with Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such required documentation will be delivered to the Servicer by March 15 of each calendar year.

SECTION 4.11. Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Reports.

(a) The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (the “Independent Accountants”), who may also render other services to the Servicer or its Affiliates, to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, on or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning in March 31, 2008, a report, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, addressed to the board of directors of the Servicer, providing its attestation report on the servicing assessment delivered pursuant to Section 4.10(c), including disclosure of any material instance of non-compliance, as required by Rule 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122(b) of Regulation AB. Such attestation will be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

(b) Each party required to deliver an assessment of compliance described in section 4.10(d) shall cause Independent Accountants, who may also render other services to such party or its Affiliates, to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Servicer, on or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning in March 31, 2008, a report, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, addressed to the board of directors of such party, providing its attestation report on the servicing assessment delivered pursuant to Section 4.10(d), including disclosure of any material instance of non-compliance, as required by Rule 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122(b) of Regulation AB. Such attestation will be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

41

(c) The Servicer shall cause a firm of Independent Accountants, who may also render other services to the Servicer or to the Seller, (1) to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and each Rating Agency, on or before October 31 (or 120 days after the end of the Servicer’s fiscal year, if other than June 30) of each year, beginning on October 31, 2008, with respect to the twelve months ended the immediately preceding June 30 (or other applicable date) (or such other period as shall have elapsed from the Closing Date to the date of such certificate (which period shall not be less than six months)), a copy of the Form 10-K filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for AmeriCredit Corp., which filing includes a statement that such audit was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in the circumstances; and (2) upon request of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer, to issue an acknowledgement to the effect that such firm has audited the books and records of AmeriCredit Corp., in which the Servicer is included as a consolidated subsidiary, and issued its report pursuant to item (1) of this section and that the accounting firm is independent of the Seller and the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

SECTION 4.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to representatives of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer reasonable access to the documentation regarding the Receivables. In each case, such access shall be afforded without charge but only upon reasonable request and during normal business hours. Nothing in this Section shall affect the obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

SECTION 4.13. Monthly Tape. No later than the second Business Day after each Distribution Date, the Servicer will deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer a computer tape and a diskette (or any other electronic transmission acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer) in a format acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer containing the information with respect to the Receivables as of the preceding Accounting Date necessary for preparation of the Servicer’s Certificate relating to the immediately preceding Determination Date and necessary to review the application of collections as provided in Section 5.4 (the “Monthly Tape”). The Backup Servicer shall use such tape or diskette (or other electronic transmission acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer) to confirm that such tape, diskette or other electronic transmission is in readable form and confirm the Pool Balance. In addition, upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event the Servicer shall, if so requested by the Controlling Party, deliver to the Backup Servicer or any successor Servicer its Collection Records and its Monthly Records within 15 days after demand therefor and a computer tape containing as of the close of business on the date of demand all of the data maintained by the Servicer in computer format in connection with servicing the Receivables. Other than the duties specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Backup Servicer shall have no obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to supervise, verify, monitor or administer the performance of the Servicer. The Backup Servicer shall have no liability for any actions taken or omitted by the Servicer.

42

ARTICLE V

Trust Accounts; Distributions; Statements to Noteholders

SECTION 5.1. Establishment of Trust Accounts.

(a) (i) The Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Collection Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders. The Collection Account shall initially be established with the Trust Collateral Agent.

(ii) The Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Note Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders. The Note Distribution Account shall initially be established with the Trust Collateral Agent.

(iii) The Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Reserve Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders. The Reserve Account shall initially be established with the Trust Collateral Agent.

(iv) The Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Pre-Funding Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders. The Pre-Funding Account shall initially be established with the Trust Collateral Agent.

(v) Upon receipt by the Issuer of a Swap Termination Payment, the Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Swap Termination Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders.

(b) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Reserve Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest Account and the Swap Termination Account (collectively, the “Trust Accounts”) shall be invested by the Trust Collateral Agent (or any custodian with respect to funds on deposit in any such account) in Eligible Investments selected in writing by the Servicer (pursuant to standing instructions or otherwise). All such Eligible Investments shall be held by or on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders. Other than as permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds on deposit in any Trust Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the

43

following Distribution Date (except that if such Eligible Investments are obligations of the institution that maintains such Trust Account or a fund for which such institution or an Affiliate thereof serves as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian and/or sub-custodian, then such Eligible Investment shall be permitted to mature on the Distribution Date). Funds deposited in a Trust Account on the day immediately preceding a Distribution Date upon the maturity of any Eligible Investments are required to be invested overnight. All Eligible Investments will be held to maturity. Each institution at which the relevant Trust Account is maintained shall invest the funds therein as directed in writing by the Servicer in Eligible Investments.

(c) All Investment Earnings of moneys deposited in each Trust Account shall be deposited (or caused to be deposited) in the Collection Account on each Distribution Date by the Trust Collateral Agent and applied as Available Funds on such Distribution Date, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to such Trust Account. The Servicer will not direct the Trust Collateral Agent to make any investment of any funds held in any of the Trust Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment, in either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Trust Collateral Agent to make any such investment, if requested by the Trust Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent, to such effect.

(d) The Trust Collateral Agent shall not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for losses attributable to the Trust Collateral Agent’s negligence or bad faith or its failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trust Collateral Agent, in its commercial capacity as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.

(e) If (i) the Servicer shall have failed to give investment directions in writing for any funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Trust Collateral Agent by 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Trust Collateral Agent) on any Business Day; or (ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been declared due and payable, or, if such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, amounts collected or receivable from the Trust Property are being applied as if there had not been such a declaration; then the Trust Collateral Agent shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in the investment described in clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Investments.

(f) (i) The Trust Collateral Agent shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and in all proceeds thereof for the benefit of the Noteholders and all such funds, investments, proceeds and income shall be part of the Owner Trust Estate. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trust Accounts shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders. If, at any time, any of the Trust Accounts ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Trust Collateral Agent (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within five Business Days (or such longer period as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Trust Account as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer

44

any cash and/or any investments to such new Trust Account. In connection with the foregoing, the Servicer agrees that, in the event that any of the Trust Accounts are not accounts with the Trust Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall notify the Trust Collateral Agent in writing promptly upon any of such Trust Accounts ceasing to be an Eligible Deposit Account.

(ii) With respect to the Trust Account Property, the Trust Collateral Agent agrees that:

(A) any Trust Account Property that is held in deposit accounts shall be held solely in the Eligible Deposit Accounts; and, except as otherwise provided herein, each such Eligible Deposit Account shall be subject to the exclusive custody and control of the Trust Collateral Agent, and the Trust Collateral Agent shall have sole signature authority with respect thereto;

(B) any Trust Account Property that constitutes Physical Property shall be delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) of the definition of “Delivery” and shall be held, pending maturity or disposition, solely by the Trust Collateral Agent or a securities intermediary (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(14) of the UCC) acting solely for the Trust Collateral Agent;

(C) the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” for purposes of Section 8-110 of the UCC shall be the State of New York;

(D) any Trust Account Property that is a book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations shall be delivered in accordance with paragraph (b) of the definition of “Delivery” and shall be maintained by the Trust Collateral Agent, pending maturity or disposition, through continued book-entry registration of such Trust Account Property as described in such paragraph;

(E) any Trust Account Property that is an “uncertificated security” or a “security entitlement” under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause (D) above shall be delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent in accordance with paragraph (c) or (d), if applicable, of the definition of “Delivery” and shall be maintained by the Trust Collateral Agent, pending maturity or disposition, through continued registration of the Trust Collateral Agent’s (or its nominee’s) ownership of such security; and

(F) any cash that is Trust Account Property shall be considered a “financial asset” under Article 8 of the UCC.

(g) The Servicer shall have the power to instruct the Trust Collateral Agent to make withdrawals and payments from the Trust Accounts for the purpose of permitting the Servicer and the Trust Collateral Agent to carry out its respective duties hereunder.

(h) The Trust Collateral Agent acknowledges that, pursuant to the provisions of the Swap Agreement, the Swap Provider may be required to post collateral with the Trust Collateral

45

Agent to secure the Swap Provider’s obligations under the Swap Agreement. The Trust Collateral Agent agrees to establish and maintain an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Swap Account”) to hold such collateral, at the direction of the Servicer or the Controlling Party if the Swap Provider is required to post Collateral to secure the obligations under the Swap Agreement. The Trust Collateral Agent further agrees to follow such written instructions relating to the administration of, and transfers from, such account, as may be delivered by (i) the Servicer (with the consent of the Controlling Party) or (ii) the Controlling Party, in each case subject to and in accordance with the terms of Swap Agreement.

(i) To the extent that (i) the funds available in the Swap Termination Account exceed the costs of entering into a Replacement Swap Agreement or (ii) the Issuer determines not to replace the Swap Agreement and the Rating Agency Condition is met with respect to such determination, the amounts in the Swap Termination Account (other than funds used to pay the costs of entering into a Replacement Swap Agreement, if applicable) shall be included in Available Funds and allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 5.7(b) on the following Distribution Date. In any other situation, amounts on deposit in the Swap Termination Account at any time shall be invested pursuant to 5.1(b) and on each Distribution Date after the creation of a Swap Termination Account, the funds therein shall be used to cover any shortfalls in the amounts payable under clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 5.7(b), provided that in no event will the amount withdrawn from the Swap Termination Account on such Distribution Date exceed the amount of net swap payments that would have been required to be paid on such Distribution Date under the terminated Swap Agreement had there been no termination of such transaction. Any amounts remaining in the Swap Termination Account after payment in full of the Class A-4 Notes shall be included in Available Funds and allocated in accordance with the order of priority specified in Section 5.7(b) on the following Distribution Date.

SECTION 5.2. Capitalized Interest Account.

(a) The Servicer shall cause the Trust Collateral Agent to establish and maintain an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Capitalized Interest Account”) with the Trust Collateral Agent, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders.

On or prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit an amount equal to the Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit into the Capitalized Interest Account.

(b) (i) On the Distribution Dates occurring in July 2007, August 2007 and September 2007, the Trust Collateral Agent shall withdraw at the written direction of the Servicer from the Capitalized Interest Account the Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount for such Distribution Date and deposit such amount in the Collection Account as further provided in Section 5.7.

(ii) On the Distribution Dates occurring July 2007, August 2007 and September 2007, the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent in writing to withdraw from the Capitalized Interest Account and pay the Seller on such Distribution Date an amount equal to the Overfunded Capitalized Interest Amount for such Distribution Date. On the Distribution Date on or immediately following the end of the Funding Period, the Overfunded Capitalized Interest Amount shall be remitted by the Trust Collateral Agent to the Seller. Upon any such distribution to the Seller, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders will have no further rights in, or claims to, such amount.

46

SECTION 5.3. Certain Reimbursements to the Servicer. The Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a Collection Period for amounts previously deposited in the Collection Account but later determined by the Servicer to have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or checks returned for insufficient funds. The amount to be reimbursed hereunder shall be paid to the Servicer on the related Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(ii) upon certification by the Servicer of such amounts and the provision of such information to the Trust Collateral Agent. The Servicer will additionally be entitled to receive from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a Collection Period any amounts paid by Obligors that were deposited in the Collection Account but that do not relate to (i) principal and interest payments due on the Receivables and (ii) any fees or expenses related to extensions due on the Receivables.

SECTION 5.4. Application of Collections. All collections for the Collection Period shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:

With respect to each Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable or a Sold Receivable), payments by or on behalf of the Obligor, (other than Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to such Receivable, to the extent collected) shall be applied to interest and principal in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.

All amounts collected that are payable to the Servicer as Supplemental Servicing Fees hereunder shall be deposited in the Collection Account and paid to the Servicer in accordance with Section 5.7(b).

SECTION 5.5. [Reserved]

SECTION 5.6. Additional Deposits.

(a) The Servicer and the Seller, as applicable, shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the Collection Account on the Determination Date on which such obligations are due the aggregate Purchase Amount with respect to Purchased Receivables and the aggregate Sale Amounts with respect to Sold Receivables.

(b) The proceeds of any purchase or sale of the assets of the Trust described in Section 10.1 hereof shall be deposited in the Collection Account.

(c) Net payments received from the Swap Provider, if any, shall be deposited by the Trust Collateral Agent in the Collection Account.

SECTION 5.7. Distributions.

(a) No later than 11:00 a.m. New York time on each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall (based solely on the information contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date) cause to be made the following transfers and distributions in the amounts set forth in the Servicer’s Certificate for such Distribution Date:

(i) During the Funding Period, from the Capitalized Interest Account to the Collection Account, in immediately available funds, the Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount for such Distribution Date; and

47

(ii) If such Distribution Date is the Mandatory Redemption Date, the Prepayment Amount (as defined in Section 5.9(c)), to the Note Distribution Account.

(b) On each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall (based solely on the information contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered with respect to the related Determination Date) distribute the following amounts from the Collection Account unless otherwise specified, to the extent of the sources of funds stated to be available therefor, and in the following order of priority:

(i) from the Total Available Funds and amounts withdrawn from the Swap Termination Account (if any), to the Swap Provider, net payments (excluding Swap Termination Payments) due to it under the Swap Agreement;

(ii) from the Total Available Funds and amounts withdrawn from the Swap Termination Account (if any), to the Servicer, (1) the Base Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period, (2) any Supplemental Servicing Fees for the related Collection Period, (3) any amounts specified in Section 5.3, (4) to the extent the Servicer has not reimbursed itself in respect of such amounts pursuant to Section 5.3 and to the extent not retained by the Servicer and to pay to AmeriCredit any amounts paid by Obligors during the preceding calendar month that did not relate to (x) principal and interest payments due on the Receivables and (y) any fees or expenses related to extensions due on the Receivables and, (5) to any successor Servicer, transition fees not to exceed $100,000 (including boarding fees) in the aggregate;

(iii) from the Total Available Funds and amounts withdrawn from the Swap Termination Account (if any), to each of the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Owner Trustee, their respective accrued and unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities (in each case, to the extent such fees, expenses or indemnities have not been previously paid by the Servicer and provided that such fees, expenses and indemnities shall not exceed (w) $100,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year to the Owner Trustee and (x) $300,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year to the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee);

(iv) from the Total Available Funds, pari passu, (a) to the Class A Noteholders, pari passu, the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class A Notes for such Distribution Date and (b) to the Swap Provider, Swap Termination Payments (so long as the Swap Provider is not a defaulting party or the sole affected party with respect to termination of the Swap Agreement);

(v) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Class A Principal Parity Amount;

(vi) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, any Matured Principal Shortfall on account of the Class A Notes;

48

(vii) from the Total Available Funds, to the Class B Noteholders, the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class B Notes for such Distribution Date;

(viii) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Class B Principal Parity Amount;

(ix) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, any Matured Principal Shortfall on account of the Class B Notes;

(x) from the Total Available Funds, to the Class C Noteholders, the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class C Notes for such Distribution Date;

(xi) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Class C Principal Parity Amount;

(xii) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, any Matured Principal Shortfall on account of the Class C Notes;

(xiii) from the Total Available Funds, to the Class D Noteholders, the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class D Notes for such Distribution Date;

(xiv) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Class D Principal Parity Amount;

(xv) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, any Matured Principal Shortfall on account of the Class D Notes;

(xvi) from the Total Available Funds, to the Class E Noteholders, the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for the Class E Notes for such Distribution Date;

(xvii) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Class E Principal Parity Amount;

(xviii) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, any Matured Principal Shortfall on account of the Class E Notes;

(xix) from the Total Available Funds, to the Reserve Account, the Reserve Account Deposit Amount for such Distribution Date;

(xx) from the Total Available Funds, for distribution as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Noteholders’ Regular Principal Distributable Amount;

49

(xxi) from the Total Available Funds, to the Class E Noteholders, all remaining amounts, until the outstanding principal balance of the Class E Notes has been reduced to the Targeted Class E Principal Balance;

(xxii) from the Total Available Funds, to pay each of the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the successor servicer any fees, expenses and indemnities then due to such party that are in excess of the related cap or annual limitation specified in clause (ii) and (iii) above;

(xxiii) from the Total Available Funds, to the Swap Provider, any unpaid Swap Termination Payments; and

(xxiv) from the Total Available Funds, to the Certificateholders, the aggregate amount remaining in the Collection Account.

(c) On (i) the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, the Trust Collateral Agent shall apply or cause to be applied from the Note Distribution Account, the Prepayment Amount to each Class of Notes the related Note Prepayment Amount (if any) and (ii) each Distribution Date the Trust Collateral Agent shall apply or cause to be applied the aggregate of the amounts described in clause (v), (vi), (viii), (ix), (xi), (xii), (xiv), (xv), (xvii), (xviii) and (xx) of paragraph (b) above on that Distribution Date in the listed order of priority:

(i) to the Class A-1 Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

(ii) to the Class A-2 Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

(iii) to the Class A-3 Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class A-3 Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

(iv) to the Class A-4 Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

(v) to the Class B Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class B Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

(vi) to the Class C Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class C Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

50

(vii) to the Class D Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class D Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

(viii) to the Class E Noteholders in reduction of the remaining principal balance of the Class E Notes, until the outstanding principal balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

provided, however, that, (A) following an acceleration of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, (B) the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1(i), 5.1(ii), 5.1(iii), 5.1(iv), 5.1(v) or 5.1(vi) of the Indenture or (C) the receipt of Insolvency Proceeds pursuant to Section 10.1(b), amounts deposited in the Collection Account (including any such Insolvency Proceeds) shall be paid to the Noteholders, pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Indenture.

(d) On each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall send to each Noteholder the statement provided to the Trust Collateral Agent by the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.10 hereof on such Distribution Date.

(e) In the event that the Collection Account is maintained with an institution other than the Trust Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall instruct and cause such institution to make all deposits and distributions pursuant to Sections 5.7(b) and 5.7(c) on the related Distribution Date.

(f) In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment (or allocations of income) to a Noteholder, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the Noteholder in accordance with this Section. The Trust Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the Noteholders sufficient funds for the payment of any tax attributable to the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trust Collateral Agent from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to a Noteholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such Noteholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a non-US Noteholder), the Trust Collateral Agent may in its sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this clause (f). In the event that a Noteholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Trust Collateral Agent shall reasonably cooperate with such Noteholder in making such claim so long as such Noteholder agrees to reimburse the Trust Collateral Agent for any out-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred.

(g) Distributions required to be made to Noteholders on any Distribution Date shall be made to each Noteholder of record on the preceding Record Date either by (i) wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such Holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefore, if such Noteholder shall have provided to the Note Registrar appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to such Distribution Date and such Holder’s Notes in the aggregate evidence a denomination of not less than $1,000,000 or (ii) by check mailed to such Noteholder at the address of such holder appearing in the Note Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final distribution in respect of any Note (whether on the Final

51

Scheduled Distribution Date or otherwise) will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note at the office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Note Registrar pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture.

(h) Subject to Section 5.1 and this section, monies received by the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law and may be deposited under such general conditions as may be prescribed by law, and the Trust Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any interest thereon.

SECTION 5.8. Reserve Account.

(a) (i) On the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit the Specified Reserve Balance into the Reserve Account. Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Account shall be held by the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders.

(ii) The Seller may, from time to time after the date hereof, request each Rating Agency to approve a formula for determining the Specified Reserve Balance that is different from the formula set forth herein, which may result in a decrease in the amount of the Specified Reserve Balance or change the manner by which the Reserve Account is funded. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if each Rating Agency then rating the Notes notifies the Trust Collateral Agent and the Seller in writing that the use of any such new formula, and any decrease in the amount of the Specified Reserve Balance or change in the manner by which the Reserve Account is funded, will not result in the qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then current rating of the Notes then the Specified Reserve Balance will be determined in accordance with such new formula and this Agreement will be amended to reflect such new formula without the consent of any Noteholder.

(iii) On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent (based on the information contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date) (A) if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account (without taking into account any amount on deposit in the Reserve Account representing net investment earnings) is less than the Specified Reserve Balance, in which case the Trust Collateral Agent shall, after payment of any amounts required to be distributed pursuant to clauses (i) through (xviii) of Section 5.7(b) deposit in the Reserve Account the Reserve Account Deposit Amount pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(xix), and (B) if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account, after giving effect to all other deposits thereto and withdrawals therefrom to be made on such Distribution Date is greater than the Specified Reserve Balance, in which case the Trust Collateral Agent shall distribute the amount such excess to the Certificateholder on such Distribution Date.

(b) On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent (based on the information contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date) to withdraw the Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount from the Reserve Account and deposit such amounts in the Collection Account to be included as Total Available Funds for that Distribution Date.

52

(c) Amounts properly received by the Certificateholders pursuant to this Agreement shall not be available to the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trust for the purpose of making deposits to the Reserve Account, or making payments to the Noteholders, nor shall the Certificateholders be required to refund any amount properly received by it.

SECTION 5.9. Pre-Funding Account.

(a) On the Closing Date, the Trust Collateral Agent will deposit, on behalf of and at the written direction of the Seller, in the Pre-Funding Account $54,744,376.39 from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes.

(b) On each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent in writing to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account an amount equal to 99.50% of the Principal Balance of the Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such Subsequent Transfer Date and, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect to such transfer, (i) to deposit in the Reserve Account an amount equal to the related Subsequent Reserve Account Deposit Amount and (ii) to distribute the balance of the amount withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account to or upon the order of the Seller.

(c) If the Pre-Funded Amount has not been reduced to zero on the date on which the Funding Period ends after giving effect to any reductions in the Pre-Funded Amount on such date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent in writing to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account on the Mandatory Redemption Date the remaining Pre-Funded Amount (exclusive of any Pre-Funding Earnings) (the “Prepayment Amount”) and deposit such amount in the Note Distribution Account.

SECTION 5.10. Statements to Noteholders.

(a) On or prior to each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall provide each Noteholder of record (with a copy to the Rating Agencies) a statement setting forth at least the following information as to the Notes to the extent applicable:

(i) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal of each Class of Notes;

(ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest on or with respect to each Class of Notes;

(iii) the required Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount or any excess released from the Reserve Account to the Certificateholder;

(iv) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Collection Period;

(v) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Class of the Notes and the Note Pool Factor for each such Class after giving effect to payments allocated to principal reported under (i) above;

53

(vi) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect to the related Collection Period and/or due but unpaid with respect to such Collection Period or prior Collection Periods, as the case may be;

(vii) the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount, if any, and the change in that amount from the preceding statement;

(viii) the amount of the aggregate Realized Losses, if any, for the second preceding Collection Period;

(ix) the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Receivables, if any, that were repurchased by the Servicer or the Seller in such period;

(x) for Distribution Dates during the Funding Period, the remaining Pre-Funded Amount and the amount remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account, if any;

(xi) the aggregate Sale Amounts for Sold Receivables, if any, that were sold by the Issuer in such period; and

(xii) for the final Subsequent Transfer Date, the amount of any remaining Pre-Funded Amount that has not been used to fund the purchase of Subsequent Receivables and will be passed through as principal to Noteholders.

Each amount set forth pursuant to paragraph (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) above shall be expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial principal balance of the Notes (or Class thereof).

(b) The Trust Collateral Agent will make available each month to each Noteholder the statements referred to in Section 5.10(a) above (and certain other documents, reports and information regarding the Receivables provided by the Servicer from time to time) via the Trust Collateral Agent’s internet website with the use of a password provided by the Trust Collateral Agent. The Trust Collateral Agent’s internet website will be located at www. CTSLink.com or at such other address as the Trust Collateral Agent shall notify the Noteholders from time to time. For assistance with regard to this service, Noteholders can call the Trust Collateral Agent’s Corporate Trust Office at (866) 846-4526. The Trust Collateral Agent shall have the right to change the way the statements referred to in Section 5.10(a) above are distributed in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the parties entitled to receive such statements. The Trust Collateral Agent shall provide notification of any such change to all parties entitled to receive such statements in the manner described in Section 12.3 hereof, Section 11.4 of the Indenture or Section 11.5 of the Indenture, as appropriate.

SECTION 5.11. Determination of LIBOR.

The Trust Collateral Agent will determine LIBOR for purposes of calculating the Interest Rate for the Class A-4 Notes on May 29, 2007 for the period from the Closing Date to the first Distribution Date, and for each given Interest Period thereafter, on the second London Business Day prior to the Distribution Date on which such Interest Period begins (each, a “LIBOR Determination Date”). For purposes of calculating LIBOR, a “London Business Day” means a day on which banking institutions in the City of London, England are not required or authorized by law to be closed.

54

“LIBOR” means, the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars, for a period equal to one month, which appears on the Dow Jones Market Service (formerly Telerate) Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the related LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on the Dow Jones Market Service Page 3750, the rate for that Interest Period will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered by any four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the calculation agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the related LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of one month, commencing on the first day of such Interest Period in the relevant market at the relevant time. The Trust Collateral Agent, as calculation agent, will request the principal London office of each of those four banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City selected by the Trust Collateral Agent, as calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the LIBOR Determination Date with respect to such Interest Period for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month, commencing on the first day of such Interest Period and in an amount that is representative for a single such transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

“Dow Jones Market Service Page 3750” is the display page named on the Dow Jones Telerate Services (or any other page that replaces that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable name or rates).

ARTICLE VI

[Reserved]

ARTICLE VII

The Seller

SECTION 7.1. Representations of Seller. The Seller makes the following representations on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables and on which the Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer may rely. The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Receivables, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of the Subsequent Receivables, and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture.

(a) Schedule of Representations. The representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B are true and correct.

(b) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with

55

power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property transferred to the Trust.

(c) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially and adversely affect Seller’s ability to transfer the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property or to perform Seller’s obligations hereunder and under the Seller’s Basic Documents.

(d) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Basic Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; the Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust by it and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller’s Basic Documents have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

(e) Valid Sale, Binding Obligations. This Agreement effects a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, enforceable against the Seller and creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and this Agreement and the Seller’s Basic Documents, when duly executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(f) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Basic Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or any of its properties.

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the

56

transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Notes.

(h) No Consents. The Seller is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or authorization, or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement which has not already been obtained.

(i) True Sale. The Receivables are being transferred with the intention of removing them from the Seller’s estate pursuant to Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(j) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of the Seller is at 2265B Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

SECTION 7.2. Corporate Existence.

(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Seller will keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and franchises as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, any Subsequent Transfer Agreement, the Basic Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to the proper administration of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) During the term of this Agreement, the Seller shall observe the applicable legal requirements for the recognition of the Seller as a legal entity separate and apart from its Affiliates, including as follows:

(i) the Seller shall maintain corporate records and books of account separate from those of its Affiliates;

(ii) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Seller shall not commingle its assets and funds with those of its Affiliates;

(iii) the Seller shall hold such appropriate meetings of its board of directors, or adopt resolutions pursuant to a unanimous written consent of the board of directors, as are necessary to authorize all the Seller’s corporate actions required by law to be authorized by the board of directors, shall keep minutes of such meetings and of meetings of its stockholder(s) and observe all other customary corporate formalities (and any successor Seller not a corporation shall observe similar procedures in accordance with its governing documents and applicable law);

(iv) the Seller shall at all times hold itself out to the public under the Seller’s own name as a legal entity separate and distinct from its Affiliates;

57

(v) all transactions and dealings between the Seller and its Affiliates will be conducted on an arm’s-length basis; and

(vi) the Seller shall pay from its assets all obligations and indebtedness of any kind incurred by the Seller.

SECTION 7.3. Liability of Seller; Indemnities. The Seller shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Seller under this Agreement.

(a) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner Trustee, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Trust Collateral Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any such Person with respect to the transactions or activities contemplated in this Agreement and any of the Basic Documents (except any income taxes arising out of fees paid to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Trustee and except any taxes to which the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee may otherwise be subject to, without regard to the transactions contemplated hereby), including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but, in the case of the Issuer, not including any taxes asserted with respect to, federal or other income taxes arising out of distributions on the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same.

(b) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Trust Collateral Agent and the officers, directors, employees and agents thereof and the Noteholders from and against any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of (i) the Seller’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement and (ii) the Seller’s or the Issuer’s violation of federal or state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes.

(c) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Owner Trustee, Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer and the officers, directors, employees and agents thereof from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of, or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties set forth herein and in the Basic Documents except to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except for errors in judgment) of the Owner Trustee, Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer, respectively.

Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer or the Trust Collateral Agent and the termination of this Agreement or the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other expenses of litigation. If the Seller shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller, without interest.

58

SECTION 7.4. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller. Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the Seller shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of the Seller substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Seller under this Agreement, shall be the successor to the Seller hereunder without the execution or filing of any document or any further act by any of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 3.1 shall have been breached and no Servicer Termination Event, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event shall have happened and be continuing, (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction and (iv) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, respectively, in the Receivables and reciting the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution of the foregoing agreement of assumption and compliance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be conditions to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above.

SECTION 7.5. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. The Seller and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind, prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under any Basic Document. The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

SECTION 7.6. Ownership of the Certificates or Notes. The Seller and any Affiliate thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of Certificates or Notes with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided herein or in any Basic Document. Notes or Certificates so owned by the Seller or such Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of the Basic Documents, without preference, priority, or distinction as among all of the Notes or Certificates; provided, however, that any Notes or Certificates owned by the Seller or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such Notes or Certificates are owned by them, shall be without voting rights for any purpose set forth in the Basic Documents. The Seller shall notify the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent with respect to any other transfer of any Certificate.

59

ARTICLE VIII

The Servicer

SECTION 8.1. Representations of Servicer. The Servicer makes the following representations on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables. The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Receivables, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of the Subsequent Receivables, and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture.

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B are true and correct, provided that such representations and warranties contained therein and herein shall not apply to any entity other than AmeriCredit;

(b) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power, authority and legal right to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing of the Receivables as required by this Agreement) requires or shall require such qualification;

(d) Power and Authority. The Servicer has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Basic Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Servicer’s Basic Documents have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action;

(e) Binding Obligation. This Agreement and the Servicer’s Basic Documents shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

(f) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Servicer’s Basic Documents, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer’s Basic Documents, shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Servicer, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is

60

bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its properties;

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Servicer’s knowledge, threatened against the Servicer, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Notes;

(h) No Consents. The Servicer is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or authorization, or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement which has not already been obtained.

SECTION 8.2. Liability of Servicer; Indemnities.

(a) The Servicer (in its capacity as such) shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken by the Servicer and the representations made by the Servicer.

(b) The Servicer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees, and the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or operation by the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of any Financed Vehicle;

(c) AmeriCredit shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any of such parties with respect to the transactions or activities contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal or other income taxes, including franchise taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same;

The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, their respective officers, directors,

61

agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any taxes with respect to the sale of Receivables in connection with servicing hereunder that may at any time be asserted against any of such parties with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal or other income taxes, including franchise taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same; and

(d) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer or the Noteholders by reason of the breach of this Agreement by the Servicer, the negligence, misfeasance, or bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

(e) AmeriCredit shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of the violation by Servicer or Seller of federal or state securities laws in connection with the registration or the sale of the Notes. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement, or the earlier removal or resignation of the Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer.

(f) AmeriCredit shall indemnify the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, and the respective officers, directors, agents and employees thereof against any and all loss, liability or expense, (other than overhead and expenses incurred in the normal course of business) incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Trust and the performance of their duties under the Basic Documents other than if such loss, liability or expense was incurred by the Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent as a result of any such entity’s willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence.

(g) Indemnification under this Article shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If the Servicer has made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Article and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, the recipient shall promptly repay such amounts collected to the Servicer, without interest. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any indemnification payable by the Servicer to the Backup Servicer, to the extent not paid by the Servicer, shall be paid solely from Section 5.7(b) of this Agreement.

(h) When the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Backup Servicer incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event specified in Section 9.1(d) or (e) with respect to the Servicer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

62

SECTION 8.3. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of the Servicer or Backup Servicer.

(a) AmeriCredit shall not merge or consolidate with any other Person, convey, transfer or lease substantially all its assets as an entirety to another Person, or permit any other Person to become the successor to AmeriCredit’s business unless, after the merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, lease or succession, the successor or surviving entity shall be capable of fulfilling the duties of AmeriCredit contained in this Agreement and shall be acceptable to the Majority Noteholders, and shall be an eligible servicer. Any corporation (i) into which AmeriCredit may be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which AmeriCredit shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer, or lease substantially all of the assets of AmeriCredit, or (iv) succeeding to the business of AmeriCredit, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of AmeriCredit under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to AmeriCredit under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release AmeriCredit from any obligation. AmeriCredit shall provide notice of any merger, consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and each Rating Agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AmeriCredit shall not merge or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to become a successor to AmeriCredit’s business, unless (x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 4.6 shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such transaction), (y) AmeriCredit shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (z) AmeriCredit shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Rating Agencies an Opinion of Counsel, stating in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

(b) Any corporation (i) into which the Backup Servicer may be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Backup Servicer shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease substantially all of the assets of the Backup Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to the business of the Backup Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Backup Servicer under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to the Backup Servicer under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release the Backup Servicer from any obligation.

63

SECTION 8.4. Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer and Others.

(a) Neither AmeriCredit, the Backup Servicer nor any of the directors or officers or employees or agents of AmeriCredit or Backup Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust or the Noteholders, except as provided in this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect AmeriCredit, the Backup Servicer or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of a breach of this Agreement or willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (excluding errors in judgment) in the performance of duties; provided further, that this provision shall not affect any liability to indemnify the Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee for costs, taxes, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses or damages paid by the Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee, in their individual capacities. AmeriCredit, the Backup Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of AmeriCredit or Backup Servicer may rely in good faith on the written advice of counsel or on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.

(b) The Backup Servicer shall not be liable for any obligation of the Servicer contained in this Agreement or for any errors of the Servicer contained in any computer tape, certificate or other data or document delivered to the Backup Servicer hereunder or on which the Backup Servicer must rely in order to perform its obligations hereunder, and the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Seller and the Noteholders shall look only to the Servicer to perform such obligations. The Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Custodian shall have no responsibility and shall not be in default hereunder or incur any liability for any failure, error, malfunction or any delay in carrying out any of their respective duties under this Agreement if such failure or delay results from the Backup Servicer acting in accordance with information prepared or supplied by a Person other than the Backup Servicer (or contractual agents) or the failure of any such other Person to prepare or provide such information. The Backup Servicer shall have no responsibility, shall not be in default and shall incur no liability for (i) any act or failure to act of any third party (other than its contractual agents), including the Servicer or the Majority Noteholders, (ii) any inaccuracy or omission in a notice or communication received by the Backup Servicer from any third party (other than its contractual agents), (iii) the invalidity or unenforceability of any Receivable under applicable law, (iv) the breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made with respect to any Receivable, or (v) the acts or omissions of any successor Backup Servicer.

(c) The parties expressly acknowledge and consent to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, acting in the possible dual capacity of Backup Servicer or successor Servicer and in the capacity as Trust Collateral Agent. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, may, in such dual or other capacity, discharge its separate functions fully, without hindrance or regard to conflict of interest principles, duty of loyalty principles or other breach of fiduciary duties to the extent that any such conflict or breach arises from the performance by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, of express duties set forth in this Agreement in any of such capacities, all of

64

which defenses, claims or assertions are hereby expressly waived by the other parties hereto and the Noteholders except in the case of gross negligence and willful misconduct by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

SECTION 8.5. Delegation of Duties. The Servicer may delegate duties under this Agreement to an Affiliate of the Servicer with the prior written consent of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee and the Backup Servicer. The Servicer also may at any time perform through sub-contractors the specific duties of (i) repossession of Financed Vehicles, (ii) tracking Financed Vehicles’ insurance and (iii) pursuing the collection of deficiency balances on certain Liquidated Receivables, in each case, without the consent of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee or the Backup Servicer and may perform other specific duties through such sub-contractors in accordance with Servicer’s customary servicing policies and procedures, with the prior consent of the Trust Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing AmeriCredit, as Servicer, may delegate its duties hereunder and under any other Basic Document with respect to the servicing of and collections on certain Receivables to AmeriCredit Financial Services of Canada Ltd. without first obtaining the consent of any person. No delegation or sub-contracting by the Servicer of its duties herein in the manner described in this Section 8.5 shall relieve the Servicer of its responsibility with respect to such duties.

SECTION 8.6. Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.4, neither the Servicer nor the Backup Servicer shall resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it by this Agreement as Servicer or Backup Servicer except upon a determination that by reason of a change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under this Agreement would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a manner which would have a material adverse effect on the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, if the Majority Noteholders do not elect to waive the obligations of the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, to perform the duties which render it legally unable to act or to delegate those duties to another Person. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered and acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee. No resignation of the Servicer shall become effective until the Backup Servicer or an entity acceptable to the Majority Noteholders shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer. No resignation of the Backup Servicer shall become effective until an entity acceptable to the Majority Noteholders shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Backup Servicer; provided, however, that (i) in the event a successor Backup Servicer is not appointed within 60 days after the Backup Servicer has given notice of its resignation and has provided the Opinion of Counsel required by this Section, the Backup Servicer may petition a court for its removal, (ii) the Backup Servicer may resign with the written consent of the Majority Noteholders, and (iii) if Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, resigns as Trustee under the Indenture it will no longer be the Backup Servicer.

ARTICLE IX

Default

SECTION 9.1. Servicer Termination Event. For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following shall constitute a “Servicer Termination Event”:

(a) Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent for distribution to Noteholders any proceeds or payment required to be so delivered under the terms of this Agreement that continues unremedied for a period of two Business Days (one Business Day with respect to payment of Purchase Amounts) after written notice is received by the Servicer from the Trust Collateral Agent or after discovery of such failure by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer;

65

(b) Failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent the Servicer’s Certificate by the first Business Day prior to the Distribution Date, or failure on the part of the Servicer to observe its covenants and agreements set forth in Section 8.4(a);

(c) Failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement, which failure (i) materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders, and (ii) continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after knowledge thereof by the Servicer or after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trust Collateral Agent;

(d) The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court or regulatory authority having jurisdiction in respect of the Servicer in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or another present or future, federal bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Servicer or of any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Servicer and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or the commencement of an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in effect, or another present or future federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law and such case is not dismissed within 60 days; or

(e) The commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or any other present or future, federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or the consent by the Servicer to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Servicer or of any substantial part of its property or the making by the Servicer of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the failure by the Servicer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due or the taking of corporate action by the Servicer in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(f) Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer made in this Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, and the incorrectness of such representation, warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust or the Noteholders and, within 30 days after knowledge thereof by the Servicer or after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trust Collateral Agent, the circumstances or condition in respect of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured.

66

SECTION 9.2. Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event. If a Servicer Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Majority Noteholders, by notice given in writing to the Servicer (and to the Trust Collateral Agent if given by the Noteholders) may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement. On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice or upon termination of the term of the Servicer, all authority, power, obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect to the Notes, the Certificates or the Other Conveyed Property or otherwise, automatically shall pass to, be vested in and become obligations and responsibilities of the Backup Servicer (or such other successor Servicer appointed by the Majority Noteholders); provided, however, that the successor Servicer shall have no liability with respect to any obligation which was required to be performed by the terminated Servicer prior to the date that the successor Servicer becomes the Servicer or any claim of a third party based on any alleged action or inaction of the terminated Servicer. The successor Servicer is authorized and empowered by this Agreement to execute and deliver, on behalf of the terminated Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments and to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and related documents to show the Trust as lienholder or secured party on the related Lien Certificates, or otherwise. The terminated Servicer agrees to cooperate with the successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the terminated Servicer under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the transfer to the successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at the time be held by the terminated Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the terminated Servicer, in the Collection Account or thereafter received with respect to the Receivables and the delivery to the successor Servicer of all Receivable Files, Monthly Records and Collection Records and a computer tape in readable form as of the most recent Business Day containing all information necessary to enable the successor Servicer to service the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property. The successor Servicer shall direct the Obligors to make all payments under the Receivables directly to the successor Servicer (in which event the successor Servicer shall process such payments in accordance with Section 4.2(e)), or to a lockbox established by the successor Servicer. The terminated Servicer shall grant the Trust Collateral Agent, the successor Servicer and the Majority Noteholders reasonable access to the terminated Servicer’s premises at the terminated Servicer’s expense.

SECTION 9.3. Appointment of Successor.

(a) On and after the time the Servicer receives a notice of termination pursuant to Section 9.2 or upon the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.6; (i) the Backup Servicer (unless the Controlling Party shall have exercised its option pursuant to Section 9.3(b) to appoint an alternate successor Servicer) shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer, in its capacity as servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for in this Agreement, and shall be subject to all the rights, responsibilities, restrictions, duties, liabilities and termination provisions relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement except as otherwise stated herein. The Trust Collateral Agent and such successor shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such succession. If a successor Servicer is acting as Servicer hereunder, it shall be subject to termination under Section 9.2 upon the occurrence of any Servicer Termination Event applicable to it as Servicer.

67

(b) The Controlling Party (acting at the direction of the Majority Noteholders) may exercise at any time its right to appoint as Backup Servicer or as successor to the Servicer a Person other than the Person serving as Backup Servicer at the time, and shall have no liability to the Trust Collateral Agent, AmeriCredit, the Seller, the Person then serving as Backup Servicer, any Noteholders or any other Person if it does so. Notwithstanding the above, if the Backup Servicer shall be legally unable or unwilling to act as Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent or a Note Majority may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any eligible servicer as the successor to the Servicer. Pending appointment pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Backup Servicer shall act as successor Servicer unless it is legally unable to do so, in which event the outgoing Servicer shall continue to act as Servicer until a successor has been appointed and accepted such appointment. Subject to Section 8.6, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed as relieving the Backup Servicer of its obligation to succeed as successor Servicer upon the termination of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.2 or the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.6. If upon the termination of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.2 or the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.6, the Majority Noteholders appoint a successor Servicer other than the Backup Servicer, the Backup Servicer shall not be relieved of its duties as Backup Servicer hereunder. In the event any successor Servicer is terminated pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof, the Controlling Party (acting at the written direction of the Majority Noteholders) shall appoint an eligible servicer as successor Servicer or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a Person that it determines is competent to perform the duties of the Servicer hereunder as successor Servicer. Pending appointment pursuant to the preceding sentence, the outgoing Servicer shall continue to act as Servicer until a successor has been appointed and accepted such appointment.

(c) Any successor Servicer shall be entitled to such compensation (whether payable out of the Collection Account or otherwise) as the Servicer would have been entitled to under this Agreement if the Servicer had not resigned or been terminated hereunder or such other compensation as set forth herein. If any successor Servicer is appointed as a result of the Backup Servicer’s refusal (in breach of the terms of this Agreement) to act as Servicer although it is legally able to do so, the Seller and such successor Servicer may agree on reasonable additional compensation to be paid to such successor Servicer; provided, however, it being understood and agreed that the Seller shall give prior notice to the Backup Servicer with respect to the appointment of such successor and the payment of additional compensation, if any. If any successor Servicer is appointed for any reason other than the Backup Servicer’s refusal to act as Servicer although legally able to do so, the Majority Noteholders and such successor Servicer may agree on additional compensation to be paid to such successor Servicer, which additional compensation shall in no event exceed $150,000 in the aggregate. The Backup Servicer shall be liable for any Servicing Fee, additional compensation or other amounts to be paid to such successor Servicer in connection with its assumption and performance of the servicing duties described herein if, and only if, such successor Servicer is appointed due to the Backup Servicer’s refusal to act as Servicer although legally able to do so, which additional compensation and other amounts shall in no event exceed $150,000 in the aggregate for any year.

68

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Backup Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all of the accounting records (including computer records) and work of the prior Servicer relating to the Receivables (collectively, the “Predecessor Servicer Work Product”) without any audit or other examination thereof, and the Backup Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or liability for the acts and omissions of the prior Servicer. If any error, inaccuracy, omission or incorrect or non-standard practice or procedure (collectively, “Errors”) exist in any Predecessor Servicer Work Product and such Errors make it materially more difficult to service or should cause or materially contribute to the Backup Servicer making or continuing any Errors (collectively, “Continuing Errors”), the Backup Servicer shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or liability for such Continuing Errors; provided, however, that the Backup Servicer agrees to use its best efforts to prevent further Continuing Errors. In the event that the Backup Servicer becomes aware of Errors or Continuing Errors, it shall, with the prior consent of the Controlling Party use its best efforts to reconstruct and reconcile such data as is commercially reasonable to correct such Errors and Continuing Errors and to prevent future Continuing Errors. The Backup Servicer shall be entitled to recover its costs thereby expended in accordance with Section 5.7(b) of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.4. Notification to Noteholders. Upon any termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent shall give prompt written notice thereof to each Noteholder, the Swap Provider and to the Rating Agencies.

SECTION 9.5. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Majority Noteholders may, on behalf of all Noteholders, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Servicer Termination Event arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement and the Basic Documents. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereto.

ARTICLE X

Termination

SECTION 10.1. Optional Purchase of All Receivables.

(a) Subject to Section 10.1(a) of the Indenture, on the last day of any Collection Period as of which the Pool Balance shall be less than or equal to 10% of the Original Pool Balance, the Servicer and the Seller each shall have the option to purchase the Owner Trust Estate, other than the Trust Accounts; provided, however, that the amount to be paid for such purchase (as set forth in the following sentence) shall be sufficient to pay the full amount of principal, and interest then due and payable on the Notes. To exercise such option, the Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, shall deposit pursuant to Section 5.6 in the Collection Account an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount necessary to pay amounts due and unpaid to the Swap Provider under the Swap Agreement and the amount necessary to pay the full amount of principal and interest then due and payable on the Notes and (ii) the aggregate Purchase Amount for the Receivables (including Liquidated Receivables), plus the appraised value of any other property held by the Trust, such value to be determined by the Servicer, or if the Trust Collateral Agent reasonably believes that there is a material error in the Servicer’s calculation, by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and the Trust Collateral Agent, and shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust.

69

(b) Upon any sale of the assets of the Trust pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Trust Agreement, the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent to deposit the proceeds from such sale after all payments and reserves therefrom (including the expenses of such sale) have been made (the “Insolvency Proceeds”) in the Collection Account.

(c) Notice of any termination of the Trust shall be given by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Rating Agencies as soon as practicable after the Servicer has received notice thereof.

(d) Following the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the payment in full of the principal of and interest on the Notes, the Certificateholders will succeed to the rights of the Noteholders hereunder and the Owner Trustee will succeed to the rights of, and assume the obligations of, the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

Administrative Duties of the Servicer

SECTION 11.1. Administrative Duties.

(a) Duties with Respect to the Indenture. The Servicer shall perform all its duties and the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture. In addition, the Servicer shall consult with the Owner Trustee as the Servicer deems appropriate regarding the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture. The Servicer shall monitor the performance of the Issuer and shall advise the Owner Trustee when action is necessary to comply with the Issuer’s duties under the Indenture. The Servicer shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Indenture. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Servicer shall take all necessary action that is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant to the Indenture, including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 2.7, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 3.10, 3.17, 5.1, 5.4, 7.3, 8.3, 9.2, 9.3, 11.1 and 11.15 of the Indenture.

(b) Duties with Respect to the Issuer.

(i) In addition to the duties of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, the Servicer shall perform such calculations and shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or under state and federal tax and securities laws (including any filings required pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder), and at the request of the Owner Trustee shall take all appropriate action that it is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.11 of the Trust Agreement. In accordance

70

with the directions of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, the Servicer shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with the Collateral (including the Basic Documents) as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly requested by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability of the Servicer. The Servicer shall monitor the activities of the Issuer to ensure the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.6 of the Trust Agreement and shall take all action necessary to ensure that the Issuer is operated in accordance with the provisions of such section.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for promptly notifying the Owner Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent in the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payments (or allocations of income) to an Owner (as defined in the Trust Agreement) as contemplated by this Agreement. Any such notice shall be in writing and specify the amount of any withholding tax required to be withheld by the Owner Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to such provision.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Basic Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for performance of the duties of the Issuer set forth in Section 5.1(a) and (b) of the Trust Agreement with respect to, among other things, accounting and reports to Owners (as defined in the Trust Agreement); provided, however, that once prepared by the Servicer, the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility for the distribution of any necessary Schedule K-1s, as applicable, to enable the Certificateholder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

(iv) The Servicer shall perform the duties of the Servicer specified in Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement required to be performed in connection with the resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be performed by the Servicer under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

(v) In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Servicer may enter into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Issuer and shall be, in the Servicer’s opinion, no less favorable to the Issuer in any material respect.

(c) Tax Matters. The Servicer shall prepare and file, on behalf of the Seller, all tax returns, tax elections, financial statements and such annual or other reports attributable to the activities engaged in by the Issuer as are necessary for preparation of tax reports, including without limitation forms 1099. All tax returns will be signed by the Seller or the Servicer.

(d) Non-Ministerial Matters. With respect to matters that in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer are non-ministerial, the Servicer shall not take any action pursuant to this Article unless within a reasonable time before the taking of such action, the Servicer shall have notified the Owner Trustee and the Trustee of the proposed action and the Owner Trustee and, with respect to items (A), (B), (C) and (D) below, the Trustee shall not have withheld consent or provided an alternative direction. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “non-ministerial matters” shall include:

(A) the amendment of or any supplement to the Indenture;

71

(B) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Issuer (other than in connection with the collection of the Receivables);

(C) the amendment, change or modification of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents;

(D) the appointment of successor Note Registrars, successor Paying Agents and successor Trustees pursuant to the Indenture or the appointment of successor Servicers or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture; and

(E) the removal of the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent.

(e) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein or in the other Basic Documents, the Servicer, in its capacity hereunder, shall not be obligated to, and shall not, (1) make any payments to the Noteholders or Certificateholders under the Basic Documents, (2) sell the Trust Property pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Indenture, (3) take any other action that the Issuer directs the Servicer not to take on its behalf or (4) in connection with its duties hereunder assume any indemnification obligation of any other Person.

(f) The Backup Servicer or any successor Servicer shall not be responsible for any obligations or duties of the Servicer under this Section 11.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, AmeriCredit shall continue to perform the obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.1.

SECTION 11.2. Records. The Servicer shall maintain appropriate books of account and records relating to services performed under this Agreement, which books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer at any time during normal business hours.

SECTION 11.3. Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer. The Servicer shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 12.1. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the parties hereto, with the consent of the Trustee (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld) and with the written consent of the Swap Provider (unless such amendment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider), but without the

72

consent of any of the Noteholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement, to comply with any changes in the Code, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to Owner Trustee and the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder.

This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the parties hereto, with the consent of the Trustee and the consent of the Swap Provider (unless such amendment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Swap Provider), and with the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all the outstanding Notes of each class affected thereby; provided, further, that the consent of the Swap Provider shall also be required if such action will adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Swap Provider.

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Trust Collateral Agent shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each Noteholder, the Swap Provider and the Rating Agencies.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Noteholders provided for in this Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization of any action by Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe.

Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer shall be entitled to receive and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 12.2(h)(1) has been delivered. The Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Issuer’s, the Owner Trustee’s, the Trust Collateral Agent’s, the Backup Servicer’s or the Trustee’s, as applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

SECTION 12.2. Protection of Title to Trust.

(a) The Seller shall execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be

73

required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer and the interests of the Trust Collateral Agent in the Receivables and in the proceeds thereof. The Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Owner Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

(b) Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of 9-506 of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee at least five days’ prior written notice thereof and shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements or continuation statements. Promptly upon such filing, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trust Collateral Agent, stating either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trust Collateral Agent in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

(c) Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall have an obligation to give the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Trustee at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any relocation of its principal executive office or jurisdiction of organization if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file any such amendment or new financing statement. The Servicer shall at all times maintain (i) each office from which it shall service Receivables within the United States of America or Canada, and (ii) its principal executive office within the United States of America.

(d) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Receivable.

(e) The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to the Issuer, the Servicer’s master computer records (including any backup archives) that refer to a Receivable shall indicate clearly the interest of the Trust in such Receivable and that such Receivable is owned by the Trust. Indication of the Trust’s interest in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the Servicer’s computer systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall have been paid in full or repurchased or sold pursuant to this Agreement.

(f) If at any time the Seller or the Servicer shall propose to sell, grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive receivables to any prospective

74

purchaser, lender or other transferee, the Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or printouts (including any restored from backup archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Trust.

(g) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer or to the Trustee, within five Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by contract number and name of Obligor) then held as part of the Trust, together with a reconciliation of such list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of the Servicer’s Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of Receivables from the Trust.

(h) The Servicer shall deliver to the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee:

(1) promptly after the execution and delivery of the Agreement and, if required pursuant to Section 12.1, of each amendment, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trust Collateral Agent in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest; and

(2) within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during such 90-day period, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trust Collateral Agent in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (1) or (2) above shall specify any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the following year to preserve and protect such interest.

SECTION 12.3. Notices. All demands, notices and communications upon or to the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Rating Agencies under this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered, electronically delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, federal express or similar overnight courier service, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Seller to AFS SenSub Corp., 2265 B Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, (b) in the case of the Servicer to AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, (c) in the case of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust

75

Administration, (d) in the case of the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent, at the Corporate Trust Office, (e) in the case of the Swap Provider, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, 270 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10017-2070, Attention: Legal Department—Derivatives Practice Group; (f) in the case of Moody’s, to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007; and (g) in the case of Standard & Poor’s, via electronic delivery to Servicer_reports@sandp.com, or, for any information not available in electronic format, to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, 55 Water Street, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: ABS Surveillance Group. Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Noteholder shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in the Note Register. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in the Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Noteholder shall receive such notice.

SECTION 12.4. Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Sections 7.4 and 8.4 and as provided in the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation of the Servicer, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Trustee and the Majority Noteholders.

SECTION 12.5. Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the parties hereto, the Trustee, the Swap Provider and the Noteholders, as third-party beneficiaries. The Swap Provider shall be a third-party beneficiary to the provisions of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

SECTION 12.6. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 12.7. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12.8. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.9. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE, GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS CONFLICT

OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

76

SECTION 12.10. Assignment to Trustee. The Seller hereby acknowledges and consents to any mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security interest by the Issuer to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders of all right, title and interest of the Issuer in, to and under the Receivables listed in Schedule A hereto and/or the assignment of any or all of the Issuer’s rights and obligations hereunder to the Trust Collateral Agent.

SECTION 12.11. Nonpetition Covenants.

(a) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Servicer and the Seller shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Issuer, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.

(b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Servicer shall not, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Seller, acquiesce to, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Seller under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, or other similar official of the Seller or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Seller.

SECTION 12.12. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Trustee

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been countersigned by Wilmington Trust Company not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall Wilmington Trust Company in its individual capacity or, except as expressly provided in the Trust Agreement, as Owner Trustee have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties or obligations hereunder or in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles V, VI and VII of the Trust Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer and in no event shall Wells

77

Fargo Bank, National Association, have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.

(c) In no event shall Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in any of its capacities hereunder, be deemed to have assumed any duties of the Owner Trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, common law, or the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 12.13. Independence of the Servicer. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Servicer shall be an independent contractor and shall not be subject to the supervision of the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer or the Owner Trustee with respect to the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by this Agreement, the Servicer shall have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer or the Owner Trustee in any way and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee.

SECTION 12.14. No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement (i) shall constitute the Servicer and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) shall be construed to impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

SECTION 12.15. State Business Licenses. The Servicer or the Certificateholder shall prepare and instruct the Trust to file each state business license (and any renewal thereof) required to be filed under applicable state law without further consent or instruction from the Instructing Party (as defined in the Trust Agreement), including a Sales Finance Company Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, Licensing Division, and a Financial Regulation Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Maryland Department of Labor, Licensing and Regulation.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

78

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and the year first above written.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust.
By:	/s/ Robert J. Perkins
Name:	Robert J. Perkins
Title:	Sr. Financial Services Officer
AFS SENSUB CORP., Seller,
By:	/s/ Sheli Fitzgerald
Name:	Sheli Fitzgerald
Title:	Vice President, Structured Finance
AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., Servicer,
By:	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Senior Vice President, Structured Finance

[Sale and Servicing Agreement]

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Backup Servicer
By:	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
Name:	Marianna C. Stershic
Title:	Vice President

Acknowledged and accepted by

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trust Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
Name:	Marianna C. Stershic
Title:	Vice President

[Sale and Servicing Agreement]

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

[On File with AmeriCredit, the Trustee and Dewey Ballantine LLP]

SCH-A-1

SCHEDULE B

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AND THE SERVICER

1. Characteristics of Receivables. Each Receivable (A) was originated (i) by the related Originator, (ii) by an Originating Affiliate and was validly assigned by such Originating Affiliate to the related Originator, (iii) by a Dealer and purchased by the related Originator from such Dealer under an existing Dealer Agreement or pursuant to a Dealer Assignment with the related Originator and was validly assigned by such Dealer to the related Originator pursuant to a Dealer Assignment or (iv) by a Third-Party Lender and purchased by the related Originator from such Third-Party Lender under an existing Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement or pursuant to a Third-Party Lender Assignment with the related Originator and was validly assigned by such Third-Party Lender to the related Originator pursuant to a Third-Party Lender Assignment (B) was originated by the related Originator, such Originating Affiliate, such Dealer or such Third-Party Lender for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of the related Originator’s, such Originating Affiliate’s, the Dealer’s or the Third-Party Lender’s business, in each case was originated in accordance with the related Originator’s credit policies and was fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, and the related Originator, each Originating Affiliate, each Dealer and each Third-Party Lender had all necessary licenses and permits to originate Receivables in the state where each Originator, each such Originating Affiliate, each such Dealer or each such Third-Party Lender was located, (C) contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral security, (D) is a Receivable which provides for level monthly payments (provided that the period in the first Collection Period and the payment in the final Collection Period of the Receivable may be minimally different from the normal period and level payment) which, if made when due, shall fully amortize the Amount Financed over the original term and (E) has not been amended or collections with respect to which waived, other than as evidenced in the Receivable File or the Servicer’s electronic records relating thereto.

2. No Fraud or Misrepresentation. Each Receivable was originated (i) by the related Originator, (ii) by an Originating Affiliate and was assigned by the Originating Affiliate to the related Originator, (iii) by a Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to the related Originator or (iv) by a Third-Party Lender and was sold by the Third-Party Lender to the related Originator, and was sold by the related Originator to the Seller without any fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such Originating Affiliate, Dealer, Third-Party Lender or the related Originator in any case.

3. Compliance with Law. All requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Moss-Magnuson Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulations “B” and “Z” (including amendments to the Federal Reserve’s Official Staff Commentary to Regulation Z, effective October 1, 1998, concerning negative equity loans), the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, each applicable state Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other consumer credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws) in respect of the Receivables and the Financed Vehicles, have been complied with in all material respects, and each Receivable and the sale of the Financed Vehicle evidenced by each Receivable complied at the time it was originated or made and now complies in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements.

SCH-B-1

4. Origination. Each Receivable was originated in the United States.

5. Binding Obligation. Each Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except (A) as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) as such Receivable may be modified by the application after the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as amended; and all parties to each Receivable had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such Receivable and all other documents related thereto and to grant the security interest purported to be granted thereby.

6. No Government Obligor. No Obligor is the United States of America or any State or any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

7. Obligor Bankruptcy. At the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, no Obligor had been identified on the records of AmeriCredit as being the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding.

8. Schedules of Receivables. The information set forth in the Schedules of Receivables has been produced from the Electronic Ledger and was true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable.

9. Marking Records. Each of the related Originator and the Seller has indicated in its files that the Receivables have been sold to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Granted to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture. Further, the related Originator has indicated in its computer files that the Receivables are owned by the Trust.

10. Computer Tape. The Computer Tape made available by the Seller to the Trust on the Closing Date was complete and accurate as of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, and includes a description of the same Receivables that are described in the Schedule of Receivables.

11. Adverse Selection. No selection procedures adverse to the Noteholders were utilized in selecting the Receivables from those receivables owned by the Seller which met the selection criteria contained in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

12. Chattel Paper. The Receivables constitute “tangible chattel paper” or “electronic chattel paper” within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Texas, New York, Delaware and Nevada.

13. One Original. There is only one original executed copy (or with respect to “electronic chattel paper”, one authoritative copy) of each Contract. With respect to Contracts

SCH-B-2

that are “electronic chattel paper”, each authoritative copy (a) is unique, identifiable and unalterable (other than with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent in the case of an addition or amendment of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision), (b) has been marked with a legend to the following effect: “Authoritative Copy” and (c) has been communicated to and is maintained by or on behalf of the Custodian.

14. Not an Authoritative Copy. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the Seller has marked all copies of each such Contract other than an authoritative copy with a legend to the following effect: “This is not an authoritative copy.”

15. Revisions. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the related Receivables have been established in a manner such that (a) all copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each such Contract must be made with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent and (b) all revisions of the authoritative copy of each such Contract are readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision.

16. Pledge or Assignment. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the authoritative copy of each Contract communicated to the Custodian has no marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Trust Collateral Agent.

17. Receivable Files Complete. There exists a Receivable File pertaining to each Receivable and such Receivable File contains the original Lien Certificate or a copy of the application therefor. Related documentation concerning the Receivable, including any documentation regarding modifications of the Contract, will be maintained electronically by the Servicer in accordance with customary policies and procedures. Each of such documents which is required to be signed by the Obligor has been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces. All blanks on any form have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been correctly prepared. With respect to any Receivables that are tangible chattel paper, the complete Receivable File, including a fully executed original of the Contract, for each Receivable currently is in the possession of the Custodian.

18. Receivables in Force. No Receivable has been satisfied, subordinated or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such Receivable has not been released from the lien of the related Receivable in whole or in part. No terms of any Receivable have been waived, altered or modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or documents identified in the Receivable File or the Servicer’s electronic records.

19. Lawful Assignment. No Receivable was originated in, or is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void or voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes.

20. Good Title. Immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement or a Subsequent Transfer Agreement, as applicable, the Seller was the sole owner thereof and had good and indefeasible title thereto, free of any Lien and, upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller, the Trust shall have good and

SCH-B-3

indefeasible title to and will be the sole owner of such Receivables, free of any Lien. No Dealer or Third-Party Lender has a participation in, or other right to receive, proceeds of any Receivable. The Seller has not taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments received under the related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, Dealer Assignments or Third-Party Lender Assignments or to payments due under such Receivables.

21. Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. Each Receivable created or shall create a valid, binding and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender which first priority security interest has been assigned to the related Originator) in the Financed Vehicle. The Lien Certificate for each Financed Vehicle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being applied for with respect to such Financed Vehicle the Lien Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable, and will show, the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) named as the original secured party under each Receivable as the holder of a first priority security interest in such Financed Vehicle. With respect to each Receivable for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the Registrar of Titles, the related Originator or the related Originating Affiliate has applied for or received written evidence from the related Dealer or Third-Party Lender that such Lien Certificate showing the related Originator, an Originating Affiliate, the Issuer or a Titled Third-Party Lender, as applicable, as first lienholder has been applied for and the Originating Affiliate’s or Titled Third-Party Lender’s security interest has been validly assigned by the Originating Affiliate or Titled Third-Party Lender, as applicable, to the related Originator and the related Originator’s security interest (assigned by the related Originator to the Seller pursuant to the Purchase Agreement) has been validly assigned by the Seller to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Trust, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller. Immediately after the sale, transfer and assignment by the Seller to the Trust, each Receivable will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent as secured party, which security interest is prior to all other Liens upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle). As of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, there were no Liens or claims for taxes, work, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle which are or may be Liens prior or equal to the Liens of the related Receivable.

22. All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings (including, without limitation, the filing by the Seller of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the State of Nevada under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Trust hereunder)) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Trust and the Trust Collateral Agent a first priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Other Conveyed Property have been made, taken or performed.

SCH-B-4

23. No Impairment. The Seller has not done anything to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments due under the Receivables or otherwise to impair the rights of the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Noteholders in any Receivable or the proceeds thereof. Other than the security interest granted to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and except any other security interests that have been fully released and discharged as of the Closing Date, the Seller has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables. The Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trust hereunder or that has been terminated. The Seller is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against it.

24. Receivable Not Assumable. No Receivable is assumable by another Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such Obligor’s obligations to the related Originator with respect to such Receivable.

25. No Defenses. No Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense and no such right has been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

26. No Default. There has been no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable (other than payment delinquencies of not more than 30 days), and no condition exists or event has occurred and is continuing that with notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable, and there has been no waiver of any of the foregoing.

27. Insurance. At the time of an origination of a Receivable by the related Originator, an Originating Affiliate, a Dealer or Third-Party Lender, each Financed Vehicle is required to be covered by a comprehensive and collision insurance policy (i) in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (a) its maximum insurable value or (b) the principal amount due from the Obligor under the related Receivable, (ii) naming the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as loss payee and (iii) insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision coverage. Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and damage insurance, naming the related Originator, an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender and its successors and assigns as additional insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor fails to do so.

28. Remaining Principal Balance. At the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, the Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in the Schedule of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects.

29. Certain Characteristics of the Receivables.

(A) Each Receivable is secured by a new or used vehicle.

SCH-B-5

(B) Each Receivable provides for level monthly payments (except for the initial down payment, which may be different from the level payments) that fully amortize the amount financed over the original term to maturity of the automobile loan contract.

(C) Each Receivable is a precomputed Receivable or a simple interest Receivable.

(D) Each Receivable had a remaining maturity as of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of not more than 96 months.

(E) Each Receivable had an original maturity as of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of not more than 96 monthly payments.

(F) Each Receivable had a remaining Principal Balance as of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of at least $250 and not more than $150,000.

(G) Each Receivable had an Annual Percentage Rate as of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of at least 1% and not more than 28%.

(H) No Receivable was more than 30 days past due as of the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable.

(I) No funds had been advanced by the related Originator, any Originating Affiliate, any Dealer, any Third-Party Lender, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to cause any Receivable to qualify under clause (H) above.

(J) Each Obligor had a billing address in the United States as of the date of origination of the related Receivable, is a natural person and is not an Affiliate of any party to the Basic Documents.

(K) Each Receivable is denominated in, and each Contract provides for payment in, United States dollars.

(L) Each Receivable is identified on the Servicer’s master servicing records as a retail automobile installment sales contract.

(M) Each Receivable arose under a Contract which is assignable without the consent of, or notice to, the Obligor thereunder, and does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of the Servicer to exercise its rights under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to review the Contract.

(N) Each Receivable arose under a Contract with respect to which the related Originator has performed all obligations required to be performed by it thereunder, and, in the event such Contract is an installment sales contract, delivery of the Financed Vehicle to the related Obligor has occurred.

SCH-B-6

(O) Not more than 2% of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date shall be “electronic chattel paper”, as such term is defined in the UCC.

(P) No automobile related to a Receivable was held in repossession inventory as of the Cutoff Date.

(Q) No Obligor was in bankruptcy as of the Cutoff Date.

(R) Neither the Servicer nor the Seller has selected the Receivables in a manner that either of them believes is adverse to the interests of the Noteholders.

(S) The weighted average annual percentage of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date is not less than 10.00%.

(T) The weighted average credit bureau score of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date is not less than 707.

(U) The weighted average original term of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date is not more than 79 months.

30. Interest Calculation. Each Contract provides for the calculation of interest payable thereunder under either the “simple interest” method, the “Rule of 78’s” method or the “precomputed interest” method.

31. Lien Enforcement. Each Receivable provides for enforcement of the lien or the clear legal right of repossession, as applicable, on the Financed Vehicle securing such Receivable.

32. Prospectus Supplement Description. Each Receivable conforms, and all Receivables in the aggregate conform, in all material respects to the description thereof set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.

33. Risk of Loss. Each Contract contains provisions requiring the Obligor to assume all risk of loss or malfunction on the related Financed Vehicle, requiring the Obligor to pay all sales, use, property, excise and other similar taxes imposed on or with respect to the Financed Vehicle and making the Obligor liable for all payments required to be made thereunder, without any setoff, counterclaim or defense for any reason whatsoever, subject only to the Obligor’s right of quiet enjoyment.

SCH-B-7

34. Leasing Business. To the best of the Seller’s and the Servicer’s knowledge, as appropriate, no Obligor is a Person involved in the business of leasing or selling equipment of a type similar to the Obligor’s related Financed Vehicle.

35. Consumer Leases. No Receivable constitutes a “consumer lease” under either (a) the UCC as in effect in the jurisdiction the law of which governs the Receivable or (b) the Consumer Leasing Act, 15 USC 1667.

36. Perfection. The Seller has taken all steps necessary to perfect its security interest against the related Obligors in the property securing the Receivables and will take all necessary steps on behalf of the Trust to maintain the Trust’s perfection of the security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle

SCH-B-8

EXHIBIT A

SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT

Transfer No.                              of Subsequent Receivables pursuant to a Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of May 24, 2007, among AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), AFS SENSUB CORP., a Nevada corporation (the “Seller”), AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. a Delaware corporation (the “Servicer”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (the “Trust Collateral Agent”), in its capacity as the backup servicer (the “Backup Servicer”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller wishes to convey the Subsequent Receivables to the Issuer; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer is willing to accept such conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

“Subsequent Cutoff Date” shall mean, with respect to the Subsequent Receivables conveyed hereby,                             , 200  .

“Subsequent Transfer Date” shall mean, with respect to the Subsequent Receivables conveyed hereby,                             , 200  .

2. Schedule of Receivables. Attached hereto as Schedule A is a supplement to Schedule A to the Sale and Servicing Agreement listing the Receivables that constitute the Subsequent Receivables to be conveyed pursuant to this Agreement on the Subsequent Transfer Date.

3. Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables. In consideration of the Issuer’s delivery to or upon the order of the Seller of $                     the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (except as expressly provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement), all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to:

(a) the Subsequent Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(b) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

Ex-A-1

(c) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Subsequent Receivables from claims and the right to receive proceeds on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of such Subsequent Receivables;

(d) any proceeds with respect to the Subsequent Receivables repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(e) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Finance Vehicles;

(f) the related Receivable Files;

(g) all of the Seller’s rights, title and interests, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement, including the Seller’s rights under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement, and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of AmeriCredit under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement, on or after the Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(h) all of the Seller’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (a) through (g); and

(i) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by the Seller and the Issuer that they intend that the assignment and transfer herein contemplated constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for security, of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from the Seller to the Issuer, and that the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or with respect to the Seller. In the event that such conveyance is determined to be made as security for a loan made by the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder to the Seller, the Seller hereby grants to the Issuer a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property conveyed pursuant to this Section 3, and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date that:

(a) Schedule of Representations. The representations and warranties relating to the Subsequent Receivables set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached as Schedule B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement are true and correct and the Seller has performed all obligations to be performed by it under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Ex-A-2

(b) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property transferred to the Trust.

(c) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially and adversely affect Seller’s ability to transfer the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property or to perform Seller’s obligations hereunder and under the Seller’s Basic Documents.

(d) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Basic Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; the Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust by it and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller’s Basic Documents have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

(e) Valid Sale, Binding Obligations. This Agreement effects a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, enforceable against the Seller and creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and this Agreement and the Seller’s Basic Documents, when duly executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(f) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Basic Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or any of its properties.

Ex-A-3

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Securities or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Securities.

(h) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of the Seller is at 2265 B Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

(i) Principal Balance. The aggregate Principal Balance of the Subsequent Receivables listed on Schedule A annexed hereto and conveyed to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement as of the Subsequent Cutoff Date is $                .

(j) Seller’s Intention. The Subsequent Receivables are being transferred with the intention of removing them from the Seller’s estate pursuant to Section 541 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

5. Conditions Precedent. The obligation of the Issuer to acquire the Subsequent Receivables hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by the Seller in Section 4 of this Agreement and in Section 3.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date.

(b) Sale and Servicing Agreement Conditions. Each of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b) to the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall have been satisfied.

(c) Additional Information. The Seller shall have delivered to the Issuer such information as was reasonably requested by the Issuer to satisfy itself as to (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement and in Section 3.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and (ii) the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 5.

6. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Sale and Servicing Agreement as so supplemented by this Agreement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Ex-A-4

7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties in separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE, GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

Ex-A-5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of day and the year first above written.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
By:	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust.
By:
Name:
Title:
AFS SENSUB CORP., Seller,
By:
Name:
Title:
AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., Servicer,
By:
Name:
Title:

Acknowledged and accepted by

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but

solely as Trust Collateral Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

Ex-A-6

Acknowledged and accepted by

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but

solely as Backup Servicer

By:

Name:

Title:

Ex-A-7

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

Ex-A-8

EXHIBIT B

SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE

AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1

Class A-1 5.32233% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-2 5.34% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-3 5.27% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-4 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes

Class B 5.35% Asset Backed Notes

Class C 5.43% Asset Backed Notes

Class D 5.62% Asset Backed Notes

Class E 6.96% Asset Backed Notes

Servicer's Certificate

This Servicer's Certificate has been prepared pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement among AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, as Issuer, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer, dated as of May 24, 2007. Defined terms have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in other Transaction Documents.

Monthly Period Beginning: Monthly Period Ending:	Purchases	Units	Cut-off Date	Closing Date	Original Pool Balance
Prev. Distribution/Close Date:	Initial Purchase
Distribution Date:	Sub. Purchase #1
Days of Interest for Period:	Sub. Purchase #2
Days in Collection Period:	Total
Months Seasoned:

I. MONTHLY PERIOD RECEIVABLES PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION:

{1} Beginning of period Aggregate Principal Balance		{1}
Monthly principal amounts
{2} Collections on Receivables outstanding at end of period	{2}
{3} Collections on Receivables paid off during period	{3}
{4} Receivables becoming Liquidated Receivables during period	{4}
{5} Receivables becoming Purchased Receivables during period	{5}
{6} Other Receivables adjustments	{6}
{7} Less amounts allocable to Interest	{7}
{8} Total monthly principal amounts		{8}
{9} End of period Aggregate Principal Balance		{9}
{10} Pool Factor		{10}

II.     MONTHLY PERIOD NOTE BALANCE CALCULATION:		Class A-1	Class A-2	Class A-3	Class A-4
{11} Original Note Balance	{11}
{12} Beginning of period note balance	{12}
{13} Noteholders' Regular Principal Distributable Amount	{13}
{14} Aggregate Principal Parity Amount	{14}
{15} Matured Principal Shortfall	{15}
{16} Note Prepayment Amount	{16}
{17} End of period note balance	{17}
{18} Note Pool Factors	{18}
		Class B	Class C	Class D	Class E	TOTAL
{19} Beginning of period note balance	{19}
{20} Noteholders' Regular Principal Distributable Amount	{20}
{21} Targeted Class E Payment Amount	{21}
{22} Aggregate Principal Parity Amount	{22}
{23} Matured Principal Shortfall	{23}
{24} Note Prepayment Amount	{24}
{25} End of period note balance	{25}
{26} Note Pool Factors	{26}

3

III. RECONCILIATION OF PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT:

{27} Beginning of period Pre-Funding Account balance	{27}
{28} Purchase of Subsequent Receivables	{28}
{29} Investment Earnings	{29}
{30} Investment Earnings Transfer to Collections Account	{30}
{31} Payment of Note Prepayment Amount	{31}
{32} Total month activity	{32}
{33} End of period Pre-Funding Account balance

IV. RECONCILIATION OF CAPITALIZED INTEREST ACCOUNT:

{34} Beginning of period Capitalized Interest Account balance	{34}
{35} Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount	{35}
{36} Investment Earnings	{36}
{37} Investment Earnings Transfer to Collections Account	{37}
{38} Payment of Overfunded Capitalized Interest Amount	{38}
{39} Payment of Remaining Capitalized Interest Amount	{39}
{40} Total month activity	{40}
{41} End of period Capitalized Interest Account balance	{41}

V. CALCULATION OF REQUIRED PRO FORMA NOTE BALANCE:

{42} Ending Aggregate Principal Balance	{42}
{43} 4.50% of Ending Aggregate Principal Balance	{43}
{44} Total Class E Payments through prior period	{44}
{45} Less Specified Reserve Account Balance	{45}
{46} Sum of {43}, {44} and {45}	{46}
{47} 10% of ending Pool Balance	{47}
{48} Lesser of {46} or {47}	{48}
{49} {42} - {48}	{49}
{50} Ending Aggregate Principal Balance	{50}
{51} 0.75% of Original Pool Balance	{51}
{52} {50} - {51}	{52}
{53} Required Pro Forma Note Balance ( lesser of {49} or {52} )	{53}

VI. CALCULATION OF NOTEHOLDERS PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:

{54} Beginning of period note balance	{54}
{55} Required Pro Forma Note Balance	{55}
{56} Noteholders Principal Distributable Amount {54} - {55}	{56}

VII. CALCULATION OF TARGETED CLASS E NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE:

{57} Is Aggregate Principal Balance greater than 10%?	{57}
{58} If {57} is Yes, then Targeted Class E Note Principal Balance is 3.25% of Pool Balance	{58}
{59} If {57} is No, then Targeted Class E Note Principal Balance is zero	{59}
{60} Targeted Class E Note Balance	{60}

VIII. CALCULATION OF NOTEHOLDERS' INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:

Class	Beginning Note Balance	Interest Carryover	Interest Rate		Days	Days Basis	Calculated Interest
{61}    Class A - 1			5.3223	%		Actual days/360
{62}    Class A - 2			5.3400	%		30/360
{63}    Class A - 3			5.2700	%		30/360
{64}    Class A - 4			5.3600	%		Actual days/360
{65}    Class B			5.3500	%		30/360
{66}    Class C			5.4300	%		30/360
{67}    Class D			5.6200	%		30/360
{68}    Class E			6.9600	%		30/360

3

IX. RECONCILIATION OF COLLECTION ACCOUNT:

Available Funds:
{69}    Collections on Receivables during period (net of Liquidation Proceeds and Fees)	{69}
{70}    Liquidation Proceeds collected during period	{70}
{71}    Purchase Amounts deposited in Collection Account	{71}
{72}    Investment Earnings - Collection Account	{72}
{73}    Investment Earnings - Transfer From Reserve Account	{73}
{74}    Investment Earnings - Transfer From Pre-Fund Account	{74}
{75}    Investment Earnings - Transfer From Capitalized Interest Account	{75}
{76}    Collection of Supplemental Servicing - Extension Fees	{76}
{77}    Collection of Supplemental Servicing - Repo and Recovery Fees Advanced	{77}
{78}    Collection of Supplemental Servicing - Late Fees	{78}
{77}    Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount	{77}
{78}    Collections from disposition of trust property	{78}
{79}    Proceeds from Swap Agreement	{79}
{80}    Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount	{80}
{81}    Total Available Funds	{79}
Distributions:
{82}    Net Swap Payments to Swap Provider	{82}
{83}    Base Servicing Fee	{83}
{84}    Repo and Recovery Fees - reimbursed to Servicer	{84}
{85}    Bank Service Charges - reimbursed to Servicer	{85}
{86}    Late Fees - reimbursed to Servicer	{86}
{87}    Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent fees	{87}
{88}    Backup Servicer	{88}
{89}    Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount pari passu Swap Termination Payments	{89}
{90}    Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount pari passu Swap Termination Payments	{90}
{91}    Class A-3 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount pari passu Swap Termination Payments	{91}
{92}    Class A-4 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount pari passu Swap Termination Payments	{92}
{93}    Class A Noteholders' Principal Parity Amount or Matured Principal Shortfall	{93}
{94}    Class B Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount	{94}
{95}    Class B Noteholders' Principal Parity Amount or Matured Principal Shortfall	{95}
{96}    Class C Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount	{96}
{97}    Class C Noteholders' Principal Parity Amount or Matured Principal Shortfall	{97}
{98}    Class D Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount	{98}
{99}    Class D Noteholders' Principal Parity Amount or Matured Principal Shortfall	{99}
{100}  Class E Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount	{100}
{101}  Class E Noteholders' Principal Parity Amount or Matured Principal Shortfall	{101}
{102}  To the Reserve Account, the Reserve Account Deposit	{102}
{103}  To the Noteholders, the Noteholders Regular Principal Distributable Amount	{103}
{104}  To the Class E Noteholders, until Class E Balance equals Targeted Class E Principal Balance	{104}
{105}  Additional fees (Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent, Backup Servicer)	{105}
{106}  Unpaid Swap Termination Payments to Swap Provider	{106}
{107}  To the Certificateholders, the aggregate amount remaining	{107}
{108}  Total Distributions	{108}

X. CALCULATION OF PRINCIPAL PARITY AMOUNT:

Class	(X) Cumulative Note Balance	(Y) Pool Balance	(I) Excess of (X) - (Y)	(II) Available Funds in Waterfall	Lesser of (I) or (II)
{109}    Class A
{110}    Class B
{111}    Class C
{112}    Class D
{113}    Class E
{114}    Total

** Principal Parity Amount distributed as Noteholders Regular Principal Distributable in first three months of Trust

3

XI. RECONCILIATION OF RESERVE ACCOUNT:	Initial	Sub #1	Sub #2	Total
{115} Specified Reserve Balance
{116} Beginning of period Reserve Account balance		{116}
{117} Deposit related to Subsequent Receivables Purchases		{117}
{118} The Reserve Account Deposit, from Collection Account		{118}
{119} Investment Earnings		{119}
{120} Investment Earnings - transferred to Collection Account Available Funds		{120}
{121} Reserve Account Withdrawal Amount		{121}
{122} End of period Reserve Account balance		{122}
XII. CALCULATION OF TOTAL OVERCOLLATERALIZATION:
{123} Aggregate Principal Balance		{123}
{124} End of Period Note Balance		{124}
{125} Overcollateralization (Undercollateralization)		{125}
{126} Overcollateralization %		{126}
XIII. MONTHLY PERIOD AND CUMULATIVE NUMBER OF RECEIVABLES CALCULATION:
			Cumulative	Monthly
{127} Original Number of Receivables		{127}
{128} Beginning of period number of Receivables		{128}
{129} Number of Receivables becoming Liquidated Receivables during period		{129}
{130} Number of Receivables becoming Purchased Receivables during period		{130}
{131} Number of Receivables paid off during period		{131}
{132} End of period number of Receivables		{132}
XIV. STATISTICAL DATA: (CURRENT AND HISTORICAL):
		Original	Prev. Month	Current
{133} Weighted Average APR of the Receivables	{133}
{134} Weighted Average Remaining Term of the Receivables	{134}
{135} Weighted Average Original Term of Receivables	{135}
{136} Average Receivable Balance	{136}
{137} Net Losses in Period	{137}
{138} Aggregate Realized Losses	{138}
{139} Aggregate Realized Loss Percentage	{139}
{140} ABS Prepay Speed	{140}
XV. DELINQUENCY:
Receivables with Scheduled Payment delinquent Units		Units	Dollars	Percentage
{141} 31-60 days	{141}
{142} 61-90 days	{142}
{143} over 90 days	{143}
{144} Total	{144}
XVI. EXTENSIONS
{145} Principal Balance of Receivables extended during current period	{145}
{146} Beginning of Period Aggregate Principal Balance	{146}
{147} Extension Rate {145} divided by {146}	{147}

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

3

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Copy

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

between

AFS SENSUB CORP.

Purchaser

and

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

Seller

Dated as of May 24, 2007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS
	SECTION 1.1	General	1
	SECTION 1.2	Specific Terms	1
	SECTION 1.3	Usage of Terms	3
	SECTION 1.4	[Reserved]	3
	SECTION 1.5	No Recourse	3
	SECTION 1.6	Action by or Consent of Noteholders and Certificateholder	3
ARTICLE II. CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES AND THE OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY
	SECTION 2.1	Conveyance of the Initial Receivables and the Initial Other Conveyed Property	4
	SECTION 2.2	Conveyance of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property	5
ARTICLE III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	SECTION 3.1	Representations and Warranties of Seller	5
	SECTION 3.2	Representations and Warranties of Purchaser	7
ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS OF SELLER
	SECTION 4.1	Protection of Title of Purchaser	9
	SECTION 4.2	Other Liens or Interests	11
	SECTION 4.3	Costs and Expenses	11
	SECTION 4.4	Indemnification.	11
ARTICLE V. REPURCHASES
	SECTION 5.1	Repurchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Warranty	13
	SECTION 5.2	Reassignment of Purchased Receivables	14
	SECTION 5.3	Waivers	14
ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS
	SECTION 6.1	Liability of Seller	14
	SECTION 6.2	Merger or Consolidation of Seller or Purchaser	14
	SECTION 6.3	Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others	15
	SECTION 6.4	Seller May Own Notes or the Certificate	15
	SECTION 6.5	Amendment.	15
	SECTION 6.6	Notices	16
	SECTION 6.7	Merger and Integration	16
	SECTION 6.8	Severability of Provisions	16
	SECTION 6.9	Intention of the Parties.	16
	SECTION 6.10	Governing Law	18
	SECTION 6.11	Counterparts	18
	SECTION 6.12	Conveyance of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer	18
	SECTION 6.13	Nonpetition Covenant	18

i

SCHEDULES

Schedule A — Schedule of Initial Receivables

Schedule B — Representations and Warranties from Seller as to the Receivables

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A — Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement

ii

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of May 24, 2007, executed between AFS SenSub Corp., a Nevada corporation, as purchaser (“Purchaser”) and AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Seller (“Seller”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to purchase from the Seller, and the Seller, pursuant to this Agreement, is transferring to Purchaser the Initial Receivables and Initial Other Conveyed Property and with respect to the Subsequent Receivables will transfer on the related Subsequent Transfer Date the Subsequent Receivables and Subsequent Other Conveyed Property.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is acknowledged, Purchaser and the Seller, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 General. The specific terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision, and Article, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references, unless otherwise specified, refer to Articles and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of May 24, 2007, by and among AFS SenSub Corp. (as Seller), AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (in its individual capacity and as Servicer), AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (as Issuer), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent.

SECTION 1.2 Specific Terms. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

“Agreement” shall mean this Purchase Agreement and all amendments hereof and supplements hereto.

“Closing Date” means May 31, 2007.

“Initial Other Conveyed Property” means all property conveyed by the Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to Sections 2.1(a)(2) through (8) of this Agreement and by the Purchaser to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Initial Receivables” means the Receivables listed on the Schedule of Initial Receivables attached hereto.

“Issuer” means AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1.

“Originators” means each of AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. and Bay View Acceptance Corporation.

“Other Conveyed Property” means the Initial Other Conveyed Property and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property.

“Owner Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee appointed and acting pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

“Purchase Agreement Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 6.9 of this Agreement.

“Receivables” means the Initial Receivables and the Subsequent Receivables.

“Related Documents” means the Notes, the Certificate, the Custodian Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, the Swap Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement and, with respect to the Subsequent Receivables, each Subsequent Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer Agreement. The Related Documents to be executed by any party are referred to herein as “such party’s Related Documents,” “its Related Documents” or by a similar expression.

“Repurchase Event” means the occurrence of a breach of any of the Seller’s representations and warranties hereunder or in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or any other event which requires the repurchase of a Receivable by the Seller, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Sale and Servicing Agreement” means the Sale and Servicing Agreement referred to in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Schedule of Initial Receivables” means the schedule of Initial Receivables sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement which is attached hereto as Schedule A.

“Schedule of Representations” means the Schedule of Representations and Warranties attached hereto as Schedule B.

“Subsequent Cutoff Date” means the date specified in the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement, provided, however that such date shall be on or before the Subsequent Transfer Date.

“Subsequent Other Conveyed Property” means all property conveyed by the Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to Sections 3(b) through (h) of the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement other than the Subsequent Receivables.

“Subsequent Purchase Agreement” means an agreement by and between the Seller and the Purchaser pursuant to which the Purchaser will acquire Subsequent Receivables, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereunder.

2

“Subsequent Receivables” means Receivables transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.2 and the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement, which shall be listed on Schedule A to the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

“Subsequent Transfer Agreement” means an agreement among the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

“Subsequent Transfer Date” means, with respect to Subsequent Receivables, any date, occurring not more frequently than once a month, during the Funding Period on which Subsequent Receivables are to be transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, and a Subsequent Purchase Agreement is executed and delivered.

“Trust Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trust collateral agent and any successor trust collateral agent appointed and acting pursuant to the Indenture.

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and any successor trustee appointed and acting pursuant to the Indenture.

SECTION 1.3 Usage of Terms. With respect to all terms used in this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other gender; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the terms “include” or “including” mean “include without limitation” or “including without limitation.”

SECTION 1.4 [Reserved].

SECTION 1.5 No Recourse. Without limiting the obligations of Seller hereunder, no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, under this Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against any stockholder, officer or director, as such, of Seller, or of any predecessor or successor of Seller.

SECTION 1.6 Action by or Consent of Noteholders and Certificateholder. Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to action to be taken, or consented to, by Noteholders or the Certificateholder, such provision shall be deemed to refer to the Certificateholder or Noteholder, as the case may be, of record as of the Record Date immediately preceding the date on which such action is to be taken, or consent given, by Noteholders or the Certificateholder. Solely for the purposes of any action to be taken, or consented to, by Noteholders or the Certificateholder, any Note or Certificate registered in the name of the Seller or any Affiliate thereof shall be deemed not to be outstanding; provided, however, that, solely for

3

the purpose of determining whether the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent is entitled to rely upon any such action or consent, only Notes or Certificates which the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent, respectively, knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

ARTICLE II.

CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES AND THE OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY

SECTION 2.1 Conveyance of the Initial Receivables and the Initial Other Conveyed Property.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns, and otherwise conveys to Purchaser without recourse (but without limitation of its obligations in this Agreement), and Purchaser hereby purchases, all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the following described property:

(1) the Initial Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Initial Cutoff Date;

(2) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Initial Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

(3) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Initial Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Initial Receivables;

(4) any proceeds from any Initial Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(5) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

(6) the related Receivable Files;

(7) all of the Seller’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (1) through (6); and

(8) all proceeds and investments with respect to items (1) through (7).

It is the intention of Seller and Purchaser that the transfer and assignment contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a sale of the Initial Receivables and the Initial Other

4

Conveyed Property from Seller to Purchaser, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any liens, and the beneficial interest in and title to the Initial Receivables and the Initial Other Conveyed Property shall not be part of Seller’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against Seller under any bankruptcy or similar law.

(b) Simultaneously with the conveyance of the Initial Receivables and the Initial Other Conveyed Property to Purchaser, Purchaser has paid or caused to be paid to or upon the order of Seller an amount equal to the book value of the Initial Receivables sold by Seller, as set forth on the books and records of Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds and the remainder as a contribution to the capital of the Purchaser (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller).

SECTION 2.2 Conveyance of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property.

(a) On each Subsequent Transfer Date and simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement, the Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, and otherwise convey to Purchaser without recourse (but without limitation of its obligations in this Agreement), and Purchaser shall purchase, all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property. It is the intention of Seller and Purchaser that the transfer and assignment contemplated by such Subsequent Purchase Agreement shall constitute a sale of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property from Seller to Purchaser, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any liens, and the beneficial interest in and title to the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property shall not be part of Seller’s estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against Seller under any bankruptcy or similar law.

(b) Simultaneously with the conveyance of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to Purchaser, Purchaser shall pay or cause to be paid to or upon the order of Seller the amount set forth in the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller. Seller makes the following representations and warranties as of the date hereof and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date, as the case may be, on which Purchaser relies in purchasing the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and in transferring the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any Subsequent Transfer Agreement Such representations are made as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the execution and delivery of any Subsequent Purchase Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder and under any Subsequent Purchase Agreement, and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by Purchaser to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any Subsequent Transfer

5

Agreement. Seller and Purchaser agree that Purchaser will assign to Issuer all Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement and under any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and that the Trustee will thereafter be entitled to enforce this Agreement and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement against Seller in the Trustee’s own name on behalf of the Noteholders.

(a) Schedule of Representations. The representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations with respect to the Initial Receivables as of the date hereof, and with respect to the Subsequent Receivables as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, are true and correct.

(b) Organization and Good Standing. Seller has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to be transferred to Purchaser.

(c) Due Qualification. Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

(d) Power and Authority. Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Purchaser hereunder and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to Purchaser by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and Seller’s Related Documents have been duly authorized by Seller by all necessary corporate action.

(e) Valid Sale; Binding Obligations. This Agreement and Seller’s Related Documents have been duly executed and delivered, shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Purchaser, enforceable against Seller and creditors of and purchasers from Seller; and this Agreement and Seller’s Related Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(f) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents, shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Seller, or any indenture,

6

agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to Seller of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Seller or any of its properties.

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened against Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Seller or its properties (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (iv) seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder or under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(h) True Sale. The Receivables are being transferred with the intention of removing them from Seller’s estate pursuant to Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(i) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of Seller is located at 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.

SECTION 3.2 Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser makes the following representations and warranties, on which Seller relies in selling, assigning, transferring and conveying the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to Purchaser hereunder and under any Subsequent Purchase Agreement. Such representations are made as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and under any Subsequent Purchase Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder and under any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by Purchaser to the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(a) Organization and Good Standing. Purchaser has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Nevada, with the power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and has, full power, authority and legal right to acquire and own the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, and to transfer the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

7

(b) Due Qualification. Purchaser is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially and adversely affect Purchaser’s ability to acquire the Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property, and to transfer the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property or to perform Purchaser’s obligations hereunder and under the Purchaser’s Related Documents.

(c) Power and Authority. Purchaser has the power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof and to acquire the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all of the documents required pursuant hereto have been duly authorized by Purchaser by all necessary corporate action.

(d) No Consent Required. Purchaser is not required to obtain the consent of any other Person, or any consent, license, approval or authorization or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Related Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

(e) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and other similar laws and to general equitable principles.

(f) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents do not and will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Purchaser, or conflict with or breach any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound or to which any of its properties are subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument (other than the Sale and Servicing Agreement), or violate any law, order, rule or regulation, applicable to Purchaser or its properties, of any federal or state regulatory body, any court, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Purchaser or any of its properties.

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending, or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened against Purchaser, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Purchaser or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement

8

or any of the Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by Purchaser of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (iv) that may adversely affect the federal or state income tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder or the transfer of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

In the event of any breach of a representation and warranty made by Purchaser hereunder, Seller covenants and agrees that it will not take any action to pursue any remedy that it may have hereunder, in law, in equity or otherwise, until a year and a day have passed since the date on which all Notes, Certificates, pass-through certificates or other similar securities issued by Purchaser, or a trust or similar vehicle formed by Purchaser, have been paid in full. Seller and Purchaser agree that damages will not be an adequate remedy for such breach and that this covenant may be specifically enforced by Purchaser, Issuer or by the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and Owner Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholder.

ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS OF SELLER

SECTION 4.1 Protection of Title of Purchaser.

(a) At or prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall have filed or caused to be filed a UCC-1 financing statement, naming Seller as seller or debtor, naming Purchaser as purchaser or secured party and describing the Initial Receivables and the Initial Other Conveyed Property being sold by it to Purchaser as collateral, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and in such other locations as Purchaser shall have required. At or prior to any Subsequent Transfer Date, Seller shall file or cause to be filed a UCC-1 financing statement naming Seller as seller or debtor, naming the Purchaser as purchaser or secured party and describing the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property being sold by it to the Purchaser as collateral, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and in such other locations as Purchaser shall require. From time to time thereafter, Seller shall execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of Purchaser under this Agreement, of the Issuer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and of the Trust Collateral Agent under the Indenture in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and in the proceeds thereof. Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Purchaser and the Trust Collateral Agent file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing. In the event that Seller fails to perform its obligations under this subsection, Purchaser, Issuer or the Trust Collateral Agent may do so, at the expense of such Seller. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Seller hereby authorizes the Purchaser, the Issuer or the Trust Collateral Agent to file a

9

record or records (as defined in the applicable UCC), including, without limitation, financing statements, in all jurisdictions and with all filing offices as each may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the security interest granted to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 6.9 of this Agreement. Such financing statements may describe the collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as such party may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the collateral granted to the Purchaser herein.

(b) Seller shall not change its name, identity, state of incorporation or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed by Seller (or by Purchaser, Issuer or the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of Seller) in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of §9-506 of the applicable UCC, unless they shall have given Purchaser, Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent at least 60 days’ prior written notice thereof, and shall promptly file appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements and continuation statements.

(c) Seller shall give Purchaser, the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any relocation that would result in a change of the location of the debtor within the meaning of Section 9-307 of the applicable UCC. Seller shall at all times maintain (i) each office from which it services Receivables within the United States of America or Canada and (ii) its principal executive office within the United States of America.

(d) Prior to the Closing Date and with respect to Subsequent Receivables, the Subsequent Transfer Date, Seller has maintained accounts and records as to each Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at any time as of or prior to the Closing Date and with respect to Subsequent Receivables, the Subsequent Transfer Date, the status of such Receivable, including payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the Principal Balance with respect to the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and with respect to Subsequent Receivables, the Subsequent Cutoff Date. Seller shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to Purchaser, and the conveyance of the Receivables by Purchaser to the Issuer, Seller’s master computer records (including archives) that shall refer to a Receivable indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold to Purchaser and has been conveyed by Purchaser to the Issuer. Indication of the Issuer’s ownership of a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on Seller’s computer systems when, and only when, the Receivable shall become a Purchased Receivable or a Sold Receivable or shall have been paid in full or sold pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(e) If at any time Seller shall propose to sell, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in any motor vehicle receivables to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, Seller shall give to such prospective purchaser,

10

lender, or other transferee computer tapes, records, or print-outs (including any restored from archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable or a Sold Receivable), shall indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold to Purchaser, sold by Purchaser to Issuer, and is owned by the Issuer.

SECTION 4.2 Other Liens or Interests. Except for the conveyances hereunder, Seller will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on the Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property or any interest therein, and Seller shall defend the right, title, and interest of Purchaser and the Issuer in and to the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property against all claims of third parties claiming through or under Seller.

SECTION 4.3 Costs and Expenses. Seller shall pay all reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and under its Related Documents.

SECTION 4.4 Indemnification.

(a) Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities, arising out of or resulting from any breach of any of Seller’s representations and warranties contained herein.

(b) Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities, arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or operation by Seller or any affiliate thereof of a Financed Vehicle.

(c) Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities arising out of or resulting from any action taken, or failed to be taken, by it in respect of any portion of the Receivables other than in accordance with this Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(d) Seller agrees to pay, and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege, or license taxes (but not including any taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed

11

Property to Purchaser and by Purchaser to the Issuer or the issuance and original sale of the Notes or issuance of the Certificate, or asserted with respect to ownership of the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property which shall be indemnified by Seller pursuant to clause (e) below, or federal, state or other income taxes, arising out of distributions on the Notes or the Certificate or transfer taxes arising in connection with the transfer of the Notes or the Certificate) and costs and expenses in defending against the same, arising by reason of the acts to be performed by Seller under this Agreement or imposed against such Persons.

(e) Seller agrees to pay, and to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from, any taxes which may at any time be asserted against such Persons with respect to, and as of the date of, the conveyance or ownership of the Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property hereunder and under any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and the conveyance or ownership of the Receivables under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and under any Subsequent Transfer Agreement or the issuance and original sale of the Notes or the issuance of the Certificate, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, personal property, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal or other income taxes, including franchise taxes, arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby or transfer taxes arising in connection with the transfer of the Notes or the Certificate) and costs and expenses in defending against the same, arising by reason of the acts to be performed by Seller under this Agreement or imposed against such Persons.

(f) Seller shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder through the negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith of Seller in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of Seller’s obligations and duties under this Agreement.

(g) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of the violation by Seller of federal or state securities laws in connection with the registration or the sale of the Notes.

(h) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against any loss, liability or expense imposed upon, or incurred by, Purchaser, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder as result of the failure of any Receivable, or the sale of the related Financed Vehicle, to comply with all requirements of applicable law.

12

(i) Seller shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Purchaser from and against all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of Seller’s trusts and duties as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence (except for errors in judgment) of Purchaser.

(j) Seller shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its officers, directors, successors, assigns, agents and servants jointly and severally with the Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Trust Agreement.

Indemnification under this Section 4.4 shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation and shall survive payment of the Notes and the Certificate. The indemnity obligations hereunder shall be in addition to any obligation that Seller may otherwise have.

ARTICLE V.

REPURCHASES

SECTION 5.1 Repurchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Warranty. Upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event, Seller shall, unless the breach which is the subject of such Repurchase Event shall have been cured in all material respects, repurchase the Receivable relating thereto from the Issuer and, simultaneously with the repurchase of the Receivable, Seller shall deposit the Purchase Amount in full, without deduction or offset, to the Collection Account, pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. It is understood and agreed that, except as set forth in Section 6.1 hereof, the obligation of Seller to repurchase any Receivable, as to which a breach occurred and is continuing, shall, if such obligation is fulfilled, constitute the sole remedy against Seller for such breach available to Purchaser, the Issuer, the Backup Servicer, the Noteholders, the Certificateholder, the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders or the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholder. The provisions of this Section 5.1 are intended to grant the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent a direct right against Seller to demand performance hereunder, and in connection therewith, Seller waives any requirement of prior demand against Purchaser with respect to such repurchase obligation. Any such repurchase shall take place in the manner specified in Section 3.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the contrary, the obligation of Seller under this Section shall not terminate upon a termination of Seller as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and shall be performed in accordance with the terms hereof notwithstanding the failure of the Servicer or Purchaser to perform any of their respective obligations with respect to such Receivable under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the related Receivable shall have been purchased by Seller, Seller shall indemnify the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder from and against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such Repurchase Events.

13

SECTION 5.2 Reassignment of Purchased Receivables. Upon deposit in the Collection Account of the Purchase Amount of any Receivable repurchased by Seller under Section 5.1 hereof, Purchaser and the Issuer shall take such steps as may be reasonably requested by Seller in order to assign to Seller all of Purchaser’s and the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to such Receivable and all security and documents and all Other Conveyed Property conveyed to Purchaser and the Issuer directly relating thereto, without recourse, representation or warranty, except as to the absence of Liens created by or arising as a result of actions of Purchaser or the Issuer. Such assignment shall be a sale and assignment outright, and not for security. If, following the reassignment of a Purchased Receivable, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that Seller may not enforce any such Receivable on the ground that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Receivable, Purchaser and the Issuer shall, at the expense of Seller, take such steps as Seller deems reasonably necessary to enforce the Receivable, including bringing suit in Purchaser’s or in the Issuer’s name.

SECTION 5.3 Waivers. No failure or delay on the part of Purchaser, or the Issuer as assignee of Purchaser, or the Trust Collateral Agent as assignee of the Issuer, in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.

ARTICLE VI.

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.1 Liability of Seller. Seller shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken by Seller and the representations and warranties of Seller.

SECTION 6.2 Merger or Consolidation of Seller or Purchaser. Any corporation or other entity (i) into which Seller or Purchaser may be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which Seller or Purchaser is a party or (iii) succeeding to the business of Seller or Purchaser, in the case of Purchaser, which corporation has a certificate of incorporation containing provisions relating to limitations on business and other matters substantively identical to those contained in Purchaser’s certificate of incorporation, provided that in any of the foregoing cases such corporation shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be, under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be, hereunder (without relieving Seller or Purchaser of their responsibilities hereunder, if it survives such merger or consolidation) without the execution or filing of any document or any further action by any of the parties to this Agreement. Seller or Purchaser shall promptly inform the other party, the Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee and, as a condition to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of this Agreement shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and warranties shall speak as of the date of the

14

consummation of such transaction) and be continuing, (y) Seller or Purchaser, as applicable, shall have delivered written notice of such consolidation, merger or purchase and assumption to the Rating Agencies prior to the consummation of such transaction and shall have delivered to the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate of the Seller or a certificate signed by or on behalf of the Purchaser, as applicable, and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section 6.2 and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (z) Seller or Purchaser, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent an Opinion of Counsel, stating, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent in the Receivables and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

SECTION 6.3 Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. Seller and any director, officer, employee or agent thereof may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement. Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its obligations under this Agreement or its Related Documents and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

SECTION 6.4 Seller May Own Notes or the Certificate. Subject to the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Seller and any Affiliate of Seller may in their individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of Notes or the Certificate with the same rights as they would have if they were not Seller or an Affiliate thereof.

SECTION 6.5 Amendment.

(a) This Agreement may be amended by Seller and Purchaser without the consent of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Certificateholder or any of the Noteholders (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to correct any provisions in this Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Certificateholder or Noteholder.

(b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by Seller and Purchaser, and with the consent of the Trust Collateral Agent and, if required, the Certificateholder and the Noteholders, in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Certificateholder or Noteholders; provided, however, the Seller provides the Trust Collateral Agent with an Opinion of Counsel, (which may be provided by the Seller’s internal counsel) that no such amendment shall increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made on any Note or Certificate.

15

(c) Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, Seller shall have furnished written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each Rating Agency.

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholder or Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholder or Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trust Collateral Agent may prescribe, including the establishment of record dates. The consent of a Holder of a Certificate or a Note given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of such Certificate or Note and of any Certificate or Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon the Certificate or Note.

SECTION 6.6 Notices. All demands, notices and communications to Seller or Purchaser hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, or sent by telecopier (subsequently confirmed in writing), reputable overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt (a) in the case of Seller, to AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or (b) in the case of Purchaser, to AFS SenSub Corp., 2265 B Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or such other address as shall be designated by a party in a written notice delivered to the other party or to the Issuer, Owner Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent, as applicable.

SECTION 6.7 Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement and Related Documents set forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and the Related Documents. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

SECTION 6.8 Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.9 Intention of the Parties.

The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by Seller and Purchaser that they intend that the assignment and transfer herein contemplated constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for security, of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from Seller to Purchaser, and that the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of Seller’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law,

16

or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or with respect to Seller. In the event that such conveyance is determined to be made as security for a loan made by Purchaser, the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder to Seller, the Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a security interest in all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the following property, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law (collectively, the “Purchase Agreement Collateral”):

(1) the Initial Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Initial Cutoff Date and the Subsequent Receivables and all moneys received after the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(2) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

(3) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Receivables;

(4) any proceeds from any Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(5) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

(6) the related Receivable Files;

(7) all of the Seller’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (1) through (6); and

(8) all proceeds and investments with respect to items (1) through (7).

17

SECTION 6.10 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and this Agreement and all matters arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflict of law provisions (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).

SECTION 6.11 Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Agreement and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 6.12 Conveyance of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer. Seller acknowledges that Purchaser intends, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to convey the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, together with its rights under this Agreement, to the Issuer on the Closing Date and on the Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Receivables. Seller acknowledges and consents to such conveyance and pledge and waives any further notice thereof and covenants and agrees that the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and the rights of Purchaser hereunder are intended to benefit the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder. In furtherance of the foregoing, Seller covenants and agrees to perform its duties and obligations hereunder, in accordance with the terms hereof for the benefit of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder and that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller shall be directly liable to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder (notwithstanding any failure by the Servicer, the Backup Servicer or the Purchaser to perform its respective duties and obligations hereunder or under Related Documents) and that the Trust Collateral Agent may enforce the duties and obligations of Seller under this Agreement against Seller for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder.

SECTION 6.13 Nonpetition Covenant. Neither Purchaser nor Seller shall petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Purchaser or the Issuer under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Purchaser or the Issuer or any substantial part of their respective property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Purchaser or the Issuer.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

18

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

AFS SENSUB CORP., as Purchaser
By	/s/ Sheli Fitzgerald
Name:	Sheli Fitzgerald
Title:	Vice President, Structured Finance
AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., as Seller
By	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Senior Vice President, Structured Finance

Accepted:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee and Trust Collateral Agent
By	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
Name:	Marianna C. Stershic
Title:	Vice President

[Purchase Agreement]

19

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

[On File with AmeriCredit, the Trustee and Dewey Ballantine LLP]

SCHEDULE B

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (“AMERICREDIT”)

1. Characteristics of Receivables. Each Receivable (A) was originated (i) by the related Originator, (ii) by an Originating Affiliate and was validly assigned by such Originating Affiliate to the related Originator, (iii) by a Dealer and purchased by the related Originator from such Dealer under an existing Dealer Agreement or pursuant to a Dealer Assignment with the related Originator and was validly assigned by such Dealer to such Originator pursuant to a Dealer Assignment or (iv) by a Third-Party Lender and purchased by the related Originator from such Third-Party Lender under an existing Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement or pursuant to a Third-Party Lender Assignment with the related Originator and was validly assigned by such Third-Party Lender to the related Originator pursuant to a Third-Party Lender Assignment (B) was originated by the related Originator, such Originating Affiliate, such Dealer or such Third-Party Lender for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of the related Originator’s, such Originating Affiliate’s, the Dealer’s or the Third-Party Lender’s business, in each case was originated in accordance with the related Originator’s credit policies and was fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, and the related Originator, each Originating Affiliate, each Dealer and each Third-Party Lender had all necessary licenses and permits to originate Receivables in the state where each Originator, each such Originating Affiliate, each such Dealer or each such Third-Party Lender was located, (C) contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral security, (D) is a Receivable which provides for level monthly payments (provided that the period in the first Collection Period and the payment in the final Collection Period of the Receivable may be minimally different from the normal period and level payment) which, if made when due, shall fully amortize the Amount Financed over the original term and (E) has not been amended or collections with respect to which waived, other than as evidenced in the Receivable File or the Servicer’s electronic records relating thereto.

2. No Fraud or Misrepresentation. Each Receivable was originated (i) by the related Originator, (ii) by an Originating Affiliate and was assigned by the Originating Affiliate to the related Originator, (iii) by a Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to the related Originator or (iv) by a Third-Party Lender and was sold by the Third-Party Lender to the related Originator, and was sold by the Seller to AFS SenSub Corp. without any fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such Originating Affiliate, Dealer, Third-Party Lender or the related Originator in any case.

3. Compliance with Law. All requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Moss-Magnuson Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulations “B” and “Z” (including amendments to the Federal Reserve’s Official Staff Commentary to Regulation Z, effective October 1, 1998, concerning negative equity loans), the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, each applicable state Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other consumer credit laws and

equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws) in respect of the Receivables and the Financed Vehicles, have been complied with in all material respects, and each Receivable and the sale of the Financed Vehicle evidenced by each Receivable complied at the time it was originated or made and now complies in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements.

4. Origination. Each Receivable was originated in the United States.

5. Binding Obligation. Each Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except (A) as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) as such Receivable may be modified by the application after the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as amended; and all parties to each Receivable had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such Receivable and all other documents related thereto and to grant the security interest purported to be granted thereby.

6. No Government Obligor. No Obligor is the United States of America or any State or any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

7. Obligor Bankruptcy. At the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, no Obligor had been identified on the records of the Seller as being the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding.

8. Schedules of Receivables. The information set forth in the Schedules of Receivables has been produced from the Electronic Ledger and was true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable.

9. Marking Records. Each of the Seller and AFS SenSub Corp. has indicated in its files that the Receivables have been sold to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Granted to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture. Further, the Seller has indicated in its computer files that the Receivables are owned by the Trust.

10. Computer Tape. The Computer Tape made available by the Seller to AFS SenSub Corp. and to the Issuer on the Closing Date was complete and accurate as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, and includes a description of the same Receivables that are described in the Schedule of Receivables.

11. Adverse Selection. No selection procedures adverse to the Noteholders were utilized in selecting the Receivables from those receivables owned by the Seller which met the selection criteria contained in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

12. Chattel Paper. The Receivables constitute “tangible chattel paper” or “electronic chattel paper” within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Texas, New York, Nevada and Delaware.

B-2

13. One Original. There is only one original executed copy (or with respect to “electronic chattel paper”, one authoritative copy) of each Contract. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, each authoritative copy (a) is unique, identifiable and unalterable (other than with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent in the case of an addition or amendment of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision), (b) has been marked with a legend to the following effect: “Authoritative Copy” and (c) has been communicated to and is maintained by or on behalf of the Custodian.

14. Not an Authoritative Copy. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the Seller has marked all copies of each such Contract other than an authoritative copy with a legend to the following effect: “This is not an authoritative copy.”

15. Revisions. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the related Receivables have been established in a manner such that (a) all copies or revisions that add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each such Contract must be made with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent and (b) all revisions of the authoritative copy of each such Contract must be readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision.

16. Pledge or Assignment. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the authoritative copy of each Contract communicated to the Custodian has no marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Trust Collateral Agent.

17. Receivable Files Complete. There exists a Receivable File pertaining to each Receivable and such Receivable File contains a fully executed original of the Contract and the original Lien Certificate or a copy of the application therefor. Related documentation concerning the Receivable, including any documentation regarding modifications of the Contract, will be maintained electronically by the Servicer in accordance with customary policies and procedures. Each of such documents which is required to be signed by the Obligor has been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces. All blanks on any form have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been correctly prepared. With respect to Receivables that are tangible chattel paper, the complete Receivable File for each Receivable, including a fully executed original of the Contract, currently is in the possession of the Custodian.

18. Receivables in Force. No Receivable has been satisfied, subordinated or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such Receivable has not been released from the lien of the related Receivable in whole or in part. No terms of any Receivable have been waived, altered or modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or documents identified in the Receivable File or the Servicer’s electronic records.

19. Lawful Assignment. No Receivable was originated in, or is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void or voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes.

B-3

20. Good Title. Immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables to AFS SenSub Corp. pursuant to this Agreement, or a Subsequent Purchase Agreement, as applicable, the Seller was the sole owner thereof and had good and indefeasible title thereto, free of any Lien and, upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller, AFS SenSub Corp. shall have good and indefeasible title to and will be the sole owner of such Receivables, free of any Lien. No Dealer or Third-Party Lender has a participation in, or other right to receive, proceeds of any Receivable. The Seller has not taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments received under the related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, Dealer Assignments, or Third-Party Lender Assignments or to payments due under such Receivables.

21. Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. Each Receivable created or shall create a valid, binding and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender which first priority security interest has been assigned to the Seller) in the Financed Vehicle. The Lien Certificate for each Financed Vehicle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being applied for with respect to such Financed Vehicle the Lien Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable, and will show, the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) named as the original secured party under each Receivable as the holder of a first priority security interest in such Financed Vehicle. With respect to each Receivable for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the Registrar of Titles, the related Originator or the related Originating Affiliate has applied for or received written evidence from the related Dealer or Third-Party Lender that such Lien Certificate showing the related Originator, an Originating Affiliate, the Issuer or a Titled Third-Party Lender, as applicable, as first lienholder has been applied for and the Originating Affiliate’s or Titled Third-Party Lender’s security interest has been validly assigned by the Originating Affiliate or Titled Third-Party Lender, as applicable, to the related Originator with respect to the loans originated by Bay View, validly assigned to the Seller and the Seller’s security interest has been validly assigned by the Seller to AFS SenSub Corp. pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Purchaser, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller. Immediately after the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by the Seller to AFS SenSub Corp., each Receivable will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of AFS SenSub Corp. as secured party, which security interest is prior to all other Liens upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle). As of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, there were no Liens or claims for taxes, work, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle which are or may be Liens prior or equal to the Liens of the related Receivable.

22. All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings (including, without limitation, the filing by the Seller of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the State of Delaware under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Purchaser hereunder)) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent a first priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Other Conveyed Property have been made, taken or performed.

B-4

23. No Impairment. the Seller has not done anything to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments due under the Receivables or otherwise to impair the rights of the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Noteholders in any Receivable or the proceeds thereof. Other than the security interest granted to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and except any other security interests that have been fully released and discharged as of the Closing Date, the Seller has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables. The Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Purchaser hereunder or that has been terminated. The Seller is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against it.

24. Receivable Not Assumable. No Receivable is assumable by another Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such Obligor’s obligations to the Seller with respect to such Receivable.

25. No Defenses. No Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense and no such right has been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

26. No Default. There has been no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable (other than payment delinquencies of not more than 30 days) and no condition exists or event has occurred and is continuing that with notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable, and there has been no waiver of any of the foregoing.

27. Insurance. At the time of an origination of a Receivable by the related Originator, an Originating Affiliate, a Dealer or Third-Party Lender, each Financed Vehicle is required to be covered by a comprehensive and collision insurance policy (i) in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (a) its maximum insurable value or (b) the principal amount due from the Obligor under the related Receivable, (ii) naming the related Originator (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as loss payee and (iii) insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision coverage. Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and damage insurance, naming the related Originator, an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender and its successors and assigns as additional insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor fails to do so.

28. Remaining Principal Balance. At the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, the Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in the Schedules of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects.

B-5

29. Certain Characteristics of Receivables.

(A) Each Receivable is secured by a new or used vehicle.

(B) Each Receivable provides for level monthly payments (except for the initial down payment, which may be different from the level payments) that fully amortize the amount financed over the original term to maturity of the automobile loan contract.

(C) Each Receivable is a precomputed Receivable or a simple interest Receivable.

(D) Each Receivable had a remaining maturity as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of not more than 96 months.

(E) Each Receivable had an original maturity as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of not more than 96 monthly payments.

(F) Each Receivable had a remaining Principal Balance as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of at least $250 and not more than $150,000.

(G) Each Receivable had an Annual Percentage Rate as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, of at least 1% and not more than 28%.

(H) No Receivable was more than 30 days past due as of the Initial Cutoff Date or the Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable.

(I) No funds had been advanced by the related Originator, any Originating Affiliate, any Dealer, any Third-Party Lender, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to cause any Receivable to qualify under clause (H) above.

(J) Each Obligor had a billing address in the United States as of the date of origination of the related Receivable, is a natural person and is not an Affiliate of any party to any Related Agreement.

(K) Each Receivable is denominated in, and each Contract provides for payment in, United States dollars.

(L) Each Receivable is identified on the Servicer’s master servicing records as an automobile installment sales contract or installment note.

(M) Each Receivable arose under a Contract which is assignable without the consent of, or notice to, the Obligor thereunder, and does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of the Servicer to exercise its rights under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to review the Contract.

B-6

(N) Each Receivable arose under a Contract with respect to which the related Originator has performed all obligations required to be performed by it thereunder, and, in the event such Contract is an installment sales contract, delivery of the Financed Vehicle to the related Obligor has occurred.

(O) Not more than 2% of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date shall be “electronic chattel paper” as such term is defined in the UCC.

(P) No automobile related to a Receivable was held in repossession inventory as of the related Cutoff Date.

(Q) No Obligor was in bankruptcy as of the related Cutoff Date.

(R) The Seller has not selected the Initial Receivables and the Subsequent Receivables in a manner that it believes is adverse to the interests of the Noteholders.

(S) The weighted average annual percentage of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date is not less than 10.00%.

(T) The weighted average credit bureau score of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date is not less than 707.

(U) The weighted average original term of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance) which have been transferred to the Issuer including the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date and all Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date is not more than 79 months.

30. Interest Calculation. Each Contract provides for the calculation of interest payable thereunder under either the “simple interest” method, the “Rule of 78’s” method or the “precomputed interest” method.

31. Lien Enforcement. Each Receivable provides for enforcement of the lien or the clear legal right of repossession, as applicable, on the Financed Vehicle securing such Receivable.

B-7

32. Prospectus Supplement Description. Each Receivable conforms, and all Receivables in the aggregate conform, in all material respects to the description thereof set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.

33. Risk of Loss. Each Contract contains provisions requiring the Obligor to assume all risk of loss or malfunction on the related Financed Vehicle, requiring the Obligor to pay all sales, use, property, excise and other similar taxes imposed on or with respect to the Financed Vehicle and making the Obligor liable for all payments required to be made thereunder, without any setoff, counterclaim or defense for any reason whatsoever, subject only to the Obligor’s right of quiet enjoyment.

34. Leasing Business. To the best of the Seller’s and the Servicer’s knowledge, as appropriate, no Obligor is a Person involved in the business of leasing or selling equipment of a type similar to the Obligor’s related Financed Vehicle.

35. Consumer Leases. No Receivable constitutes a “consumer lease” under either (a) the UCC as in effect in the jurisdiction the law of which governs the Receivable or (b) the Consumer Leasing Act, 15 USC 1667.

36. Perfection. The Seller has taken all steps necessary to perfect its security interest against the related Obligors in the property securing the Receivables and will take all necessary steps on behalf of the Issuer to maintain the Trust’s perfection of the security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle.

B-8

EXHIBIT A

SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Transfer No.              of Subsequent Receivables, dated as of                         , 20    , pursuant to a Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated as of May 24, 2007, between AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Seller”), and AFS SENSUB CORP., a Nevada corporation (the “Purchaser”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller wishes to convey the Subsequent Receivables to the Purchaser; and

WHEREAS, the Purchaser is willing to accept such conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Seller and the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

“Subsequent Cutoff Date” shall mean, with respect to the Subsequent Receivables conveyed hereby,                         , 20    .

“Subsequent Transfer Date” shall mean, with respect to the Subsequent Receivables conveyed hereby,                         , 20    .

2. Schedule of Receivables. Attached hereto as Schedule A is a supplement to Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement listing the Receivables that constitute the Subsequent Receivables to be conveyed pursuant to this Agreement on the Subsequent Transfer Date.

3. Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables. In consideration of the Purchaser’s delivery to, or upon the order of, the Seller of $            , the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Purchaser, without recourse (except as expressly provided in the Purchase Agreement), all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to:

(a) the Subsequent Receivables and all moneys received thereon, after the Subsequent Cutoff Date;

(b) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the respective Subsequent Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

(c) any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the respective Subsequent Receivables from claims and on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering the related Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceed from the liquidation of such Subsequent Receivables;

Ex-A-1

(d) any proceeds from any Subsequent Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

(e) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

(f) the related Receivables Files;

(g) all of the Seller’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property described in (a) through (f); and

(h) all proceed and investments with respect to items (a) through (g).

The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by the Seller and the Purchaser that they intend that the assignment and transfer herein contemplated constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for security, of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from the Seller to the Purchaser, and that the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of the Seller’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or with respect to the Seller. In the event that such conveyance is determined to be made as security for a loan made by the Purchaser, the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholder to the Seller, the parties hereto intend that the Seller shall have granted to the Purchaser a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property conveyed pursuant to this Section 3, and that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date that:

(a) Schedule of Representations. The representations and warranties relating to the Subsequent Receivables set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached as Schedule B to the Purchase Agreement are true and correct.

(b) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller has been duly organized, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its businesses as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and has had at all relevant times, and now has, the power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property transferred to the Purchaser.

(c) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all

Ex-A-2

jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially and adversely affect the Seller’s ability to transfer the respective Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of the respective Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property or to perform the Seller’s obligations hereunder and under the Seller’s Related Documents.

(d) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms; the Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Purchaser by it and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Purchaser by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller’s Related Documents have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

(e) Valid Sale, Binding Obligations. This Agreement effects a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the respective Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, enforceable against the Seller and creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and this Agreement and the Seller’s Related Documents, when duly executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(f) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or any of their respective properties.

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the

Ex-A-3

Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the respective Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property hereunder.

(h) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of the Seller is at 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.

(i) Legal Name. The Seller’s exact legal name is, and at all times has been, the name indicated for it on the signature page below.

(j) Organization. the Seller is, and at all times has been, a corporation organized exclusively under the laws of Delaware.

(k) Principal Balance. The aggregate Principal Balance of the Subsequent Receivables transferred by the Seller listed on Schedule A attached hereto and conveyed to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement as of the Subsequent Cutoff Date is $            .

(l) Seller’s Intention. The Subsequent Receivables are being transferred with the intention of removing them from the Seller’s estate pursuant to Section 541 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date that:

(a) Organization and Good Standing. Purchaser has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Nevada, with the power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and has, full power, authority and legal right to acquire and own the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, and to transfer the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(b) Due Qualification. Purchaser is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially and adversely affect Purchaser’s ability to acquire the Subsequent Receivables or the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, and to transfer the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or the validity or enforceability of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property or to perform Purchaser’s obligations hereunder and under the Purchaser’s Related Documents.

(c) Power and Authority. Purchaser has the power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof and to acquire the

Ex-A-4

Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property hereunder; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all of the documents required pursuant hereto have been duly authorized by Purchaser by all necessary corporate action.

(d) No Consent Required. Purchaser is not required to obtain the consent of any other Person, or any consent, license, approval or authorization or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Related Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

(e) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and other similar laws and to general equitable principles.

(f) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents do not and will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Purchaser, or conflict with or breach any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound or to which any of its properties are subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument (other than the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement), or violate any law, order, rule or regulation, applicable to Purchaser or its properties, of any federal or state regulatory body, any court, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Purchaser or any of its properties.

(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending, or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened against Purchaser, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Purchaser or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by Purchaser of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (iv) that may adversely affect the federal or state income tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property hereunder or the transfer of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

In the event of any breach of a representation and warranty made by Purchaser

Ex-A-5

hereunder, Seller covenants and agrees that it will not take any action to pursue any remedy that it may have hereunder, in law, in equity or otherwise, until a year and a day have passed since the date on which all Notes, Certificates, pass-through certificates or other similar securities issued by Purchaser, or a trust or similar vehicle formed by Purchaser, have been paid in full. Seller and Purchaser agree that damages will not be an adequate remedy for such breach and that this covenant may be specifically enforced by Purchaser, Issuer or by the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and Owner Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholder.

6. Conditions Precedent. The obligation of the Purchaser to acquire the Subsequent Receivables hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by the Seller in Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement and in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the Purchase Agreement shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Subsequent Transfer Date.

(b) Conditions. Upon the resale of the Subsequent Receivables sold by the Seller to the Purchaser hereunder and by the Purchaser to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any related Subsequent Transfer Agreement, the conditions precedent to such sale, set forth in Section 2.2(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall be satisfied.

(c) Additional Information. The Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser such information as was reasonably requested by the Purchaser to satisfy itself as to (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement and in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the Purchase Agreement and (ii) the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section.

7. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Purchase Agreement as so supplemented by this Agreement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties in separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9. Conveyance of the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer. The Seller acknowledges that Purchaser intends, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to convey the Subsequent Receivables and the Subsequent Other Conveyed Property, together with its rights under this Agreement, to the Issuer on the Subsequent Transfer Date. The Seller acknowledges and consents to such conveyance and pledges and waives any further notice thereof and covenants and agrees that the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this Agreement and the rights of Purchaser hereunder are intended to benefit the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Seller covenants and agrees to perform its duties and obligations

Ex-A-6

hereunder, in accordance with the terms hereof for the benefit of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder and that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Seller shall be directly liable to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder (notwithstanding any failure by the Servicer, the Backup Servicer or the Purchaser to perform its duties and obligations hereunder or under Related Documents) and that the Trust Collateral Agent may enforce the duties and obligations of the Seller under this Agreement against the Seller for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the Certificateholder.

10. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

Ex-A-7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of day and the year first above written.

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,
as Seller

By:

Name:

Title:

AFS SENSUB CORP., as Purchaser

By:

Name:

Title:

Acknowledged and Accepted:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity but solely as Trust Collateral Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

Ex-A-8

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES

Ex-A-9

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Copy

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

between

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,

as Custodian,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trust Collateral Agent

Dated as of May 24, 2007

THIS CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT, dated as of May 24, 2007, is made with respect to the issuance of Notes and a Certificate by AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (the “Issuer”), and is between AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., as custodian (in such capacity, the “Custodian”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trust collateral agent (the “Trust Collateral Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein which are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (“AFS”) and AFS SenSub Corp. (“AFS SenSub”) have entered into a Purchase Agreement dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which AFS has sold, transferred and assigned to AFS SenSub all of its right, title and interest in and to the Initial Receivables and will sell, transfer and assign to AFS SenSub on the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date all of its right, title and interest in and to the related Subsequent Receivables;

WHEREAS, the Issuer, AFS, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), AFS SenSub and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and as Backup Servicer, have entered into a Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”), pursuant to which AFS SenSub has sold, transferred and assigned to the Issuer all of AFS SenSub’s right, title and interest in and to the Initial Receivables and will sell, transfer and assign to the Issuer on the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date all of AFS SenSub’s right, title and interest in and to the related Subsequent Receivables;

WHEREAS, the Trust Collateral Agent wishes to appoint the Custodian to hold the Receivable Files as the custodian on behalf of the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Custodian; Acknowledgement of Receipt. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Trust Collateral Agent hereby revocably appoints the Custodian, but shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment, as custodian and bailee on behalf of the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent, to maintain exclusive custody of the Receivable Files relating to the Receivables from time to time pledged to the Trust Collateral Agent as part of the Other Conveyed Property. In performing its duties hereunder, the Custodian agrees to act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention that a commercial bank acting in the capacity of a custodian would exercise with respect to files relating to comparable automotive or other receivables that it services or holds for itself or others. The Custodian hereby, as of the Closing Date, and with respect to any Subsequent Receivables as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, acknowledges receipt of the Receivable File for each Receivable listed in the Schedule of Receivables attached as Schedule A to the Sale and Servicing Agreement subject to any exceptions noted on the Custodian’s Acknowledgement (as defined below). As evidence of its acknowledgement of such receipt of such Receivables, the Custodian shall execute and deliver

1

on the Closing Date, and with respect to any Subsequent Receivables, the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, the Custodian’s Acknowledgement attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 with respect to any Subsequent Receivable (the “Custodian’s Acknowledgement”).

2. Maintenance of Receivables Files at Office. The Custodian agrees to maintain the Receivable Files at its office located at 4001 Embarcadero, Suite 200, Arlington, Texas 76014 or at such other office as shall from time to time be identified to the Trust Collateral Agent upon prior written notice and the Custodian will hold the Receivable Files in such office on behalf of the Issuer and the Trust Collateral Agent, clearly identified as being separate from any other instruments and files on its records, including other instruments and files held by the Custodian and in compliance with Section 3(c) hereof.

3. Duties of Custodian.

(a) Safekeeping. The Custodian shall hold the Receivable Files on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent clearly identified as being separate from all other files or records maintained by the Custodian at the same location and shall maintain such accurate and complete accounts, records and computer systems pertaining to each Receivable File as will enable the Trust Collateral Agent to comply with the terms and conditions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Each Receivable representing tangible chattel paper (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) shall be stamped on both of the first page and the signature page (if different) to indicate the assignment and/or pledge of each such Receivable. Each Receivable shall be identified on the books and records of the Custodian in a manner that (i) is consistent with the practices of a commercial bank acting in the capacity of custodian with respect to similar receivables, (ii) indicates that the Receivables are held by the Custodian on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent and (iii) is otherwise necessary, as reasonably determined by the Custodian, to comply with the terms of this Custodian Agreement. The Custodian shall conduct, or cause to be conducted, periodic physical inspections of the Receivable Files held by it under this Custodian Agreement, and of the related accounts, records and computer systems, in such a manner as shall enable the Trust Collateral Agent and the Custodian to verify the accuracy of the Custodian’s inventory and recordkeeping. Such inspections shall be conducted at such times, in such manner and by such persons including, without limitation, independent accountants, as the Trust Collateral Agent may request and the cost of such inspections shall be borne directly by the Custodian and not by the Trust Collateral Agent. The Custodian shall promptly report to the Trust Collateral Agent any failure on its part to hold the Receivable Files and maintain its accounts, records and computer systems as herein provided and promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure. Upon request, the Custodian shall make copies or other electronic file records (e.g. diskettes, CD’s, etc.) (the “Copies”) of the Receivable Files and shall deliver such Copies to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Trust Collateral Agent shall hold such Copies on behalf of the Noteholders. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Custodian shall at all times (i) maintain the original or with respect to “electronic chattel paper” as such term is defined in the UCC, an authoritative copy of the fully executed original retail installment sales contract or promissory note and (ii) maintain the original of the Lien Certificate or application therefore (if no such Lien Certificate has yet been issued), in each case relating to each Receivable in a fireproof vault; provided, however, the Lien Certificate may be maintained electronically by the Registrar of Titles of the applicable state pursuant to applicable state laws, with confirmation thereof maintained by the Custodian or a third-party service provider.

2

(b) Access to Records. The Custodian shall, subject only to the Custodian’s security requirements applicable to its own employees having access to similar records held by the Custodian, which requirements shall be consistent with the practices of a commercial bank acting in the capacity of custodian with respect to similar files or records, and at such times as may be reasonably imposed by the Custodian, permit only the Noteholders and the Trust Collateral Agent or their duly authorized representatives, attorneys or auditors to inspect the Receivable Files and the related accounts, records, and computer systems maintained by the Custodian pursuant hereto at such times as the Noteholders or the Trust Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

(c) Release of Documents. Consistent with the practices of a commercial bank acting in the capacity of custodian with respect to similar files or records, the Custodian may release any Receivable in the Receivable Files to the Servicer, if appropriate, under the circumstances provided in Section 3.3(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

(d) Administration; Reports. The Custodian shall, in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with maintaining custody of the Receivable Files on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent. In addition, the Custodian shall assist the Trust Collateral Agent generally in the preparation of any routine reports to Noteholders or to regulatory bodies, to the extent necessitated by the Custodian’s custody of the Receivable Files.

(e) Review of Lien Certificates. On or before the Closing Date, and on or before the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of any Subsequent Receivables, the Custodian shall deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent a listing in the form attached hereto as Schedule II of Exhibit A-1, or Schedule II of Exhibit A-2 with respect to any Subsequent Receivables, of all Receivables with respect to which a Lien Certificate, showing AFS (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as secured party, was not included in the related Receivable File as of such date. In addition, the Custodian shall deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent an exception report in the form attached hereto as Schedule II of Exhibit A-1, or Schedule II of Exhibit A-2 with respect to any Subsequent Receivables (i) no later than the last Business Day of the calendar month during which the 90^th day after the Closing Date (or, with respect to Subsequent Receivables, the 90^th day after the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date) occurred, (ii) no later than the last Business Day of the calendar month during which the 180^th day after the Closing Date (or, with respect to Subsequent Receivables, the 180^th day after the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date) occurred and (iii) no later than the last Business Day of the calendar month during which the 240^th day after the Closing Date (or, with respect to Subsequent Receivables, the 240^th day after the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date) occurred.

4. Instructions; Authority to Act. The Custodian shall be deemed to have received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files upon its receipt of written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trust Collateral Agent. Such instructions may be general or specific in terms. A copy of any such instructions shall be furnished by the Trust Collateral Agent to the Trustee and the Issuer.

5. Custodian Fee. For its services under this Agreement, the Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation to be paid by the Servicer.

3

6. Indemnification by the Custodian. The Custodian agrees to indemnify the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damage, payments, costs or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including the fees and expenses of counsel) that may be imposed on, incurred or asserted against the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys and successors and assigns as the result of any act or omission in any way relating to the maintenance and custody by the Custodian of the Receivable Files; provided, however, that the Custodian shall not be liable for any portion of any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, payments or costs or expenses due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer or the Trustee or the officers, directors, employees and agents thereof. In no event shall the Custodian be liable to any third party for acts or omissions of the Custodian.

7. Advice of Counsel. The Custodian and the Trust Collateral Agent further agree that the Custodian shall be entitled to rely and act upon advice of counsel with respect to its performance hereunder as custodian and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice, provided that such action is not in violation of applicable Federal or state law.

8. Effective Period, Termination, and Amendment; Interpretive and Additional Provisions. This Custodian Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided. This Custodian Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto with the prior written consent of the Backup Servicer and the Controlling Party, and may be terminated by any party by giving written notice to the other parties, such termination to take effect no sooner than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. So long as AFS is serving as Custodian, any termination of AFS as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall terminate AFS as Custodian under this Agreement. Upon any termination or amendment of this Custodian Agreement, the Trust Collateral Agent, in the case of amendments, and the party seeking termination, in the case of terminations, shall give written notice to Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“Standard & Poor’s”), and Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) (collectively, the “Rating Agencies”). Immediately after receipt of notice of termination of this Custodian Agreement, the Custodian shall deliver the Receivable Files to the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders and at the Custodian’s expense, at such place or places as the Trust Collateral Agent may designate, and the Trust Collateral Agent, or its agent, as the case may be, shall act as custodian for such Receivables Files on behalf of the Noteholders until such time as a successor custodian has been appointed. If, within seventy-two (72) hours after the termination of this Custodian Agreement, the Custodian has not delivered the Receivable Files in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Trust Collateral Agent may enter the premises of the Custodian and remove the Receivable Files from such premises. In connection with the administration of this Agreement, the parties may agree from time to time upon the interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor and purposes of this Agreement, any such interpretation to be signed by all parties and annexed hereto.

4

9. Governing Law. This Custodian Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).

10. Notices. All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing, electronically delivered or mailed, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Custodian, at the following address: AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, (b) in the case of the Trust Collateral Agent, at the following address: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Sixth and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311–161, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 (facsimile number (612) 667-3464), Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Asset Backed Administration, (c) in the case of Moody’s, at the following address: 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007, and (d) in the case of Standard and Poor’s via electronic delivery to Servicer_reports@sandp.com; for any information not available in electronic format, hard copies should be sent to the following address: 55 Water Street, 41st floor, New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: ABS Surveillance Group, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties.

11. Binding Effect. This Custodian Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Concurrently with the appointment of a successor trustee under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the parties hereto shall amend this Custodian Agreement to make said successor trustee, the successor to the Trust Collateral Agent hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Custodian Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by a duly authorized officer on the day and year first above written.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trust Collateral Agent
By:	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
Name:	Marianna C. Stershic
Title:	Vice President
AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., as Custodian
By:	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Senior Vice President, Structured Finance

The foregoing Custodian Agreement

is hereby confirmed and accepted

as of the date first above written.

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1,

as Issuer

By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust,
By:	/s/ W. Chris Sponenberg
Name:	W. Chris Sponenberg
Title:	Vice President

[Custodian Agreement]

EXHIBIT A-1

CUSTODIAN’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (the “Custodian”), acting as Custodian under a Custodian Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between the Custodian and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Custodian holds on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders certain “Receivable Files,” as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Sale and Servicing Agreement”), among AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent, hereby acknowledges receipt of the Receivable File for each Receivable listed in the Schedule of Receivables attached as Schedule A to said Sale and Servicing Agreement except as noted in the Custodian Exception List attached as Schedule I and the Lien Perfection Exception List attached as Schedule II hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. has caused this acknowledgement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of this 31st day of May, 2007.

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,

as Custodian

By:

Name:

Title:

SCHEDULE I

Custodian Exception List

SCHEDULE II

Lien Perfection Exception List

EXHIBIT A-2

CUSTODIAN’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (the “Custodian”), acting as Custodian under a Custodian Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, between the Custodian and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Custodian holds on behalf of the Noteholders certain “Receivable Files,” as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2007, among AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and as Backup Servicer, hereby acknowledges receipt of the Receivable File for each Receivable listed in Schedule A to the Subsequent Transfer Agreement dated as of                         , 20    , among AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1, as Issuer, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and as Backup Servicer, except as noted in the Exception List attached as Schedule I and the Lien Perfection Exception List attached as Schedule II hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. has caused this acknowledgement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of this     th day of                         , 20    .

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,

as Custodian

By:

Name:

Title:

SCHEDULE I

Custodian Exception List

SCHEDULE II

Lien Perfection Exception List

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

(Multicurrency – Cross Border)

ISDA_^®

International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of May 31, 2007

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
TRUST 2007-1

have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties confirming those Transactions.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows: —

1. Interpretation

(a) Definitions. The terms defined in Section 14 and in the Schedule will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b) Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c) Single Agreement. All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2. Obligations

(a) General Conditions.

(i) Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(iii) Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other applicable condition precedent specified in this Agreement.

Copyright © 1992 by International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

ISDA® 1992

(b) Change of Account. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c) Netting. If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable: —

(i) in the same currency; and

(ii) in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying that subparagraph (ii) above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such Transactions from such date). This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d) Deduction or Withholding for Tax.

(i) Gross-Up. All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”) will: —

(1) promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;

(2) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3) promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and

(4) if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for: —

(A) the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B) the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

2 ISDA® 1992

(ii) Liability. If: —

(1) X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4);

(2) X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3) a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X,

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).

(e) Default Interest; Other Amounts. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be required to pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the Default Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

3. Representations

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement) that: —

(a) Basic Representations.

(i) Status. It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii) Powers. It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

(iii) No Violation or Conflict. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv) Consents. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v) Obligations Binding. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

3 ISDA® 1992

(b) Absence of Certain Events. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c) Absence of Litigation. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d) Accuracy of Specified Information. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

(e) Payer Tax Representation. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and true.

(f) Payee Tax Representations. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

4. Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party: —

(a) Furnish Specified Information. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under subparagraph (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs: —

(i) any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;

(ii) any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

(iii) upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b) Maintain Authorisations. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c) Comply with Laws. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d) Tax Agreement. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

(e) Payment of Stamp Tax. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated,

4 ISDA® 1992

organised, managed and controlled. or considered to have its seat, or in which a branch or office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”) and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5. Events of Default and Termination Events

(a) Events of Default. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party: —

(i) Failure to Pay or Deliver. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii) Breach of Agreement. Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(iii) Credit Support Default.

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document;

(iv) Misrepresentation. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or (f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v) Default under Specified Transaction. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a Specified Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(vi) Cross Default. If “Cross Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however

5 ISDA® 1992

described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period);

(vii) Bankruptcy. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:–

(1) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof, (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

(viii) Merger Without Assumption. The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer: –

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to this Agreement; or

(2) the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

6 ISDA® 1992

(b) Termination Events. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes an Illegality if the event is specified in (i) below, a Tax Event if the event is specified in (ii) below or a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in (iii) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to (iv) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to (v) below:—

(i) Illegality. Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date on which a Transaction is entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law after such date. it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party):—

(1) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party (or such Credit Support Provider) has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction;

(ii) Tax Event. Due to (x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date (1) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B));

(iii) Tax Event Upon Merger. The party (the “Burdened Party”) on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Indemnifiable Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii);

(iv) Credit Event Upon Merger. If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, such party (“X”), any Credit Support Provider of X or any applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may be, immediately prior to such action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party); of

(v) Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c) Event of Default and Illegality. If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default.

7 ISDA® 1992

6. Early Termination

(a) Right to Terminate Following Event of Default. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b) Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.

(i) Notice. If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii) Transfer to Avoid Termination Event. If either an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, excluding immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii) Two Affected Parties. If an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to avoid that Termination Event.

(iv) Right to Terminate. If:—

(1) a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(2) an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party,

either party in the case of an Illegality, the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided that the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

8 ISDA® 1992

(c) Effect of Designation.

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date shall be determined pursuant to Section 6(e).

(d) Calculations.

(i) Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any amount payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation obtained in determining a Market Quotation, the records of the party obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation.

(ii) Payment Date. An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default) and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event). Such amount will be paid together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon (before as well as after judgment) in the Termination Currency, from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Payments on Early Termination. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the following provisions shall apply based on the parties’ election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either “Market Quotation” or “Loss”, and a payment method, either the “First Method” or the “Second Method”. If the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be deemed that “Market Quotation” or the “Second Method”, as the case may be, shall apply. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.

(i) Events of Default. If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default:—

(1) First Method and Market Quotation. If the First Method and Market Quotation apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.

(2) First Method and Loss. If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement.

(3) Second Method and Market Quotation. If the Second Method and Market Quotation apply, an amount will be payable equal to (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the

9 ISDA® 1992

Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(4) Second Method and Loss. If the Second Method and Loss apply, an amount will be payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii) Termination Events. If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:—

(1) One Affected Party. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation applies, or Section 6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected Party, respectively, and, if Loss applies and fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions.

(2) Two Affected Parties. If there are two Affected Parties:—

(A) if Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, and an amount will be payable equal to (I) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount (“X”) and the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount (“Y”) and (b) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y; and

(B) if Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, in respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher Loss (“X”) and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss (“Y”).

If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y.

(iii) Adjustment for Bankruptcy. In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because “Automatic Early Termination” applies in respect of a party, the amount determined under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv) Pre-Estimate. The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of such losses.

10 ISDA® 1992

7. Transfer

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that:—

(a) a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void.

8. Contractual Currency

(a) Payment in the Contractual Currency. Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

(b) Judgments. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party. The term “rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

(c) Separate Indemnities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these indemnities constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d) Evidence of Loss. For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

11 ISDA® 1992

9. Miscellaneous

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto.

(b) Amendments. No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c) Survival of Obligations. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d) Remedies Cumulative. Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e) Counterparts and Confirmations.

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation shall be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation.

(f) No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g) Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

10. Offices; Multibranch Parties

(a) If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking office or jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation of such party, the obligations of such party are the same as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office. This representation will be deemed to be repeated by such party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into.

(b) Neither party may change the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries for the purpose of a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

(c) If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such Multibranch Party may make and receive payments or deliveries under any Transaction through any Office listed in the Schedule, and the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction will be specified in the relevant Confirmation.

11. Expenses

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12 ISDA® 1992

12. Notices

(a) Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated:—

(i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted; or

(v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b) Change of Addresses. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system details at which notices or other communications are to be given to all

13. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b) Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:—

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, or to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York; and

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.

Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c) Service of Process. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent (if any) specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any

13 ISDA® 1992

reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(d) Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for specific performance or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

14. Definitions

As used in this Agreement: —

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

“Applicable Rate” means: —

(a) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(b) in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the Default Rate;

(c) in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(d) in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“Burdened Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs on or after the date on which the relevant Transaction is entered into.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

14 ISDA® 1992

“Defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority) and “lawful” and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) in relation to any other payment, in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different. in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment, (c) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (d) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Loss” means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and a party, the Termination Currency Equivalent of an amount that party reasonably determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its terminating, liquidating, obtaining or reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any gain resulting from any of them). Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid duplication, if Section 6(c)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies. Loss does not include a party’s legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to under Section 11. A party will determine its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable. A party may (but need not) determine its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in the relevant markets.

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making the determination, an amount determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers. Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have

15 ISDA® 1992

been required after that date. For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included. The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree. The party making the determination (or its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its quotation to the extent reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date. The day and time as of which those quotations are to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with the other. If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values, If exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining after disregarding the highest and lowest quotations. For this purpose, if more than one quotation has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded. If fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market Quotation in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined.

“Non-default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant amount.

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Office” means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Reference Market-makers” means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to offer or to make an extension of credit and (b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers having an office in the same city.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.

“Scheduled Payment Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

“Set-off” means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject (whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is exercised by, or imposed on, such payer.

“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of.-

(a) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is determined; and

(b) such party’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination) produce a commercially reasonable result.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

16 ISDA® 1992

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions), (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Stamp Tax” means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Terminated Transactions” means with respect to any Early Termination Date (a) if resulting from a Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date (or, if “Automatic Early Termination” applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date).

“Termination Currency” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Market Quotation or Loss (as the case may be), is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Tax Event or a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date and (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction. for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market

17 ISDA® 1992

value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed to (but excluding) such Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate. Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values reasonably determined by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION		AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
(Name of Party)		(Name of Party)
		By: AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., as Attorney-In-Fact
By:	/s/ Dmitry V. Yakimchuk	By	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Dmitry V. Yakimchuk	Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Vice President	Title:	Senior Vice-President, Structured Finance
Date:	May 31, 2007	Date:	May 31, 2007

18 ISDA® 1992

Execution Copy

SCHEDULE

to the

MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of May 31, 2007 between

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Party A”)

and

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1 (“Party B”)

Part 1. Termination Provisions

(a) “Specified Entity” means, with respect to Party A for all purposes of this Agreement, none, and with respect to Party B for all purposes of this Agreement, none.

(b) “Specified Transaction” has its meaning as defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

(c) The “Automatic Early Termination” provision of Section 6(a) of this Agreement does not apply to Party A or Party B.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) Payments on Early Termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Schedule, “Market Quotation” and the “Second Method” apply.

(f) “Termination Currency” means United States Dollars.

(g) Timing of Party B Termination Payment. If an amount calculated as being due in respect of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) of this Agreement is an amount to be paid by Party B to Party A then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(d)(ii) of this Agreement, such amount will be payable on the first Distribution Date following the date on which the payment would have been payable as determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii); provided that if the date on which the payment would have been payable as determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii) is a Distribution Date, then the payment will be payable on the date determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii).

(h) Limitation on Defaults by Party A and Party B. The Events of Default specified in Section 5 of this Agreement shall not apply to Party A or Party B except for the following:

(i) With respect to both Party A and Party B, Section 5(a)(i) of this Agreement (Failure to Pay or Deliver) subject to the provisions of the last paragraph hereof;

(ii) With respect to Party A only, Section 5(a)(ii) of this Agreement (Breach of Agreement); provided that Section 5(a)(ii) will not apply to Party A with respect to Party A’s failure to comply with its obligations under Part 5(b)(ii) or 5(b)(iii) herein or under the Credit Support Annex;

(iii) With respect to Party A only, Section 5(a)(iii) of this Agreement (Credit Support Default) subject to the provisions of the last paragraph hereof; provided that Section 5(a)(iii)(1) shall apply to Party B with respect to Party B’s obligations under Paragraph 3(b) of any Credit Support Annex;

(iv) With respect to Party A only, Section 5(a)(iv) of this Agreement (Misrepresentation);

(v) With respect to Party A only, Section 5(a)(vi) of this Agreement (Cross Default). For the purposes of this Part 1 h(v), “Threshold Amount” shall mean, with respect to Party A, three percent (3%) of the stockholders’ equity (excluding deposits) of Party A (or its equivalent in any other currency).

“Specified Indebtedness,” with respect to Party A, shall have the meaning specified in Section 14 but shall exclude deposits taken in the course of Party A’s banking business.

(vi) With respect to both Party A and Party B, Section 5(a)(vii) of this Agreement (Bankruptcy); provided that clauses (2), (7) and (9) thereof shall not apply with respect to Party B, provided further that clause (4) shall not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to proceedings or petitions instituted or presented by Party A or any of its Affiliates, provided further that clause (6) shall not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to (i) any appointment that is effected by or pursuant to the Basic Documents or (ii) any appointment to which Party B has not become subject, and provided further that clause (8) shall not apply to Party B to the extent that clause (8) relates to clauses (2), (4), (6) and (7) (except to the extent that such provisions are not disapplied to Party B); and

(vii) With respect to both Party A and Party B, Section 5(a)(viii) of this Agreement (Merger Without Assumption).

Notwithstanding Sections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(iii) of this Agreement, any failure by Party A to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A under the Credit Support Annex shall not be an Event of Default unless (A) (i) the Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply and at least 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply and (ii) such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to Party A, or (B) (i) a Ratings Event has occurred and is continuing and at least 10 Local Business Days have elapsed since the date on which a Ratings Event occurred and (ii) such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to Party A.

(i) Limitation on Termination Events by Party A and Party B. The Termination Events specified in Section 5 of this Agreement shall not apply to Party A or Party B except for the following:

(i) With respect to both Party A and Party B, Section 5(b)(i) of this Agreement (Illegality);

(ii) With respect to both Party A and Party B, Section 5(b)(ii) of this Agreement (Tax Event); and

(iii) With respect to both Party A and Party B, Section 5(b)(iii) of this Agreement (Tax Event Upon Merger); provided that Party A shall not be entitled to designate an Early Termination Date by reason of a Tax Event Upon Merger in respect of which it is the Affected Party.

(j) Additional Termination Events. The occurrence of any of the following events shall be an Additional Termination Event.

(i) First Rating Trigger Collateral. Party A has failed to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex or Part 5(b) hereof (after giving effect to the relevant time frame specified in Part 5(b) hereof) and either (1) the Second Rating Trigger Requirements do not apply or (2) less than 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

(ii) Second Rating Trigger Replacement. (1) The Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply and 30 or more Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply and (2) (x) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer to be made in accordance with Part 6(a) below and/or (y) at least one entity with the First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Second Trigger Required Ratings has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by the offeree) to provide an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

2

(iii) Ratings Event. Party A fails to comply with any downgrade provisions as set forth in Part 5(b), after giving effect to the relevant time frame specified therein, and (i) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer to be made in accordance with Part 6(a) below and/or (ii) at least one entity with the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by the offeree) to provide an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

(iv) Regulation AB Matters. Party A fails to comply with Part 6(n)(ii) of this Agreement. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party A shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

(v) Termination. Party B is dissolved. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

(vi) Acceleration. The Trustee declares the Notes due and payable for any reason and such declaration is (or becomes) unrescindable or irrevocable. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

(vii) Redemption. Any mandatory redemption, auction call redemption, optional redemption, tax redemption, clean-up call or other prepayment in full or repayment in full of all Notes outstanding occurs under the Indenture (or any notice is given to that effect and such mandatory redemption, auction call redemption, optional redemption, tax redemption, clean-up call or other prepayment or repayment is not capable of being rescinded). With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

(viii) Default. Any Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) occurs under the Indenture (or any notice is given by the Trustee or any other authorized party to that effect), the Notes have been declared due and payable under the Indenture (and such declaration has not been rescinded and annulled in accordance with the Indenture), and the Trustee, the Noteholders or any other party authorized under the terms of the Basic Documents or by law: (1) initiates procedures to sell, liquidate or dispose of any of the Collateral under the Indenture; (2) institutes Proceedings for the collection of all amounts payable under the Indenture; (3) institutes Proceedings for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture with respect to the Collateral; or (4) exercises any remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to the Collateral, and any such action is not to judgment or final decree. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions; provided, however, in connection with the foregoing Additional Termination Event, for purposes of designating any Early Termination Date, notwithstanding anything contained in Section 6(a) of the Agreement to the contrary, either Party A or Party B shall be permitted to designate an Early Termination Date.

(ix) Amendment. Any Basic Document is amended or modified without the prior written consent of Party A if the consent of Party A is required pursuant to the terms of the related Basic Document; provided, however, that it shall not be an Additional Termination Event where such amendment or modification involves the appointment of any successor trustee, securities administrator, master servicer or servicer pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. With respect to the foregoing Additional Termination Event, Party B shall be the sole Affected Party and all Transactions shall be Affected Transactions.

3

(k) Calculations. Notwithstanding Section 6 of this Agreement, for so long as Party A is (A) the sole Affected Party in respect of an Additional Termination Event or a Tax Event Upon Merger or (B) the Defaulting Party in respect of any Event of Default, the following shall apply:

(i) The definition of “Market Quotation” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions, a Firm Offer which is (1) made by a Reference Market-maker that is an Eligible Replacement, (2) for an amount that would be paid to Party B (expressed as a negative number) or by Party B (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between Party B and such Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date, (3) made on the basis that Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included and (4) made in respect of a Replacement Transaction with terms substantially the same as those of this Agreement (save for the exclusion of provisions relating to Transactions that are not intended to be replacements for Terminated Transactions).

(ii) The definition of “Settlement Amount” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, an amount (as determined by Party B) equal to the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of any Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding; provided that:

(A) If, on the day falling ten Local Business Days after the day on which the Early Termination Date is designated or such later day as Party B may specify in writing to Party A (but in either case no later than the Early Termination Date) (such day the “Latest Settlement Amount Determination Day”), no Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions has been accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and one or more Market Quotations have been made and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance, the Settlement Amount shall equal the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of the lowest of such Market Quotations (for the avoidance of doubt, the lowest negative number shall equal the largest absolute value such that, for example, negative 3 shall be lower than negative 2); or

(B) If, on the Latest Settlement Amount Determination Day, no Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and no Market Quotations have been made and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance, the Settlement Amount shall equal Party B’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid amounts) for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.

(iii) For the purpose of clause (4) of the definition of Market Quotation, Party B shall determine in its sole discretion, acting in a commercially reasonable manner, whether a Firm Offer is made in respect of a Replacement Transaction with commercial terms substantially the same as those of

4

this Agreement (save for the exclusion of provisions relating to Transactions that are not Terminated Transactions); provided, however, that notwithstanding the provisions of this Part 1(k), nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Party A from obtaining Market Quotations.

(iv) At any time on or before the Latest Settlement Amount Determination Day at which two or more Market Quotations remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance, Party B shall be entitled to accept only the lowest of such Market Quotations.

(v) If Party B requests Party A in writing to obtain Market Quotations, Party A shall use its reasonable efforts to do so before the Latest Settlement Amount Determination Day.

(vi) If the Settlement Amount is a negative number, Section 6(e)(i)(3) of this Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Second Method and Market Quotation. If Second Method and Market Quotation apply, (1) Party B shall pay to Party A an amount equal to the absolute value of the Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, (2) Party B shall pay to Party A the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party A and (3) Party A shall pay to Party B the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party B; provided that, (i) the amounts payable under (2) and (3) shall be subject to netting in accordance with Section 2(c) of this Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any amount payable by Party A under (3) shall not be netted-off against any amount payable by Party B under (1).

(l) Designation of Early Termination Date; Amendments. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Party B shall not designate an Early Termination Date, and no transfer of any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be made, unless each Rating Agency has been given prior written notice of such amendment, designation or transfer. Furthermore, this Agreement will not be amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Part 2. Tax Provisions

(a) Payer Tax Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, each party makes the following representation: None.

(b) Gross Up. Section 2(d)(i)(4) shall not apply to Party B as X, and Section 2(d)(ii) shall not apply to Party B as Y, in each case such that Party B shall not be required to pay any additional amounts referred to therein.

(c) Indemnifiable Tax. The definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section 14 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Indemnifiable Tax” means, in relation to payments by Party A, any Tax and, in relation to payments by Party B, no Tax; provided that nothing herein will modify a party’s right to terminate by reason of a Tax Event Upon Merger.

(d) Payee Tax Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement:

(i) Party A makes the following representation(s): None

(ii) Party B makes the following representation(s): None.

(e) Tax Forms.

(i) Delivery of Tax Forms. For the purpose of Section 4(a)(i), and without limiting Section 4(a)(iii), each party agrees to duly complete, execute and deliver to the other party the tax forms specified below with respect to it (A) before the first Payment Date under this Agreement and (B) promptly upon reasonable demand by the other party.

5

In addition, in the case of any tax form that is a Periodic Tax Form required to be delivered by Party B under this Agreement, Party B agrees to renew such tax form prior to its expiration by completing, executing and delivering to Party A that tax form (“Renewal Tax Form”) in each succeeding third year following the year of execution of any such tax form or Renewal Tax Form delivered by Party B to Party A under this Agreement so that Party A receives each Renewal Tax Form not later than December 31 of the relevant year. “Periodic Tax Form” means any U.S. IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8IMY or W-8EXP that is delivered by Party B to Party A without a U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number.

(ii) Tax Forms to be Delivered by Party A:

None specified.

(iii) Tax forms to be Delivered by Party B:

Party B will deliver a correct, complete and duly executed U.S. IRS Form W-9 (or successor thereto) that eliminates U.S. federal back-up withholding tax on payments to Party B under this Agreement.

Part 3. Documents

(a) Delivery of Documents. When it delivers this Agreement, each party shall also deliver its Closing Documents to the other party, and from time to time after it delivers this Agreement, each party shall deliver its Other Documents to the other party, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other party. For each Transaction, a party shall deliver, promptly upon request, a duly executed incumbency certificate for the person(s) executing the Confirmation for that Transaction on behalf of that party.

(b) Closing Documents.

(i) For Party A, “Closing Documents” means:

(A) an opinion of Party A’s counsel addressed to Party B and the Rating Agencies in form and substance acceptable to Party B and the Rating Agencies;

(B) a duly executed incumbency certificate for each person executing this Agreement for Party A, or in lieu thereof, a copy of the relevant pages of its official signature book; and

(C) each Credit Support Document (if any) specified for Party A in this Schedule, together with a duly executed incumbency certificate for the person(s) executing that Credit Support Document, or in lieu thereof, a copy of the relevant pages of its official signature book.

(ii) For Party B, “Closing Documents” means:

(A) an opinion of Party B’s counsel addressed to Party A and the Rating Agencies in form and substance acceptable to Party A and the Rating Agencies;

(B) a duly executed incumbency certificate with respect to each signatory to this Agreement; and

6

(C) a duly executed copy of the Indenture and the other operative documents relating thereto and referred to therein, executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(c) Other Documents.

(i) For Party A, “Other Documents” means: none.

(i) For Party B, “Other Documents” means: a copy of each Servicer’s Certificate that is delivered to the Trustee.

Part 4. Miscellaneous

(a) Addresses for Notices. For purposes of Section 12(a) of this Agreement, all notices to a party shall, with respect to any particular Transaction, be sent to its address, telex number or facsimile number specified in the relevant Confirmation, provided that any notice under Section 5 or 6 of this Agreement, and any notice under this Agreement not related to a particular Transaction, shall be sent to a party at its address, telex number or facsimile number specified below; provided, further, that any notice under the Credit Support Annex shall be sent to a party at its address, telex number or facsimile number specified in the Credit Support Annex.

To Party A:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
270 Park Avenue, 38st Floor
New York, New York 10017-2070
Attention:	Legal Department-Derivatives Practice Group
Telex No.:	232337; Answerback: CBC UR
Facsimile No.:	(212)270-3620

To Party B:
AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
c/o Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890
with a copy to:
AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900
Forth Worth, Texas 76102
Attention:	Derivatives Operations

(b) Process Agent. For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement:

Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable

Party B appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.

(c) Offices. The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply to this Agreement.

(d) Multibranch Party. For the purpose of Section 10(c) of this Agreement, neither party is a Multibranch Party.

7

(e) “Calculation Agent” means Party A; provided that if Party A is the Defaulting Party, the Calculation Agent shall be any designated party mutually agreed to by the parties until such time as Party A is no longer the Defaulting Party.

(f) Credit Support Document.

(i) For Party A, the following is a Credit Support Document: (i) the Credit Support Annex dated the date hereof (the “Credit Support Annex”) and duly executed and delivered by Party A and Party B; and (ii) any Eligible Guarantee, if applicable.

(ii) For Party B, the following is a Credit Support Document: None.

(g) Credit Support Provider.

(i) For Party A, Credit Support Provider means: The guarantor under any Eligible Guarantee, if applicable.

(ii) For Party B, Credit Support Provider means: none.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law (and not the law of conflicts except with respect to §§ 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law) of the State of New York.

(i) Waiver of Jury Trial. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding in connection with this Agreement, any Credit Support Document to which it is a party, or any Transaction.

(j) Netting of Payments. Section 2(c)(ii) of this Agreement will apply to all Transactions.

(k) “Affiliate” has its meaning as defined in Section 14 of this Agreement, provided that Party B shall be deemed to have no Affiliates.

(l) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant, or condition of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any party or circumstance, shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable (in whole or in part) for any reason, the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions hereof shall continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the illegal, invalid or unenforceable portion eliminated, so long as this Agreement as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and the deletion of such portion of this Agreement will not substantially impair the respective benefits or expectations of the parties to this Agreement provided, however, that this severability provision shall not be applicable if any provision of Sections 1(c), 2, 5, 6 or 13 (or any definition or provision in Section 14 to the extent it relates to, or is used in or in connection with any such Section) shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable.

8

Part 5. Other Provisions

(a) 2000 ISDA Definitions. This Agreement and each Transaction are subject to the 2000 ISDA Definitions (including its Annex) published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (together, the “2000 ISDA Definitions”) and will be governed by the provisions of the 2000 ISDA Definitions. The provisions of the 2000 ISDA Definitions are incorporated by reference in, and shall form part of, this Agreement and each Confirmation. Any reference to a “Swap Transaction” in the 2000 ISDA Definitions is deemed to be a reference to a “Transaction” for purposes of this Agreement or any Confirmation, and any reference to a “Transaction” in this Agreement or any Confirmation is deemed to be a reference to a “Swap Transaction” for purposes of the 2000 ISDA Definitions. The provisions of this Agreement (exclusive of the 2000 ISDA Definitions) shall prevail in the event of any conflict between such provisions and the 2000 ISDA Definitions.

(b) Downgrade Provisions.

(i) Second Trigger Failure Condition. So long as the Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A shall, at its own expense use commercially reasonable efforts, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not later than thirty days after the Second Rating Trigger Requirements first apply), to either:

(A) furnish an Eligible Guarantee of Party A’s obligations under this Agreement from a guarantor that maintains the First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Second Trigger Required Ratings (provided, that if such guarantor maintains only the Second Trigger Required Ratings, it must post collateral in the amount required to be posted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greatest of the amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P) at the time that such Eligible Guarantee is so furnished); or

(B) obtain an Eligible Replacement pursuant to Part 6(a) that (1) upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition (as defined below) assumes the obligations of Party A under this Agreement (through a novation or other assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Party B) or (2) having provided prior written notice to S&P, replaces the outstanding Transactions hereunder with transactions on identical terms, except that Party A shall be replaced as counterparty, provided that such Eligible Replacement, as of the date of such assumption or replacement, will not, as a result thereof, be required to withhold or deduct on account of tax under the Agreement or the new Transactions, as applicable, and such assumption or replacement will not lead to a Termination Event or Event of Default occurring under the Agreement or new Transactions, as applicable.

(ii) Collateralization Event. Within 30 calendar days from the date a Collateralization Event has occurred and so long as such Collateralization Event is continuing, Party A shall, at its sole expense, either:

(A) post collateral in an amount required to be posted pursuant to terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greater of amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P); or

(B) obtain an Eligible Replacement pursuant to Part 6(a) that (1) upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition (as defined below), assumes the obligations of Party A under this Agreement (through a novation or other assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Party B) or (2) having provided prior written notice to S&P, replaces the outstanding Transactions hereunder with transactions on identical terms, except that Party A shall be replaced as counterparty; provided that such Eligible Replacement, as of the date of such assumption or replacement, will not, as a result thereof, be required to withhold or deduct on account of tax under the Agreement

9

or the new Transactions, as applicable, and such assumption or replacement will not lead to a Termination Event or Event of Default occurring under the Agreement or new Transactions, as applicable.

(iii) Ratings Event.

(A) Upon the occurrence of a Ratings Event, Party A shall immediately post collateral in an amount required to be posted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greatest of the amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P).

(B) Within 10 Local Business Days from the date a Ratings Event has occurred and so long as such Ratings Event is continuing, Party A shall, at its sole expense, obtain an Eligible Replacement that (1) upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, assumes the obligations of Party A under this Agreement (through a novation or other assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Party B) or (2) having provided prior written notice to S&P, replaces the outstanding Transactions hereunder with transactions on identical terms, except that Party A shall be replaced as counterparty; provided that such Eligible Replacement, as of the date of such assumption or replacement, will not, as a result thereof, be required to withhold or deduct on account of tax under the Agreement or the new Transactions, as applicable, and such assumption or replacement will not lead to a Termination Event or Event of Default occurring under the Agreement or new Transactions, as applicable.

(iv) Downgrade Definitions.

(A) “Collateralization Event” means that either:

(1) the unsecured, short-term debt obligations of the Relevant Entity are not rated “A-1” or above by S&P or the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of a Relevant Entity are not rated “A” or above by S&P; or

(2) if the Relevant Entity does not have a short-term rating from S&P, the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of a Relevant Entity are not rated “A+” or above by S&P.

(B) “Eligible Guarantee” means an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that is provided by a guarantor as principal debtor rather than surety and is directly enforceable by Party B, where either:

(1) a law firm has given a legal opinion confirming that none of the guarantor’s payments to Party B under such guarantee will be subject to withholding for Tax; or

(2) such guarantee provides that, in the event that any of such guarantor’s payments to Party B are subject to withholding for Tax, such guarantor is required to pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B (free and clear of any withholding tax) will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such withholding been required.

(C) “Eligible Replacement” means a transferee:

(1) either (a) with the First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Second Trigger Required Ratings (provided, that if such transferee maintains only the Second Trigger Required Ratings, it must post collateral in the amount required to be

10

posted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greatest of the amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P) at the time that it becomes a transferee) or (b) whose present and future obligations owing to Party B are guaranteed pursuant to an Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor with the First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Second Trigger Required Ratings (provided, that if such guarantor maintains only the Second Trigger Required Ratings, it must post collateral in the amount required to be posted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greatest of the amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P) at the time that such Eligible Guarantee is so furnished); and

(2) that satisfies the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement below.

(D) “Firm Offer” means an offer which, when made, was capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.

(E) “First Trigger Required Ratings” means with respect to an entity, either:

(1) where the entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, such entity’s Moody’s Short-term Rating is “Prime-1” and the entity’s long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt or counterparty obligations are rated “A2” or above by Moody’s; or

(2) where the entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt or counterparty obligations are rated “A1” or above by Moody’s.

(F) “Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement” means with respect to an entity either:

(1) the unsecured, short-term debt obligations of the Relevant Entity (or its Credit Support Provider) are rated “A-1” or above by S&P and the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of the Relevant Entity are rated “A-” or above by S&P (provided, that if the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of such Relevant Entity are rated “A-” by S&P, such entity must post collateral in the amount required to be posted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greatest of the amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P) at the time that it becomes an Eligible Replacement); or

(2) if the Relevant Entity does not have a short-term rating from S&P, the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of the Relevant Entity (or its Credit Support Provider) are rated “A+” or above by S&P.

For the purpose of this definition, no direct or indirect recourse against one or more shareholders of the substitute counterparty (or against any Person in control of, or controlled by, or under common control with, any such shareholder) shall be deemed to constitute a guarantee, security or support of the obligations of the substitute counterparty.

11

(G) “Hedge Counterparty Ratings Threshold” means that either:

(1) the unsecured, short-term debt obligations of the Relevant Entity are rated “A-2” or above by S&P and the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of the Relevant Entity are rated “A-” or above by S&P; or

(2) if the Relevant Entity does not have a short-term rating from S&P, the unsecured, long-term senior debt obligations of the Relevant Entity are rated “BBB-” or above by S&P.

(H) “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

(I) “Moody’s Short-term Rating” means a rating assigned by Moody’s under its short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations.

(J) “Rating Agency Condition” means first receiving prior written confirmation from S&P that their then-current ratings of the rated Notes will not be downgraded or withdrawn by such Rating Agency.

(K) “Ratings Event” means that on any date the Relevant Entity shall fail to satisfy the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Threshold or the Relevant Entity is no longer rated by S&P.

(L) “Relevant Entity” means Party A or any guarantor under an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement.

(M) “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

(N) “S&P Short-term Rating” means a rating assigned by S&P under its short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations.

(O) “Second Rating Trigger Requirements” shall apply at any time that no Relevant Entity maintains the Second Trigger Required Ratings.

(P) “Second Trigger Required Ratings” means with respect to an entity:

(1) where the entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, such entity’s Moody’s Short-term Rating is “Prime-2” or above and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt or counterparty obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s; and

(2) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if the entity’s long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt or counterparty obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s.

(c) Additional Representations. Section 3 of this Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Sections 3(g) and (h):

“(g) Non-Reliance. For any Relevant Agreement: (i) it acts as principal and not as agent, (ii) it acknowledges that the other party acts only arm’s length and is not its agent, broker, advisor or fiduciary in any respect, and any agency, brokerage, advisory or fiduciary services that the other party (or any of its affiliates) may otherwise provide to the party (or to any of its affiliates) excludes the Relevant Agreement, (iii) it is relying solely upon its own evaluation of the Relevant Agreement (including the present and future results, consequences, risks, and benefits thereof, whether financial, accounting, tax, legal, or

12

otherwise) and upon advice from its own professional advisors, (iv) it understands the Relevant Agreement and those risks, has determined they are appropriate for it, and willingly assumes those risks, (v) it has not relied and will not be relying upon any evaluation or advice (including any recommendation, opinion, or representation) from the other party, its affiliates or the representatives or advisors of the other party or its affiliates (except representations expressly made in the Relevant Agreement or an opinion of counsel required thereunder); and (vi) if a party is acting as a Calculation Agent or Valuation Agent, it does so not as the other party’s agent or fiduciary, but on an arm’s length basis for the purpose of performing an administrative function in good faith.

“Relevant Agreement” means this Agreement, each Transaction, each Confirmation, any Credit Support Document, and any agreement (including any amendment, modification, transfer or early termination) between the parties relating thereto or to any Transaction.

(h) Eligibility. It is an “eligible contract participant” within the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act (as amended by the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000).”

(d) Recorded Conversations. Each party and any of its Affiliates may electronically record any of its telephone conversations with the other party or with any of the other party’s Affiliates in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction, and any such recordings may be submitted in evidence in any proceeding to establish any matters pertinent to this Agreement or any Transaction.

Part 6. Additional Terms

(a) Transfers by Party A.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7 of the Agreement, Party A may assign all of its rights and obligations under the Agreement (in one or more transactions to one or more other entities, provided that all of its rights and obligations relating to any single Transaction must be assigned to a single entity), (1) to any Affiliate of Party A effective upon delivery to Party B of a guarantee by Party A, in favor of Party B, of the obligations of such Affiliate, (x) that is identical to the guarantee then in effect of the obligations of the transferor (except for the name, address and the jurisdiction of such Affiliate) or (y) that otherwise satisfies the Rating Agency Condition, or (2) to any entity with the same or higher long term senior unsecured debt rating (as determined by S&P or Moody’s) as Party A at the time of such transfer, in each case provided that (A) the transferee is an Eligible Replacement and (B) in the case of a transfer of less than all of Party A’s obligations under this Agreement to a single entity, as determined by Party B acting in a commercially reasonable manner. In the event of any such transfer, this Agreement shall be replaced with an Agreement having identical terms except that Party A shall be replaced as a counterparty or, solely with respect to clause (2) above, with an agreement that otherwise satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any assignment hereunder shall not be permitted if, as a result thereof, a payment becomes subject to any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax which would not have arisen had such assignment not been effected or such transfer would cause an Event of Default or Termination event to occur. Party A will provide prior written notice to each Rating Agency of any such assignment. If an entity has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer, Party B shall at Party A’s written request take any reasonable steps required to be taken by it to effect such transfer. The costs of any transfer pursuant to this Part 6(a)(i) shall be at the expense of Party A.

(ii) All collateral posted by Party A shall be returned to Party A immediately upon the assumption by a substitute counterparty of all of Party A’s obligations hereunder and the posting by such substitute counterparty of collateral in the amount required to be posted, if any, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex (such amount which is the greatest of the amounts required to be posted by Moody’s and S&P).

13

(b) Permitted Security Interest. For purposes of Section 7 of this Agreement, Party A hereby consents to the Permitted Security Interest, subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below.

“Permitted Security Interest” means the collateral assignment by Party B of the Swap Collateral to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, and the granting to the Trustee of a security interest in the Swap Collateral pursuant to the Indenture.

“Swap Collateral” means all right, title and interest of Party B in this Agreement, each Transaction hereunder, and all present and future amounts payable by Party A to Party B under or in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction governed by this Agreement, whether or not evidenced by a Confirmation, including, without limitation, any transfer or termination of any such Transaction.

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or any successor acting as indenture trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

(c) Effect of Permitted Security Interest.

(i) Notwithstanding the Permitted Security Interest, Party B shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction, and Party A may exercise its rights and remedies under this Agreement without notice to, or the consent of the Trustee or any Noteholder except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

(ii) Party A’s consent to the Permitted Security Interest is expressly limited to the Trustee for the benefit of the secured parties under the Indenture, and Party A does not consent to the sale or transfer by the Trustee of the Swap Collateral to any other person or entity (other than a successor to the Trustee under the Indenture acting in that capacity).

(iii) Party B hereby acknowledges that, as a result of the Permitted Security Interest, all of its rights under this Agreement, including any Transaction, have been assigned to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, Party B may not take any action hereunder to exercise any of such rights without the prior written consent of the Trustee, including, without limitation, providing any notice under this Agreement the effect of which would be to cause an Early Termination Date to occur or be deemed to occur. If Party B gives any notice to Party A for the purposes of exercising any of Party B’s rights under this Agreement, Party A shall have the option of treating that notice as void unless that notice is signed by the Trustee acknowledging its consent to the provisions of that notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the consent of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or any Noteholder for the performance by Party B of any of its obligations hereunder.

(iv) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement for any Permitted Transfer, Event of Default, Termination Event, Additional Termination Event, Party A and Party B may not enter into any agreement to dispose of any Transaction, whether in the form of a termination, unwind, transfer or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Trustee.

(v) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no amendment, modification, or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless (A) evidenced by a writing executed by each party hereto, and (B) the Trustee has acknowledged its consent thereto in writing and each Rating Agency (other than Moody’s) confirms that the amendment, modification or waiver will not cause the reduction or withdrawal of its then current rating on any Notes under the Indenture.

(d) Payments. All payments to Party B under this Agreement or any Transaction shall be made to the appropriate account under the Basic Documents.

(e) Set-off. Except as otherwise provided in this Schedule, Party A and Party B hereby waive any and all right of set-off with respect to any amounts due under this Agreement or any Transaction, provided that nothing

14

herein shall be construed to waive or otherwise limit the netting provisions contained in Sections 2(c) and 6 of this Agreement or the setoff rights contained in the Credit Support Annex. Section 6(e) shall be amended by the deletion of the following sentence: “The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off”.

(f) Indenture.

(i) Party B hereby acknowledges that Party A is a secured party under the Indenture with respect to this Agreement and a third-party beneficiary under the Indenture and that Party A has the benefit of the consent rights with respect to proposed amendments of the Basic Documents (as defined in the Indenture) as set forth in each related Basic Document.

“Indenture” means that certain Indenture, by and among Party B as Issuer, and the Trustee, dated as of May 24, 2007, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

(ii) On the date Party B executes and delivers this Agreement and on each date on which a Transaction is entered into, Party B hereby represents and warrants to Party A: that the Indenture is in full force and effect; that Party B is not party to any separate agreement with any of the parties to the Indenture that has not been disclosed to Party A prior to such date and that would have the effect of diminishing or impairing the rights, interests or benefits that have been granted to Party A under, and which are expressly set forth in, the Indenture; that Party B’s obligations under this Agreement are secured under the Indenture; that this Agreement constitutes a “Swap Agreement” under the Basic Documents applicable to it; that each Transaction entered into under this Agreement is a Swap Agreement under the Basic Documents applicable to it; that Party A constitutes a Swap Provider under the Basic Documents applicable to it; that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as defined in the Basic Documents applicable to it; that nothing herein violates or conflicts with any of the provisions of the Basic Documents applicable to it or any other documents executed in connection therewith. In addition, on each date on which a Transaction is entered into, Party B hereby represents and warrants to Party A: that the Transaction meets all of the requirements under the Basic Documents applicable to it and does not violate or conflict with any of the provisions of the Basic Documents applicable to it or any other documents executed in connection therewith; and that under the terms of the Basic Documents applicable to it, neither the consent of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee nor of any of the Noteholders under the Basic Documents is required for Party B to enter into that Transaction or for Party A to be entitled for that Transaction to the rights, interests and benefits granted to Party A under the Basic Documents.

(iii) Party B will provide at least five Business Days’ prior written notice, or lesser time period as agreed to by Party A and Party B, to Party A of any proposed amendment or modification to the Basic Documents.

(g) Consent to Notice & Communications. Party B hereby consents to the giving to the Trustee of notice by Party A of Party A’s address and telecopy and telephone numbers for all purposes of the Basic Documents, and in addition, Party A shall also be entitled at any time to provide the Trustee with copies of this Agreement, including all Confirmations. In addition, Party A shall not be precluded from communicating with the Trustee or any party to, or any third party beneficiary under, the Basic Documents for the purpose of exercising, enforcing or protecting any of Party A’s rights or remedies under this Agreement or any rights, interests or benefits granted to Party A under the Basic Documents.

(h) No Bankruptcy Petition. Without impairing any right afforded to it under the Basic Documents as a third party beneficiary, Party A shall not institute against or cause any other person to institute against, or join any other person in instituting against Party B any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy, dissolution or similar law, for a period of one year and one day following indefeasible payment in full of the Notes. Nothing shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, Party A (i) from taking any action prior to the expiration of the

15

aforementioned one year and one day period, or if longer the applicable preference period then in effect, in (A) any case or proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by Party B or (B) any involuntary insolvency proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than Party A, or (ii) from commencing against Party B or any of the Collateral any legal action which is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium, liquidation or similar proceeding. This Part 6(h) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

(i) Limitation of Liability. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (i) this Agreement is executed and delivered by the Trustee not individually or personally but solely as trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking or agreement by the Trustee but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (iii) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on the part of the Trustee, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (iv) under no circumstances shall the Trustee be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Agreement.

(j) Party A Rights Solely Against Collateral. The liability of Party B to Party A hereunder is limited in recourse to the assets of the Trust, and to distributions of interest proceeds and principal proceeds thereon applied in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Upon application of and exhaustion of all of the assets of the Trust (and proceeds thereof) in accordance with the Indenture, Party A shall not be entitled to take any further steps against Party B to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder or thereunder, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Party A shall not be precluded from declaring an Event of Default or from exercising any other right or remedy as set forth in this Agreement or the Indenture. This Part 6(j) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

16

(k) Change of Account. Section 2(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by the addition of the words “to another account in the same legal and tax jurisdiction as the original account” following the word “delivery” in the first line thereof.

(l) Notice of Certain Events or Circumstances. Each party agrees, upon learning of the occurrence or existence of any event or condition that constitutes (or that with the giving of notice or passage of time or both would constitute) an Event of Default or Termination Event with respect to such party, promptly to give the other party notice of such event or condition (or, in lieu of giving notice of such event or condition in the case of an event or condition that with the giving of notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default or Termination Event with respect to the party, to cause such event or condition to cease to exist before becoming an Event of Default or Termination Event); provided that failure to provide notice of such event or condition pursuant to this Part 6(l) shall not constitute an Event of Default or a Termination Event. Each party agrees to provide to the other party any other notice reasonably expected to be provided to facilitate compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Credit Support Document.

(m) Regarding Party A. Party B acknowledges and agrees that Party A has had and will have no involvement in and, accordingly Party A accepts no responsibility for: (i) the establishment, structure, or choice of assets of Party B; (ii) the selection of any person performing services for or acting on behalf of Party B; (iii) the selection of Party A as the Counterparty; (iv) the terms of the Notes, (v) other than with respect to the Prospectus Information (as defined herein), the preparation of or passing on the disclosure and other information contained in any offering circular or offering document for the Notes, the Basic Documents, or any other agreements or documents used by Party B or any other party in connection with the marketing and sale of the Notes; (vi) the ongoing operations and administration of Party B, including the furnishing of any information to Party B which is not specifically required under this Agreement or (vii) any other aspect of Party B’s existence.

(n) Compliance with Regulation AB.

(i) Party A has been advised by Party B that AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. (the “Sponsor”), AFS SenSub Corp. (the “Depositor”) and Party B are required under Regulation AB under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Regulation AB”), to disclose certain information regarding Party A. Such information may include financial information to the extent required under Item 1115 of Regulation AB.

(ii) If required, upon written request, Party A shall provide to Party B, the Depositor or the Sponsor the applicable financial information described under Item 1115(b) of Regulation AB (the “Reg AB Financial Information”) within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of a written request for such Reg AB Financial Information by the Sponsor, the Depositor or Party B (the “Response Period”), so long as the Sponsor, the Depositor or Party B has reasonably determined, in good faith, that such information is required under Regulation AB. In the event that Party A does not provide any such Reg AB Financial Information by the end of the related Response Period, Party A shall promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) Local Business Days following the end of such Response Period shall either, at Party A’s own expense (1) find a replacement counterparty that (A) has the ability to provide its applicable Reg AB Financial Information, (B) satisfies the Rating Agency Condition and (C) enters into an agreement with Party B substantially in the form of this Agreement (such replacement counterparty, a “Reg AB Approved Entity”); (2) obtain a guaranty of Party A’s obligations under this Agreement from an affiliate of Party A that complies with the financial information disclosure requirements of Item 1115 of Regulation AB, and cause such affiliate to provide Swap Financial Disclosure and any future Swap Financial Disclosure and other information pursuant to clause (1), such that disclosure provided in respect of such affiliate will satisfy any disclosure requirements applicable to the Swap Provider, or (3) transfer Eligible Collateral to Party B’s Custodian in an amount (taking into account any amount posted pursuant to Part 5(b) herein, if any) which is sufficient, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Sponsor, to reduce the aggregate significance percentage below 10% (or, so long as Party A is able to provide the Swap Financial Disclosure required pursuant to Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB, below 20%, in the event Party A is requested to provide the Swap Financial Disclosure required pursuant to Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB).

17

(iii) If Party B, the Depositor or the Sponsor request (in writing) the Reg AB Financial Information from Party A, then the Sponsor, the Depositor or Party B will promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day of the date of the request for the Reg AB Financial Information) provide Party A with a written explanation of how the significance percentage was calculated.

(iv) Party A represents and warrants that the statements appearing in the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement, dated May 15, 2007, or in the Prospectus Supplement, dated May 23, 2007, each relating to AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 under the headings “The Swap Counterparty” (the “Prospectus Information”) are true and correct in all material respects and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(v) (A) Party A shall indemnify and hold harmless Party B, the Sponsor, the Depositor, their respective directors or officers and any person controlling Party B, the Depositor or the Sponsor, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus Information or in any Reg AB Financial Information that Party A provides to Party B or the Sponsor pursuant to this Part 6(y) (the “Party A Information”) or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state in the Party A Information a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(B) The Sponsor shall indemnify and hold harmless Party A, its respective directors or officers and any person controlling Party A, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement referred to in clause (iv) above (together with the accompanying base Prospectus), the Prospectus Supplement referred to in clause (iv) above (together with the accompanying base Prospectus) (collectively, the “Prospectus Disclosure”) or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state in the Prospectus Disclosure a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Sponsor shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission made in any such Prospectus Disclosure in the Party A Information.

(vi) Promptly after the indemnified party under Part 6(n)(v) receives notice of the commencement of any such action, the indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made pursuant to Part 6(n)(v), promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof. In case any such action is brought against the indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) such indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for such indemnified party to employ separate counsel, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the

18

indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. No indemnified party will settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder without the consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Part 7. Definitions.

All capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the definitions ascribed to them in the Indenture.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Schedule by their duly authorized signatories as of the date hereof.

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:	/s/ Dmitry V. Yakimchuk
Name:	Dmitry V. Yakimchuk
Title:	Vice President
AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
BY:	AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,
as Attorney-In-Fact
By:	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Senior Vice-President, Structured Finance

20

ISDA®

International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

CREDIT SUPPORT ANNEX

to the Schedule to the

ISDA MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of May 31, 2007

between

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“Party A”) and     AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (“Party B”)

This Annex supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the above-referenced Agreement, is part of its Schedule and is a Credit Support Document under this Agreement with respect to each party.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

Paragraph 1 Interpretation

(a) Definitions and Inconsistency. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or elsewhere in this Agreement have the meanings specified pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all references in this Annex to Paragraphs are to Paragraphs of this Annex. In the event of any inconsistency between this Annex and the other provisions of this Schedule, this Annex will prevail, and in the event of any inconsistency between Paragraph 13 and the other provisions of this Annex, Paragraph 13 will prevail.

(b) Secured Party and Pledgor. All references in this Annex to the “Secured Party” will be to either party when acting in that capacity and all corresponding references to the Pledgor will be to the other party when acting in that capacity; provided, however, that if Other Posted Support is held by a party to this Annex, all references herein to that party as the Secured Party with respect to that Other Posted Support will be to that party as the beneficiary thereof and will not subject that support or that party as the beneficiary thereof to provisions of law generally relating to security interests and secured parties.

Paragraph 2 Security Interest

Each party, as the Pledgor, hereby pledges to the other party, as the Secured Party, as security for its Obligations and grants to the Secured Party a first priority continuing security interest in, lien on and right of Set-off against all Posted Collateral Transferred to or received by the Secured Party hereunder. Upon the Transfer by the Secured Party to the Pledgor or Posted Collateral, the security interest and lien granted hereunder on that Posted Collateral will be released immediately and, to the extent possible, without any further action by either party.

1

Paragraph 3 Credit Support Obligations

(a) Delivery Amount. Subject to Paragraphs 4 and 5, upon demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a Valuation Date, if the Delivery Amount for that Valuation Date equals or exceeds the Pledgor’s Minimum Transfer Amount, then the Pledgor will Transfer to the Secured Party Eligible Credit Support having a Value as of the date of Transfer at least equal to the applicable Delivery Amount (rounded pursuant to Paragraph 13). Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the “Delivery Amount” applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal the amount by which:

(i) the Credit Support Amount

exceeds

(ii) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.

(b) Return Amount. Subject to Paragraphs 4 and 5, upon a demand made by the Pledgor on or promptly following a Valuation Date, if the Return Amount for that Valuation Date equals or exceeds Secured Party’s Minimum Transfer Amount, then the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor Posted Credit Support specified by the Pledgor in that demand having a Value as of the date of Transfer as close as practicable to the applicable Return Amount (rounded pursuant to Paragraph 13). Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the “Return Amount” applicable to the Secured Party for any Valuation Date will equal the amount by which:

(i) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party

exceeds

(ii) the Credit Support Amount.

“Credit Support Amount” means, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, for any Valuation Date (i) the Secured Party’s Exposure for that Valuation Date plus (ii) the aggregate of all Independent Amounts applicable to the Pledgor, if any, minus (iii) all Independent Amounts applicable to the Secured Party, if any, minus (iv) the Pledgor’s Threshold; provided, however, that the Credit Support Amount will be deemed to be zero whenever the calculation of Credit Support Amount yields a number less than zero.

2

Paragraph 4 Conditions Precedent, Transfer Timing, Calculations and Substitutions

(a) Conditions Precedent. Each Transfer obligation of the Pledgor under Paragraphs 3 and 5 and of the Secured Party under Paragraphs 3, 4(d)(ii), 5 and 6(d) is subject to the conditions precedent that:

(i) no Event of Default, Potential Event of Default or Specified Condition has occurred and is continuing with respect to the other party; and

(ii) no Early Termination Date for which any unsatisfied payment obligations exist has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the other party.

(b) Transfer Timing. Subject to Paragraphs 4(a) and 5 and unless otherwise specified, if a demand for the Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support is made by the Notification Time, then the relevant Transfer will be made not later than the close of business on the next Local Business Day; if a demand is made after the Notification Time, then the relevant Transfer will be made not later than the close of business on the second Local Business Day thereafter.

(c) Calculations. All calculations of Value and Exposure for purposes of Paragraphs 3 and 6(d) will be made by the Valuation Agent as of the Valuation Time. The Valuation Agent will notify each party (or the other party, if the Valuation Agent is a party) of its calculations not later than the Notification Time on the Local Business Day following the applicable Valuation Date (or in the case of Paragraph 6(d), following the date of calculation).

(d) Substitutions.

(i) Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, upon notice to the Second Party specifying the items of Posted Credit Support to be exchanged, the Pledgor may, on any Local Business Day, Transfer to the Secured Party substitute Eligible Credit Support (the “Substitute Credit Support”); and

(ii) subject to Paragraph 4(a), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor the items of Posted Credit Support specified by the Pledgor in its notice not later than the Local Business Day following the date on which the Secured Party receives the Substitute Credit Support, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 (the “Substitution Date”); provided that the Secured Party will only be obligated to Transfer Posted Credit Support with a Value as of the date of Transfer of that Posted Credit Support equal to the Value as of that date of the Substitute Credit Support.

3

Paragraph 5 Dispute Resolution

If a party (a “Disputing Party”) disputes (I) the Valuation Agent’s calculation of a Delivery Amount or a Return Amount or (II) the Value of any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support, then (1) the Disputing Party will notify the other party and the Valuation Agent (if the Valuation Agent is not the other party) not later than the close of business on the Local Business Day following (X) the date that the demand is made under Paragraph 3 in case of (I) above or (Y) the date that the demand is made under Paragraph 3 in the case of (I) above or (Y) the date of Transfer in the case of (II) above, (2) subject to Paragraph 4(a), the appropriate party will Transfer the undisputed amount to the other party not later than the close of business on the Local Business Day following (X) the date that the demand is made under Paragraph 3 in the case of (I) above or (Y) the date of Transfer in the case of (II) above, (3) the parties will consult with each other in an attempt to resolve the dispute and (4) if they fail to resolve the dispute by the Resolution Time, then:

(i) In the case of a dispute involving a Delivery Amount or Return Amount, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the Valuation Agent will recalculate the Exposure and the Value as of the Recalculation Date by:

(A) utilizing any calculations of Exposure for the Transactions (or Swap Transactions) that the parties have agreed are not in dispute;

(B) calculating the Exposure for the Transactions (or Swap Transactions) in dispute by seeking four actual quotations at mid-market from Reference Market-makers for purposes of calculating Market Quotation, and taking the arithmetic average of those obtained; provided that if four quotations are not available for a particular Transaction (or Swap Transaction), then fewer than four quotations may be used for that Transaction (or Swap Transaction); and if no quotations are available for a particular Transaction (or Swap Transaction), then the Valuation Agent’s original calculations will be used for that Transaction (or Swap Transaction);

(C) utilizing the procedures specified in Paragraph 13 for calculating the Value, if disputed, of Posted Credit Support.

(ii) In the case of a dispute involving the Value of any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support the Valuation Agent will recalculate the Value as of the date of Transfer pursuant to Paragraph 13.

Following a recalculation pursuant to this Paragraph, the Valuation Agent will notify each party (or the other party, if the Valuation Agent is a party) not later than the Notification Time on the Local Business Day following the Resolution Time. The appropriate party will, upon demand following that notice by the Valuation Agent or a resolution pursuant to (3) above and subject to Paragraphs 4(a) and 4(b), make the appropriate Transfer.

4

Paragraph 6 Holding and Using Posted Collateral

(a) Care of Posted Collateral. Without limiting the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c), the Secured Party will exercise reasonable care to assure the safe custody of all Posted Collateral to the extent required by applicable law, and in any event the Secured Party will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care if it exercises at least the same degree of care as it would exercise with respect to its own property. Except as specified in the preceding sentence, the Secured Party will have no duty with respect to Posted Collateral, including, without limitation, any duty to collect any Distributions, or enforce or preserve any rights pertaining thereto.

(b) Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians.

(i) General. Subject to the satisfaction of any conditions specified in Paragraph 13 for holding Posted Collateral, the Secured Party will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral or to appoint an agent (a “Custodian”) to hold Posted Collateral for the Secured Party. Upon notice by the Secured Party to the Pledgor of the appointment of a Custodian, the Pledgor’s obligations to make any Transfer will be discharged by making the Transfer to that Custodian. The holding of Posted Collateral by a Custodian will be deemed to be the holding of that Posted Collateral by the Secured Party for which the Custodian is acting.

(ii) Failure to Satisfy Conditions. If the Secured Party or its Custodian fails to satisfy conditions for holding Posted Collateral, then upon a demand made by the Pledgor, the Secured Party will, not later than five Local Business Days after the demand, Transfer or cause its Custodian to Transfer all Posted Collateral held by it to a Custodian that satisfies those conditions or to the Secured Party if it satisfies those conditions.

(iii) Liability. The Secured Party will be liable for the acts or omissions of its Custodian to the same extent that the Secured Party would be liable hereunder for its own acts or omissions.

(c) Use of Posted Collateral. Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 and without limiting the rights and obligations of the parties under Paragraphs 3, 4(d)(ii), 5, 6(d) and 8, if the Secured Party is not a Defaulting Party or an Affected Party with respect to a Specified Condition and no Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Secured Party, then the Secured Party will, notwithstanding Section 9-207 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, have the right to:

(i) sell, pledge, rehypothecate, assign, invest, use, commingle or otherwise dispose of, or otherwise use in its business any Posted Collateral it holds, free from any claim or right of any nature whatsoever of the Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the Pledgor; and

5

(ii) register any Posted Collateral in the name of the Secured Party, its Custodian or a nominee for either.

For purposes of the obligation to Transfer Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support pursuant to Paragraphs 3 and 5 and any rights or remedies authorized under this Agreement, the Secured Party will be deemed to continue to hold all Posted Collateral and to receive Distributions made thereon, regardless of whether the Secured Party has exercised any rights with respect to any Posted Collateral pursuant to (i) or (ii) above.

(d) Distributions and Interest Amount.

(i) Distributions. Subject to Paragraph 4(a), if the Secured Party receives or is deemed to receive Distributions on a Local Business Day, it will Transfer to the Pledgor not later than the following Business Day any Distributions it receives or is deemed to receive to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created or increased by that Transfer, as calculated by the Valuation Agent (and the date of calculation will be deemed to be a Valuation Date for this purpose).

(ii) Interest Amount. Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 and subject to Paragraph 4(a), in lieu of any interest, dividends or other amounts paid or deemed to have been paid with respect to Posted Collateral in the form of Cash (all of which may be retained by the Secured Party), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor at the times specified in Paragraph 13 the Interest Amount to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created or increased by that Transfer, as calculated by the Valuation Agent (and the date of calculation will be deemed to be a Valuation Date for this purpose). The Interest Amount or portion thereof not Transferred pursuant to this Paragraph will constitute Posted Collateral in the form of Cash and will be subject to the security interest granted under Paragraph 2.

Paragraph 7 Events of Default

For purposes of Section 5(a)(iii)(1) of this Agreement, an Event of Default will exist with respect to a party if:

(i) that party fails (or fails to cause its Custodian) to make, when due, any Transfer of Eligible Collateral, Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount, as applicable, required to be made by it and that failure continues for two Local Business Days after notice of that failure is given to that party;

(ii) that party fails to comply with any restriction or prohibition specified in this Annex with respect to any of the rights specified in Paragraph 6(c) and that failure continues for five Local Business Days after notice of that failure is given to that party; or

6

(iii) that party fails to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation other than those specified in Paragraphs 7(i) and 7(ii) and that failure continues for 30 days after notice of that failure is given to that party.

Paragraph 8 Certain Rights and Remedies

(a) Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies. If at any time (1) an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Pledgor has occurred and is continuing or (2) an Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Pledgor, then, unless the Pledgor has paid in full all of its Obligations that are then due, the Secured Party may exercise one or more of the following rights and remedies:

(i) all rights and remedies available to a secured party under applicable law with respect to Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party;

(ii) any other rights and remedies available to the Secured Party under the terms of Other Posted Support, if any;

(iii) the right to Set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations against any Posted Collateral or the Cash equivalent of any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party (or any obligation of the Secured Party to Transfer that Posted Collateral); and

(iv) the right to liquidate any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party through one or more public or private sales or other dispositions with such notice, if any, as may be required under applicable law, free from any claim or right of any nature whatsoever of the Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the Pledgor (with the Secured Party having the right to purchase any or all of the Posted Collateral to be sold) and to apply the proceeds (or the Cash equivalent thereof) from the liquidation of the Posted Collateral to any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations in that order as the Secured Party may elect.

Each party acknowledges and agrees that Posted Collateral in the form of securities may decline speedily in value and is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, and, accordingly, the Pledgor is not entitled to prior notice of any sale of that Posted Collateral by the Secured Party, except any notice that is required under applicable law and cannot be waived.

(b) Pledgor’s Rights and Remedies. If at any time an Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Secured Party, then (except in the case of an Early Termination Date relating to less than all Transactions (or Swap Transactions) where the Secured Party has paid in full all of its obligations that are then due under Section 6(e) of this Agreement):

(i) the Pledgor may exercise all rights and remedies available to a Pledgor under applicable law with respect to Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party;

7

(ii) the Pledgor may exercise any other rights and remedies available to the Pledgor under the terms of Other Posted Support, if any;

(iii) the Secured Party will be obligated immediately to Transfer all Posted Collateral and the Interest Amount to the Pledgor; and

(iv) to the extent that Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount is not so Transferred pursuant to (iii) above, the Pledgor may:

(A) Set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations against any Posted Collateral or the Cash equivalent of any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party (or any obligation of the Secured Party to Transfer that Posted Collateral); and

(B) to the extent that the Pledgor does not Set-off under (iv)(A) above, withhold payment of any remaining amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations, up to the Value of any remaining Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party, until that Posted Collateral is Transferred to the Pledgor.

(c) Deficiencies and Excess Proceeds. The Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor any proceeds and Posted Credit Support remaining after liquidation, Set-off and/or application under Paragraphs 8(a) and 8(b) after satisfaction in full of all amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations; the Pledgor in all events will remain liable for any amounts remaining unpaid after any liquidation, Set-off and/or application under Paragraphs 8(a) and 8(b).

(d) Final Returns. When no amounts are or thereafter may become payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations (except for any potential liability under Section 2(d) of this Agreement), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor all Posted Credit Support and the Interest Amount, if any.

Paragraph 9 Representations

Each party represents to the other party (which representation will be deemed to be repeated as of each date on which it, as the Pledgor, Transfers Eligible Collateral) that:

(i) it has the power to grant a security interest in and lien on any Eligible Collateral it Transfers as the Pledgor and has taken all necessary actions to authorize the granting of that security interest and lien;

(ii) it is the sole owner of or otherwise has the right to Transfer all Eligible Collateral it Transfers to the Secured Party hereunder, free and clear of any security interest, lien, encumbrance or other restrictions other than the security interest and lien granted under Paragraph 2;

8

(iii) upon the Transfer of any Eligible Collateral to the Secured Party under the terms of this Annex, the Secured Party will have a valid and perfected first priority security interest therein (assuming that any central clearing corporation or any third-party financial intermediary or other entity not within the control of the Pledgor involved in the Transfer of that Eligible Collateral gives the notices and takes the action required of it under applicable law for perfection of that interest); and

(iv) the performance by it of its obligations under this Annex will not result in the creation of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance on any Posted Collateral other than the security interest and lien granted under Paragraph 2.

Paragraph 10 Expenses

(a) General. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 10(b) and 10(c), each party will pay its own costs and expenses in connection with performing its obligations under this Annex and neither party will be liable for any costs and expenses incurred by the other party in connection herewith.

(b) Posted Credit Support. The Pledgor will promptly pay when due all taxes, assessments or charges of any nature that are imposed with respect to Posted Credit support held by the Secured Party upon becoming aware of the same, regardless of whether any portion of that Posted Credit Support is subsequently disposed of under Paragraph 6(c), except for those taxes, assessments and charges that result from the exercise of the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c).

(c) Liquidation/Application of Posted Credit Support. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Secured Party or the Pledgor in connection with the liquidation and/or application of any Posted Credit Support under Paragraph 8 will be payable, on demand and pursuant to the Expenses Section of this Agreement, by the Defaulting Party or, if there is no Defaulting Party, equally by the parties.

Paragraph 11 Miscellaneous

(a) Default Interest. A Secured Party that fails to make, when due, any Transfer of Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount will be obliged to pay the Pledgor (to the extent permitted under applicable law) an amount equal to interest at the Default Rate multiplied by the Value of the items of property that were required to be Transferred, from (and including) the date that the Posted Collateral or Interest Amount was required to be Transferred to (but excluding) the date of Transfer of that Posted Collateral or Interest Amount. This interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Further Assurances. Promptly following a demand made by a party, the other party will execute, deliver, file and record any financing statement, specific assignment or other document and take any other action that may be necessary or desirable and reasonably requested by that party to create, preserve, perfect or validate any security interest or lien

9

granted under Paragraph 2, to enable that party to exercise or enforce its rights under this Annex with respect to Posted Credit Support or an Interest Amount or to effect or document a release of a security interest on Posted Collateral or an Interest Amount.

(c) Further Protection. The Pledgor will promptly give notice to the Secured Party of, and defend against, any suit, action, proceeding or lien that involves Posted Credit Support Transferred by the Pledgor or that could adversely affect the security interest and lien granted by it under Paragraph 2, unless that suit, action, proceeding or lien results from the exercise of the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c).

(d) Good Faith and Commercially Reasonable Manner. Performance of all obligations under this Annex, including, but not limited to, all calculations, valuations and determinations made by either party, will be made in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

(e) Demands and Notices. All demands and notices given by a party under this Annex will be made as specified in the Notices Section of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 13.

(f) Specifications of Certain Matters. Anything referred to in this Annex as being specified in Paragraph 13 also may be specified in one or more Confirmations or other documents and this Annex will be construed accordingly.

Paragraph 12 Definitions

As used in this Annex:—

“Cash” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Credit Support Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3.

“Custodian” has the meaning specified in Paragraphs 6(b)(i) and 13.

“Delivery Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a).

“Disputing Party” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 5.

“Distributions” means, with respect to Posted Collateral other than Cash, all principal, interest and other payments and distributions of cash or other property with respect thereto, regardless of whether the Secured Party has disposed of that Posted Collateral under Paragraph 6(c). Distributions will not include any item of property acquired by the Secured Party upon any disposition or liquidation of Posted Collateral or, with respect to any Posted Collateral in the form of Cash, any distributions on that collateral, unless otherwise specified herein.

“Eligible Collateral” means, with respect to a party, the items, if any, specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13.

10

“Eligible Credit Support” means Eligible Collateral and Other Eligible Support.

“Exposure” means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Exposure is calculated and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, the amount, if any, that would be payable to a party that is the Secured Party by the other party (expressed as a positive number) or by a party that is the Secured Party to the other party (expressed as a negative number) pursuant to Section 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) of this Agreement as if all Transactions (or Swap Transactions) were being terminated as of the relevant Valuation Time; provided that Market Quotation will be determined by the Valuation Agent using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for Replacement Transactions (as that term is defined in the definition of “Market Quotation”).

“Independent Amount” means, with respect to party, the amount specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

“Interest Amount” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the aggregate sum of the amounts of interest calculated for each day in that Interest Period on the principal amount of Posted Collateral in the form of Cash held by the Secured Party on that day, determined by the Secured Party for each such day as follows:

(x) the amount of Cash on that day; multiplied by

(y) the Interest Rate in effect for that day; divided by

(z) 360.

“Interest Period” means the period from (and including) the last Local Business Day on which an Interest Amount was Transferred (or, if no Interest Amount has yet been Transferred, the Local Business Day on which Posted Collateral in the form of Cash was Transferred to or received by the Secured Party) to (but excluding) the Local Business Day on which the current Interest Amount is to be Transferred.

“Interest Rate” means the rate specified in Paragraph 13.

“Local Business Day,” unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, has the meaning specified in the Definitions Section of this Agreement, except that references to a payment in clause (b) thereof will be deemed to include a Transfer under this Annex.

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

“Notification Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Obligations” means, with respect to a party, all present and future obligations of that party under this Agreement and any additional obligations specified for that party in Paragraph 13.

11

“Other Eligible Support” means, with respect to a party, the items, if any, specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13.

“Other Posted Support” means all Other Eligible Support Transferred to the Secured Party that remains in effect for the benefit of that Secured Party.

“Pledgor” means either party, when that party (i) receives a demand for or is required to Transfer Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a) or (ii) has Transferred Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a).

“Posted Collateral” means all Eligible Collateral, other property, Distributions, and all proceeds thereof that have been Transferred to or received by the Secured Party under this Annex and not Transferred to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 3(b), 4(d)(ii) or 6(d)(i) or released by the Secured Party under Paragraph 8. Any Interest Amount or portion thereof not Transferred pursuant to Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will constitute Posted Collateral in the form of Cash.

“Posted Credit Support” means Posted Collateral and Other Posted Support.

“Recalculation Date” means the Valuation Date that gives rise to the dispute under Paragraph 5; provided, however, that if a subsequent Valuation Date occurs under Paragraph 3 prior to the resolution of the dispute, then the “Recalculation Date” means the most recent Valuation Date under Paragraph 3.

“Resolution Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Return Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b).

“Secured Party” means either party, when that party (i) makes a demand for or is entitled to receive Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a) or (ii) holds or is deemed to hold Posted Credit Support.

“Specified Condition” means, with respect to a party, any event specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13.

“Substitute Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(i).

“Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

“Threshold” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

“Transfer” means, with respect to any Eligible Credit Support, Posted Credit Support or Interest Amount, and in accordance with the instructions of the Secured Party, Pledgor or Custodian, as applicable:

(i) in the case of Cash, payment or delivery by wire transfer into one or more bank accounts specified by the recipient;

12

(ii) in the case of certificated securities that cannot be paid or delivered by book-entry, payment or delivery in appropriate physical form to the recipient or its account accompanied by any duly executed instruments of transfer, assignments in blank, transfer tax stamps and any other documents necessary to constitute a legally valid transfer to the recipient;

(iii) in the case of securities that can be paid or delivered in book-entry, the giving of written instruments to the relevant depository institution or other entity specified by the recipient, together with a written copy thereof to the recipient, sufficient if complied with to result in a legally effective transfer of the relevant interest to the recipient; and

(iv) in the case of Other Eligible Support or Other Posted Support, as specified in Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Agent” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Date” means each date specified in or otherwise determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Percentage” means, for any item of Eligible Collateral, the percentage specified in Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Value” means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Value is calculated, and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, with respect to:

(i) Eligible Collateral or Posted Collateral that is:

(A) Cash, the amount thereof; and

(B) a security, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage, if any;

(ii) Posted Collateral that consists of items that are not specified as Eligible Collateral, zero; and

(iii) Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support, as specified in Paragraph 13.

13

Execution Copy

Elections and Variables

to the 1994 ISDA Credit Support Annex

dated as of

May 31, 2007

between

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,		AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION	and	RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
(“Party A”)		(“Party B”)

Paragraph 13.

(a) Security Interest for “Obligations”.

The term “Obligations” as used in this Annex includes the following additional obligations: None.

(b) Credit Support Obligations.

(i) Delivery Amount, Return Amount and Credit Support Amount.

(A) “Delivery Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a), except that the words “upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a Valuation Date” shall be deleted and replaced by the words “on each Valuation Date;” provided, that the Delivery Amount shall be calculated, with respect to collateral posting required by each Rating Agency, by using (i) such Rating Agency’s Valuation Percentages as provided below to determine Value and (ii) the Credit Support Amount related to such Rating Agency. The Delivery Amount shall be the greatest of such calculated amounts.

(B) “Return Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b); provided, that the Return Amount shall be calculated, with respect to collateral posting required by each Rating Agency, by using (i) such Rating Agency’s Valuation Percentages as provided below to determine Value and (ii) the Credit Support Amount related to such Rating Agency. The Return Amount shall be the least of such calculated amounts.

(C) “Credit Support Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13(j)(iii).

(ii) Eligible Collateral. The Valuation Percentages¹ listed below shall apply to the following Eligible Collateral:

¹ With respect to collateral types not listed below, such assets will be subject to review by each of S&P and Moody's.

1

Instrument	Valuation Percentages applicable with respect to calculating Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount	Valuation Percentages applicable with respect to calculating Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount	Valuation Percentages applicable with respect to calculating S&P Credit Support Amount
	Moody’s	Moody’s	S&P
U.S. Dollar Cash	100%	100%	100%
Euro Cash	97%	93%	89.8%
Sterling Cash	97%	94%	91.9%
Fixed Rate Negotiable Treasury Debt issued by U.S. Treasury Department with Remaining Maturity:
<1 Year	100%	100%	98.6%
1 to 2 years	100%	99%	97.3%
2 to 3 years	100%	98%	95.8%
3 to 5 years	100%	97%	93.8%
5 to 7 years	100%	95%	91.4%
7 to 10 years	100%	94%	90.3%
10 to 20 years	100%	89%	87.9%
> 20 years	100%	87%	84.6%
Floating-Rate Negotiable U.S. Dollar Denominated Treasury Debt Issued by The U.S. Treasury Department
All Maturities	100%	99%	0%
Fixed-Rate U.S. Dollar Denominated U.S. Agency Debentures with Remaining Maturity:
< 1 Year	100%	99%	98%
1 to 2 years	100%	98%	96.8%
2 to 3 years	100%	97%	96.3%
3 to 5 years	100%	96%	92.5%
5 to 7 years	100%	94%	90.3%
7 to 10 years	100%	93%	86.9%
10 to 20 years	100%	88%	82.6%
> 20 years	100%	86%	77.9%
Floating-Rate U.S. Dollar Denominated U.S. Agency Debentures
All maturities	100%	98%	0%
Fixed-Rate Euro Denominated Euro-Zone Government Bonds Rated “Aa3” or Above by Moody’s and “AAA” by S&P with Remaining Maturity:
< 1 Year	97%	93%	98%
1 to 2 years	97%	92%	96.3%
2 to 3 years	97%	91%	95.8%
3 to 5 years	97%	89%	89.3%
5 to 7 years	97%	87%	85.7%
7 to 10 years	97%	86%	80.7%
10 to 20 years	97%	82%	72.5%
> 20 years	97%	80%	0%
Floating-Rate Euro Denominated Euro-Zone Government Bonds Rated “Aa3” or Above by Moody’s and “AAA” by S&P
All maturities:	97%	92%	0%
Qualified Commercial Paper
	0%*	0%*	99%

2

For the purposes of the above table, “Qualified Commercial Paper” means commercial paper with a rating of at least “P-1” by Moody’s and “A-1+” by S&P and having a remaining maturity of not more than one month.

*or such other percentage in respect of which Moody’s has provided a rating affirmation.

(iii) Thresholds.

(A) “Independent Amount” means with respect to Party A: Zero

“Independent Amount” means with respect to Party B: Zero

(B) “Threshold” means with respect to Party A: infinity; provided that the Threshold with respect to Party A shall be zero for so long as no Relevant Entity has the First Trigger Required Ratings or a Collateralization Event is occurring and (i) no Relevant Entity has had the First Trigger Required Ratings since this Annex was executed, or (ii) at least 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time a Relevant Entity had the First Trigger Required Ratings, or (iii) no Relevant Entity has met the Hedge Counterparty Ratings Requirement since this Annex was executed, or (iv) at least 30 calendar days have elapsed since the last time a Collateralization Event occurred or (v) a Ratings Event is occurring.

“Threshold” means with respect to Party B: infinity.

(C) “Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party A: USD $100,000; provided, however, that if S&P is rating the Certificates and the aggregate Certificate Principal Balances of the rated Certificates falls below $50,000,000, then the Minimum Transfer Amount shall mean USD $50,000.

(D) “Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party B: USD $100,000 (or if the Posted Collateral is less than $100,000, the aggregate Value of Posted Collateral), provided, however, that if S&P is rating the Certificates and the aggregate Certificate Principal Balances of the rated Certificates falls below $50,000,000, then the Minimum Transfer Amount shall mean USD $50,000 (or if the Posted Collateral is less than $50,000, the aggregate Value of Posted Collateral).

(E) Rounding. The Delivery Amount will be rounded up to the nearest integral multiple of USD $10,000. The Return Amount will be rounded down to the nearest integral multiple of USD $10,000.

(iv) “Exposure” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 12, except that (1) after the word “Agreement” the words “(assuming, for this purpose only, that Part 1(k) of the Schedule is deleted)” shall be inserted and (2) at the end of such definition, the words “with terms substantially the same as those of this Agreement.”

(c) Valuation and Timing.

(i) “Valuation Agent” means Party A in all circumstances.

(ii) “Valuation Date” means the first any Local Business Day in each week.

3

(iii) “Valuation Time” means the close of business in the location where the relevant product is traded, provided that the calculations of Value and Exposure will made as of approximately the same time on the same date.

(iv) “Notification Time” means 3:00 p.m., New York time, on a Local Business Day.

(d) Conditions Precedent and Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies. None.

(e) Substitution.

(i) “Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

(ii) Consent. The Pledgor need not obtain the Secured Party’s consent for any substitution pursuant to Paragraph 4(d).

(f) Dispute Resolution.

(i) “Resolution Time” means 1:00 p.m., New York time on the Local Business Day following the date on which the notice is given that gives rise to a dispute under Paragraph 5.

(ii) Value. For the purpose of Paragraphs 5(i)(C) and 5(ii), the Value of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support as of the relevant Valuation Date or date of Transfer will be calculated as follows:

(A) with respect to any Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support comprising securities (“Securities”) the sum of (a)(x) the last bid price on such date for such Securities on the principal national securities exchange on which such Securities are listed, multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage; or (y) where any Securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, the bid price for such Securities quoted as at the close of business on such date by any principal market maker (which shall not be and shall be independent from the Valuation Agent) for such Securities chosen by the Valuation Agent, multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage; or (z) if no such bid price is listed or quoted for such date, the last bid price listed or quoted (as the case may be), as of the day next preceding such date on which such prices were available, multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage; plus (b) the accrued interest where applicable on such Securities (except to the extent that such interest shall have been paid to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 5(c)(ii) or included in the applicable price) as of such date; and

(B) with respect to any Cash, the face amount thereof.

(iii) Alternative. The provisions of Paragraph 5 will apply.

(g) Holding and Using Posted Collateral.

(i) Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians:

A Custodian will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral on behalf of Party B pursuant to Paragraph 6(b); provided that:

(1) Posted Collateral may be held only in the following jurisdiction: United States.

4

(2) The Custodian for Party B (A) is a commercial bank or trust company which is unaffiliated with Party B and organized under the laws of the United States or state thereof, having assets of at least $500 million and a long term debt or a deposit rating of at least (i) “Baa2” from Moody’s and (ii) “A-1” from S&P, or is the Trustee and (B) shall hold all Eligible Credit Support in the appropriate account under the Basic Documents.

(3) Initially, the Custodian for Cash and Securities for Party B is: The Trustee under the Indenture, or any successor trustee thereto.

(ii) Use of Posted Collateral. The provisions of Paragraph 6(c) will not apply to Party B. The Trustee shall invest Cash Posted Credit Support in such overnight (or redeemable within two Local Business Days of demand) investments rated at least “Prime-1” and “Aaa” by Moody’s and either “AAAm” or “AAAm-G” by S&P (or such other investments as may be affirmed in writing by S&P and Moody’s) as directed by Party A (unless (x) an Event of Default or an Additional Termination Event has occurred with respect to which Party A is the defaulting or sole Affected Party and (y) an Early Termination Date has been designated by Party B, in which case such investment shall be at the direction of Party B) with gains and losses incurred in respect of such investments to be for the account of Party A.

(iii) Notice. If a party or its Custodian fails to meet the criteria for eligibility to hold (or, in the case of a party, to use) Posted Collateral set forth in this Paragraph 13(g), such party shall promptly notify the other party of such ineligibility.

(h) Distributions and Interest Amount.

(i) Interest Rate. The “Interest Rate” will be the actual rate of interest earned by Party B or the Custodian if the Cash is invested at the direction of Party A in accordance with Paragraph 13(g)(ii) above, otherwise the “Interest Rate” will be the federal funds overnight rate as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in H.15 (519) or its successor publication, or such other rate as the parties may agree from time to time.

(ii) Transfer of Interest Amount. The transfer of the Interest Amount will be made on the second Local Business Day following the end of each calendar month and on any other Local Business Day on which Posted Collateral in the form of Cash is transferred to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 3(b), in each case to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created or increased by that transfer, provided that Party B shall not be obliged to so transfer any Interest Amount unless and until it has earned and received such interest.

(iii) Alternative to Interest Amount. The provisions of Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will apply.

(i) Address for Transfers.

Party A: To be notified to Party B by Party A at the time of the request for the transfer.

Party B: To be notified to Party A by Party B upon request by Party A.

5

(j) Other Provisions.

(i) Costs of Transfer on Exchange.

Notwithstanding Paragraph 10, the Pledgor will be responsible for, and will reimburse the Secured Party for, all transfer and other taxes and other costs involved in the transfer of Eligible Credit Support either from the Pledgor to the Secured Party or from the Secured Party to the Pledgor.

(ii) Cumulative Rights.

The rights, powers and remedies of the Secured Party under this Annex shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to the Secured Party by the Agreement or by virtue of any statute or rule of law, all of which rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without impairing the rights of the Secured Party in the Posted Credit Support created pursuant to this Annex.

(iii) Ratings Criteria.

“Credit Support Amount” shall be (a) in respect of S&P, the S&P Credit Support Amount and (b) in respect of Moody’s, the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount, or the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount, as applicable.

With respect to Moody’s:

“Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I) (A) for any Valuation Date on which (I) a First Trigger Failure Condition has occurred and has been continuing (x) for at least 30 Local Business Days or (y) since this Annex was executed and (II) it is not the case that a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, an amount equal to the greater of (a) zero and (b) the sum of the Secured Party’s aggregate Exposure for all Transactions and the aggregate of Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amounts for all Transactions.

For the purposes of this definition, the “Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amount” with respect to any Transaction shall mean:

the product of the applicable Moody’s First Trigger Factor set forth in Table 1 and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date; or

(B) for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II) the Threshold for Party A such Valuation Date.

“First Trigger Failure Condition” means that no Relevant Entity has credit ratings from Moody’s at least equal to the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings.

6

“Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(III) (A) for any Valuation Date on which it is the case that a Second Trigger Failure Condition has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, an amount equal to the greatest of (a) zero, (b) the aggregate amount of the Next Payments for all Next Payment Dates and (c) the sum of the Secured Party’s aggregate Exposure and the aggregate of Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amounts for all Transactions.

For the purposes of this definition:

“Next Payment” means, in respect of each Next Payment Date, the greater of (i) the amount of any payments due to be made by Party A under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date less any payments due to be made by Party B under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date (in each case, after giving effect to any applicable netting under Section 2(c)) and (ii) zero.

“Next Payment Date” means each date on which the next scheduled payment under any Transaction is due to be paid.

“Moody’s Additional Collateralized Amount” with respect to any Transaction shall mean:

if such Transaction is not a Transaction-Specific Hedge,

the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in Table 2 and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date; or

if such Transaction is a Transaction-Specific Hedge,

the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in Table 3 and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date; or

(B) for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(IV) the Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

“Transaction-Specific Hedge” means any Transaction that is an interest rate cap, interest rate floor or interest rate swaption, or an interest rate swap if (x) the notional amount of the interest rate swap is “balance guaranteed” or (y) the notional amount of the interest rate swap for any Calculation Period otherwise is not a specific dollar amount that is fixed at the inception of the Transaction.

“Second Trigger Failure Condition” means that no Relevant Entity has credit ratings from Moody’s at least equal to the Moody’s Second Trigger Ratings Threshold.

7

With respect to S&P:

“S&P Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of:

(I) (A) for any Valuation Date (x) on which a Collateralization Event with respect to S&P has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 calendar days or (y) on which a Ratings Event with respect to S&P has occurred and is continuing, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate Secured Party’s Exposure for such Valuation Date with respect to all Transactions and (2) the aggregate of the products of the Volatility Buffer for each Transaction and the Notional Amount of each Transaction for the Calculation Period of each such Transaction which includes such Valuation Date, or

(B) for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II) the Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

“Volatility Buffer” shall mean the percentage set forth in the following table with respect to any Transaction (other than a Transaction identified in the related Confirmation as a Timing Hedge):

Short-term credit rating of Party A’s Credit Support Provider	Remaining Weighted Average Life Maturity up to 3 years	Remaining Weighted Average Life Maturity up to 5 years	Remaining Weighted Average Life Maturity up to 10 years	Remaining Weighted Average Life Maturity up to 30 years
At least “A-2”	2.75	3.25	4.00	4.75
“A-3”	3.25	4.00	5.00	6.25
“BB+” or lower	3.50	4.50	6.75	7.50

(iv) Demands and Notices.

All demands, specifications and notices under this Annex will be made pursuant to the Notices Section of this Agreement, save that any demand, specification or notice:

(A) shall be given to or made at the following addresses:

If to Party A:

As set forth in Part 4(a) of the Schedule.

If to Party B:

As set forth in Part 4(a) of the Schedule.

or at such other address as the relevant party may from time to time designate by giving notice (in accordance with the terms of this subparagraph) to the other party;

(B) shall be deemed to be effective at the time such notice is actually received unless such notice is received on a day which is not a Local Business Day or after the Notification Time on any Local Business Day in which event such notice shall be deemed to be effective on the next succeeding Local Business Day.

8

Pursuant to the related Basic Document, the monthly report to Noteholders shall be made available to Party A in the manner and form specified therein.

(v) Agreement as to Single Secured Party and Pledgor

Party A and Party B agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the first sentence of this Annex, Paragraph 1(b) or Paragraph 2 or the definitions in Paragraph 12, except with respect to Party B’s obligations under Paragraph 3(b), (a) the term “Secured Party” as used in this Annex means only Party B, (b) the term “Pledgor” as used in this Annex means only Party A, (c) only Party A makes the pledge and grant in Paragraph 2, the acknowledgement in the final sentence of Paragraph 8(a) and the representations in Paragraph 9 and (d) only Party A will be required to make Transfers of Eligible Credit Support hereunder. Party A and Party B further agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the recital to this Annex or Paragraph 7, this Annex will constitute a Credit Support Document only with respect to Party A.

(vi) External Marks.

At such time as the long-term senior debt rating of Party A’s Credit Support Provider is “BBB” or lower from S&P, Party A in its capacity as Valuation Agent shall get external verification of its calculation of Exposure on a monthly basis. This verification shall be at Party A’s expense and may not be verified by the same entity more than four (4) times in any twelve (12)-month period. The external mark should reflect the higher of two (2) bids from counterparties that would be willing and eligible to provide the swap in the absence of the current provider. Such bids and any external marks received by the Valuation Agent shall be provided to S&P. The calculation of Exposure should be based on the greater of the internal and external marks.

(vii) Event of Default.

Subclause (iii) of Paragraph 7 shall not apply to Party B.

[Signature page follows]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this document by their duly authorized officers with effect from the date specified on the first page hereof.

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION		AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
		BY:	AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,
		as Attorney-In-Fact
By:	/s/ Dmitry V. Yakimchuk	By:	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Dmitry V. Yakimchuk	Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Vice President	Title:	Senior Vice-President, Structured Finance

10

Table 1

Moody’s First Trigger Factor

If “Valuation Date” means the first Local Business Day in each week, the “Weekly Collateral

Posting” column will apply and the Daily Collateral Posting Column will be deleted.

Remaining Weighted Average Life of Hedge in Years	Weekly Collateral Posting
1 or less	0.25	%
More than 1 but not more than 2	0.50	%
More than 2 but not more than 3	0.70	%
More than 3 but not more than 4	1.00	%
More than 4 but not more than 5	1.20	%
More than 5 but not more than 6	1.40	%
More than 6 but not more than 7	1.60	%
More than 7 but not more than 8	1.80	%
More than 8 but not more than 9	2.00	%
More than 9 but not more than 10	2.20	%
More than 10 but not more than 11	2.30	%
More than 11 but not more than 12	2.50	%
More than 12 but not more than 13	2.70	%
More than 13 but not more than 14	2.80	%
More than 14 but not more than 15	3.00	%
More than 15 but not more than 16	3.20	%
More than 16 but not more than 17	3.30	%
More than 17 but not more than 18	3.50	%
More than 18 but not more than 19	3.60	%
More than 19 but not more than 20	3.70	%
More than 20 but not more than 21	3.90	%
More than 21 but not more than 22	4.00	%
More than 22 but not more than 23	4.00	%
More than 23 but not more than 24	4.00	%
More than 24 but not more than 25	4.00	%
More than 25 but not more than 26	4.00	%
More than 26 but not more than 27	4.00	%
More than 27 but not more than 28	4.00	%
More than 28 but not more than 29	4.00	%
More than 29	4.00	%

11

Table 2

Moody’s Second Trigger Factor for Interest Rate Swaps with Fixed Notional Amounts

If “Valuation Date” means the first Local Business Day in each week, the “Weekly Collateral

Posting” column will apply and the Daily Collateral Posting Column will be deleted.

Remaining Weighted Average Life of Hedge in Years	Weekly Collateral Posting
1 or less	0.60	%
More than 1 but not more than 2	1.20	%
More than 2 but not more than 3	1.70	%
More than 3 but not more than 4	2.30	%
More than 4 but not more than 5	2.80	%
More than 5 but not more than 6	3.30	%
More than 6 but not more than 7	3.80	%
More than 7 but not more than 8	4.30	%
More than 8 but not more than 9	4.80	%
More than 9 but not more than 10	5.30	%
More than 10 but not more than 11	5.60	%
More than 11 but not more than 12	6.00	%
More than 12 but not more than 13	6.40	%
More than 13 but not more than 14	6.80	%
More than 14 but not more than 15	7.20	%
More than 15 but not more than 16	7.60	%
More than 16 but not more than 17	7.90	%
More than 17 but not more than 18	8.30	%
More than 18 but not more than 19	8.60	%
More than 19 but not more than 20	9.00	%
More than 20 but not more than 21	9.00	%
More than 21 but not more than 22	9.00	%
More than 22 but not more than 23	9.00	%
More than 23 but not more than 24	9.00	%
More than 24 but not more than 25	9.00	%
More than 25 but not more than 26	9.00	%
More than 26 but not more than 27	9.00	%
More than 27 but not more than 28	9.00	%
More than 28 but not more than 29	9.00	%
More than 29	9.00	%

12

Table 3

Moody’s Second Trigger Factor for Transaction-Specific Hedges

If “Valuation Date” means the first Local Business Day in each week, the “Weekly Collateral

Posting” column will apply and the Daily Collateral Posting Column will be deleted.

Remaining Weighted Average Life of Hedge in Years	Weekly Collateral Posting
1 or less	0.75	%
More than 1 but not more than 2	1.50	%
More than 2 but not more than 3	2.20	%
More than 3 but not more than 4	2.90	%
More than 4 but not more than 5	3.60	%
More than 5 but not more than 6	4.20	%
More than 6 but not more than 7	4.80	%
More than 7 but not more than 8	5.40	%
More than 8 but not more than 9	6.00	%
More than 9 but not more than 10	6.60	%
More than 10 but not more than 11	7.00	%
More than 11 but not more than 12	7.50	%
More than 12 but not more than 13	8.00	%
More than 13 but not more than 14	8.50	%
More than 14 but not more than 15	9.00	%
More than 15 but not more than 16	9.50	%
More than 16 but not more than 17	9.90	%
More than 17 but not more than 18	10.40	%
More than 18 but not more than 19	10.80	%
More than 19 but not more than 20	11.00	%
More than 20 but not more than 21	11.00	%
More than 21 but not more than 22	11.00	%
More than 22 but not more than 23	11.00	%
More than 23 but not more than 24	11.00	%
More than 24 but not more than 25	11.00	%
More than 25 but not more than 26	11.00	%
More than 26 but not more than 27	11.00	%
More than 27 but not more than 28	11.00	%
More than 28 but not more than 29	11.00	%
More than 29	11.00	%

13

Execution Copy

SWAP TRANSACTION CONFIRMATION

Date:	May 31, 2007
To:	AmeriCredit Prime Automobile Receivables Trust 2007-1 (“Party B”) AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. Attn: Derivatives Operations 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (817) 302-7951
From:	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“Party A”)
Ref. No.	6900037652788

Dear Sir or Madam:

The purpose of this letter (this “Confirmation”) is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between us on the Trade Date specified below (the “Transaction”). This Confirmation constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the ISDA Master Agreement specified below.

1. The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions (the “ISDA Definitions”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between the definitions in the ISDA Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern. References herein to a “Transaction” shall be deemed to be references to a “Swap Transaction” for purposes of the ISDA Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture dated as of May 24, 2007 (the “Indenture”) between Party B and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee relating to the issuance by Party B of certain debt obligations. In the event of any inconsistency between the definitions in the ISDA Definitions and the Indenture, the Indenture will govern.

This Confirmation supplements, forms a part of, and is subject to, the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement dated as of May 31, 2007 (including the Schedule thereto) as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “Agreement”) between you and us. All provisions contained in the Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified herein.

Party A and Party B each represents that entering into the Transaction is within its capacity, is duly authorized and does not violate any laws of its jurisdiction of organization or residence or the terms of any agreement to which it is a party. Party A and Party B each represents that (a) it is not relying on the other party in connection with its decision to enter into this Transaction, and neither party is acting as an advisor to or fiduciary of the other party in connection with this Transaction regardless of whether the other party provides it with market information or its views; (b) it understands the risks of the Transaction and any legal, regulatory, tax, accounting and economic consequences resulting therefrom; and (c) it has determined based upon its own judgment and upon any advice received from its own professional advisors as it has deemed necessary to consult that entering into the Transaction is appropriate for such party in light of its financial capabilities and objectives. Party A and Party B each represents that upon due execution and delivery of this Confirmation, it will constitute a legally valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable principles of bankruptcy and creditors’ rights generally and to equitable principles of general application.

2. The terms of the particular Transaction to which the Confirmation relates are as follows:

Transaction Type:	Interest Rate Swap
Currency for Payments:	U.S. Dollars
Notional Amount:	For the purpose of the initial Calculation Period, the Notional Amount will be equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes of Party B as of the Closing Date. The Notional Amount shall reset on each Distribution Date and will at all times be equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes of Party B.
	For the purposes of determining the Settlement Amount in the event of an Early Termination of this Transaction pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Agreement, Market Quotation will be determined as if this Transaction were an amortizing swap transaction with an initial Notional Amount as of the Early Termination Date equal to the lesser of: (i) Scheduled Notional Balance or (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes corresponding to the Calculation Period in which such Early Termination Date occurs and amortizing according to (i) Schedule A if the Amortization Ratio is greater than one or (ii) the amount set out in Schedule A for the relevant Calculation Period multiplied by the Amortization Ratio if the Amortization Ratio is equal to or less than one.
	As such term is used herein, “Amortization Ratio” means a fraction the numerator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes of Party B as of the Early Termination Date and the denominator of which is the Scheduled Notional Balance applicable to such date. With respect to any Distribution Date, the outstanding balance of the Notes will be determined by reference to the Servicer’s Certificate issued with respect to such Distribution Date (before giving effect to all distributions to be made on such Distribution Date).
Term:
Trade Date:	May 23, 2007
Effective Date:	May 31, 2007
Termination Date:	The earliest of (i) April 8, 2013, (ii) the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero (unless such outstanding principal balance is reduced to zero due to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event) and (iii) the Early Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.
Fixed Amounts:
Fixed Rate Payer:	Party B
Period End Dates:	Monthly on the 8th of each month, commencing July 9, 2007, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.

2

Payment Dates:	Monthly on the 8th of each month, commencing July 9, 2007, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.
Business Day:	New York
Fixed Rate:	5.1595%
Fixed Rate Day Count Fraction:	Actual/360
Floating Amounts:
Floating Rate Payer:	Party A
Period End Dates:	Monthly on the 8th of each month, commencing July 9, 2007, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.
Payment Dates:	Monthly on the 8th of each month, commencing July 9, 2007, through and including the Termination Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.
Business Day:	New York
Floating Rate Option:	USD-LIBOR-BBA
Designated Maturity:	1 Month
Spread:	Plus 3 basis points (0.03%).
Floating Rate Day Count Fraction:	Actual/360
Reset Dates:	The first day of each Calculation Period.
Compounding:	Inapplicable
3. Additional Provisions:
None
4. The additional provisions of this Confirmation are as follows:
Calculation Agent:	Party A or as otherwise defined in the Agreement
Payments to Party A:	JPMorgan Chase Bank, NY
	SWIFT: CHASUS33
	ABA# 021000021
	Act: #099997979
	Ref: Derivative - Ref # 6900037652788
Payments to Party B:	JPMorgan Chase Bank, NY
	Act: 08806361836
	ABA# 021000021
	Ref: AmeriCredit Corp.

3

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing a copy of this Confirmation and returning it to us.

Very truly yours,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:	/s/ Jack Cunha
Name:	Jack Cunha
Title:	Associate

Accepted and confirmed as of the date first above written:

AMERICREDIT PRIME AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2007-1
BY:	AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. as Attorney-In-Fact
By:	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
Name:	Susan B. Sheffield
Title:	Senior Vice-President, Structured Finance

[Class A-4 Note Swap Confirmation]

4

Schedule A

Calculation Period			USD Notional Amount
(from and including, to but excluding)			(at end of period)
31 May 07	to	31 May 07	186,800,000.00
31 May 07	to	08 Jul 07	186,800,000.00
09 Jul 07	to	08 Aug 07	186,800,000.00
08 Aug 07	to	08 Sep 07	186,800,000.00
08 Sep 07	to	08 Oct 07	186,800,000.00
08 Oct 07	to	08 Nov 07	186,800,000.00
08 Nov 07	to	08 Dec 07	186,800,000.00
08 Dec 07	to	08 Jan 08	186,800,000.00
08 Jan 08	to	08 Feb 08	186,800,000.00
08 Feb 08	to	08 Mar 08	186,800,000.00
08 Mar 08	to	08 Apr 08	186,800,000.00
08 Apr 08	to	08 May 08	186,800,000.00
08 May 08	to	08 Jun 08	186,800,000.00
08 Jun 08	to	08 Jul 08	186,800,000.00
08 Jul 08	to	08 Aug 08	186,800,000.00
08 Aug 08	to	08 Sep 08	186,800,000.00
08 Sep 08	to	08 Oct 08	186,800,000.00
08 Oct 08	to	08 Nov 08	186,800,000.00
08 Nov 08	to	08 Dec 08	186,800,000.00
08 Dec 08	to	08 Jan 09	186,800,000.00
08 Jan 09	to	08 Feb 09	186,800,000.00
08 Feb 09	to	08 Mar 09	186,800,000.00
08 Mar 09	to	08 Apr 09	186,800,000.00
08 Apr 09	to	08 May 09	186,800,000.00
08 May 09	to	08 Jun 09	186,800,000.00
08 Jun 09	to	08 Jul 09	186,800,000.00
08 Jul 09	to	08 Aug 09	186,800,000.00
08 Aug 09	to	08 Sep 09	186,800,000.00
08 Sep 09	to	08 Oct 09	186,800,000.00
08 Oct 09	to	08 Nov 09	174,881,677.13
08 Nov 09	to	08 Dec 09	157,261,150.78
08 Dec 09	to	08 Jan 10	140,133,921.92
08 Jan 10	to	08 Feb 10	123,506,702.44
08 Feb 10	to	08 Mar 10	107,386,284.26
08 Mar 10	to	08 Apr 10	91,779,540.23
08 Apr 10	to	08 May 10	76,693,425.05
08 May 10	to	08 Jun 10	62,134,976.14
08 Jun 10	to	08 Jul 10	48,111,314.58
08 Jul 10	to	08 Aug 10	35,262,482.48
08 Aug 10	to	08 Sep 10	23,533,695.47
08 Sep 10	to	08 Oct 10	12,310,818.43
08 Oct 10	to	08 Nov 10	1,600,635.52
08 Nov 10	to	08 Dec 10	0.00

Dates subject to the Business Day Convention set forth in the Confirmation.

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

AmeriCredit Corp.

Composition of the Receivables

APART 2007-1 Initial Cut

5/24/07*

	New	Used	Total
Aggregate Principal Balance (1)	$413,961,121.92	$536,044,529.95	$950,005,651.87
Number of Receivables in Pool	17,365	29,965	47,330
Percent of Pool by Principal Balance	43.57%	56.43%	100.00%
Average Principal Balance	$23,838.82	$17,889.02	$20,071.96
Range of Principal Balances	$(253.39) to $(128,801.69)	$(286.85) to $(142,107.71)
Weighted Average APR (1)	10.18%	10.62%	10.43%
Range of APRs	(4.00)% to (22.25)%	(4.00)% to (22.95)%
Weighted Average Remaining Term	69	67	68
Range of Remaining Terms	(3 to 96 months)	(3 to 96 months)
Weighted Average Original Term (2)	81	75	78
Range of Original Terms	(24 to 97 months)	(13 to 97 months)

(1) Aggregate Principal Balance includes some portion of accrued interest. As a result, the Weighted Average APR of the Receivables may not be equivalent to the Contracts’ aggregate yield on the Aggregate Principal Balance.

(2) The original term may reflect a period longer than 96 months depending on the due date of the first contractual payment.

Distribution of the Receivables by Score as of the Cutoff Date

FICO Distribution		Term Distribution
	Percent of Aggregate		Percent of Aggregate
Credit Bureau Score (2)	Principal Balance (3)	Original Term (5)	Principal Balance (3)
<600	0.03%	<=60	13.33%
600-639	15.93%	61-72	39.62%
640-679	20.06%	73-84	26.44%
680-719	20.67%	>=85	20.61%
720-759	20.52%
760-799	14.68%
800+	8.11%
Weighted Average Score		Weighted Average Term
708		78
LTV Range		90% lies between 83% and 163%
Weighted Average LTV		119.84%

(1) Proprietary credit score, scaled from 135 to 320, developed and utilized by AmeriCredit to support the credit approval and pricing process.

(2) A statistically based score (sometimes referred to as FICO score) generated by credit reporting agencies. AmeriCredit utilizes TransUnion, Equifax or Experien credit reports depending on the location of the obligor. Credit Bureau Scores are unavailable for some accounts and those accounts are not included in the Credit Bureau Score table above. Since these accounts are not included in the percentages above, the Aggregate Principal Balance of the accounts based on Credit Bureau Score may be less than the total statistical pool.

(3) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.

(4) LTV is calculated as the total amount financed, including taxes and ancillary products, over the NADA value of the vehicle at the time of the contract.

(5) Maximum Original Term not more than 96 monthly payments.

* Receivable information is through close of business on date indicated.

AmeriCredit Corp.

Distribution of the Receivables by APR as of the Cutoff Date

APART 2007-1 Initial Cut

5/25/07*

Distribution of the Receivables by APR as of the Cutoff Date

APR Range (1)	Aggregate Principal Balance as of Cutoff Date	Percent of Aggregate Principal Balance (2)		Number of Receivables	Percent of Number of Receivables (2)
4.000%-4.999%	89,968.81	0.01	%	8	0.02	%
5.000%-5.999%	3,457,460.41	0.36	%	212	0.45	%
6.000%-6.999%	30,195,055.84	3.18	%	1,609	3.40	%
7.000%-7.999%	89,276,880.62	9.40	%	4,310	9.11	%
8.000%-8.999%	183,710,334.67	19.34	%	8,270	17.47	%
9.000%-9.999%	203,044,986.65	21.37	%	9,275	19.60	%
10.000%-10.999%	138,000,314.99	14.53	%	6,751	14.26	%
11.000%-11.999%	99,204,117.39	10.44	%	5,138	10.86	%
12.000%-12.999%	64,848,953.71	6.83	%	3,622	7.65	%
13.000%-13.999%	53,035,727.21	5.58	%	2,940	6.21	%
14.000%-14.999%	34,497,620.74	3.63	%	2,007	4.24	%
15.000%-15.999%	25,098,234.10	2.64	%	1,475	3.12	%
16.000%-16.999%	15,143,955.79	1.59	%	951	2.01	%
17.000%-17.999%	5,907,736.98	0.62	%	412	0.87	%
18.000%-18.999%	3,399,959.58	0.36	%	259	0.55	%
19.000%-19.999%	811,470.81	0.09	%	62	0.13	%
20.000%-20.999%	164,742.67	0.02	%	16	0.03	%
21.000%-21.999%	67,799.99	0.01	%	10	0.02	%
22.000%-22.999%	50,330.91	0.01	%	3	0.01	%
TOTAL	950,005,651.87	100.00	%	47,330	100.00	%

(1) Aggregate Principal Balances include some portion of accrued interest. Indicated APR’s represent APR’s on Principal Balance net of such accrued interest.

(2) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.

* Receivable information is through close of business on date indicated.

2

AmeriCredit Corp.

Distribution of the Receivables by Geographic Location of Obligor

APART 2007-1 Initial Cut

5/25/07*

State	Aggregate Principal Balance as of Cutoff Date (1)		Percent of Aggregate Principal Balance (2)		Number of Receivables	Percent of Number of Receivables (2)
Alabama		8,773,392.09	0.92	%	453	0.96	%
Arizona		28,255,656.47	2.97	%	1,280	2.70	%
Arkansas		2,276,142.52	0.24	%	126	0.27	%
California		144,835,233.28	15.25	%	6,175	13.05	%
Colorado		20,521,540.85	2.16	%	952	2.01	%
Connecticut		3,889,453.68	0.41	%	234	0.49	%
Delaware		1,811,867.52	0.19	%	93	0.20	%
Florida		117,282,644.85	12.35	%	5,968	12.61	%
Georgia		34,252,061.79	3.61	%	1,667	3.52	%
Idaho		2,717,968.63	0.29	%	142	0.30	%
Illinois		36,464,445.35	3.84	%	2,070	4.37	%
Indiana		28,745,925.71	3.03	%	1,493	3.15	%
Iowa		1,776,430.48	0.19	%	111	0.23	%
Kansas		3,165,589.58	0.33	%	165	0.35	%
Kentucky		21,805,228.23	2.30	%	1,138	2.40	%
Louisiana		11,399,127.97	1.20	%	637	1.35	%
Maryland		9,051,447.63	0.95	%	464	0.98	%
Massachusetts		8,727,110.29	0.92	%	458	0.97	%
Michigan		23,491,833.56	2.47	%	1,365	2.88	%
Minnesota		2,663,546.44	0.28	%	166	0.35	%
Mississippi		6,379,342.11	0.67	%	349	0.74	%
Missouri		13,113,201.79	1.38	%	735	1.55	%
Nevada		19,100,093.28	2.01	%	810	1.71	%
New Hampshire		4,254,578.40	0.45	%	237	0.50	%
New Jersey		14,533,371.10	1.53	%	767	1.62	%
New Mexico		23,036,264.16	2.42	%	1,034	2.18	%
New York		8,712,042.66	0.92	%	501	1.06	%
North Carolina		26,593,788.43	2.80	%	1,340	2.83	%
Ohio		49,561,531.11	5.22	%	2,843	6.01	%
Oklahoma		15,017,534.31	1.58	%	731	1.54	%
Oregon		5,129,234.40	0.54	%	280	0.59	%
Pennsylvania		22,295,192.05	2.35	%	1,170	2.47	%
South Carolina		12,557,213.53	1.32	%	648	1.37	%
Tennessee		77,097,122.31	8.12	%	3,690	7.80	%
Texas		99,866,161.33	10.51	%	4,866	10.28	%
Utah		2,696,614.92	0.28	%	130	0.27	%
Virginia		11,281,979.96	1.19	%	577	1.22	%
Washington		7,368,863.52	0.78	%	377	0.80	%
West Virginia		10,483,151.93	1.10	%	572	1.21	%
Wisconsin		2,645,692.29	0.28	%	168	0.35	%
Other (3)		6,376,031.36	0.67	%	348	0.74	%
TOTAL	$	950,005,651.87	100.00	%	47,330	100.00	%

(1) Aggregate Principal Balances include some portion of accrued interest.

(2) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.

(3) States with aggregate principal balances less than $1,000,000.

* Receivable information is through close of business on date indicated.

3